Ec

ENGINE
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

SECTION EC EC
E
CONTENTS
VQ37VHR ECM .........................................................................27 F
Electric Throttle Control Actuator .............................27
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL ...................... 9 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ......................27
Engine Oil Temperature Sensor ..............................28 G
APPLICATION NOTICE ...................................... 9 EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid
How to Check Vehicle Type ...................................... 9 Valve ........................................................................28
EVAP Canister Vent Control Valve ..........................28
PRECAUTION .............................................. 10 EVAP Control System Pressure Sensor ..................29
H
PRECAUTIONS ..................................................10 Fuel Injector .............................................................29

Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System Fuel Level Sensor ....................................................29
Fuel Pump ...............................................................29 I
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-
SIONER" ................................................................. 10 Fuel Pump Control Module ......................................30
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover.... 10 Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor ...............................30
Precautions for Removing Battery Terminal ........... 11 Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 ........................................30 J
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater ............................30
and A/T .................................................................... 11 Ignition Coil ..............................................................31
General Precautions ............................................... 11 Information Display ..................................................31
K
Intake Air Temperature Sensor ...............................31
PREPARATION ........................................... 15 Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve ...........32
ICC Steering Switch ................................................32
PREPARATION ..................................................15 Knock Sensor ..........................................................32 L
Special Service Tools .............................................. 15 Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ............................32
Commercial Service Tools ...................................... 15 Mass Air Flow Sensor ..............................................32
Power Steering Pressure Sensor ............................32 M
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ............................. 17 Refrigerant Pressure Sensor ...................................33
Stop Lamp Switch & Brake Pedal Position Switch....33
COMPONENT PARTS .......................................17
Throttle Control Motor ..............................................33 N
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ................................... 17 Throttle Control Motor Relay ...................................33
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Throttle Position Sensor ..........................................33
Location ................................................................... 17 VVEL Actuator Motor ...............................................34
VVEL Actuator Motor Relay .....................................34 O
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor .......................... 23
Air Fuel Ratio Sensor 1 ........................................... 24 VVEL Control Module ..............................................34
Air Fuel Ratio Sensor 1 Heater ............................... 24 VVEL Control Position Sensor .................................34
ASCD Indicator ....................................................... 24 P
ASCD Steering Switch ............................................ 25
STRUCTURE AND OPERATION ..................... 35
Positive Crankcase Ventilation ................................35
Battery Current Sensor (With Battery Tempera-
On Board Refueling Vapor Recovery (ORVR) ........36
ture Sensor) ............................................................ 25
Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) ....................... 25 SYSTEM ............................................................ 37
Cooling Fan ............................................................. 26
Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) .......................... 26 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ...................................37
Revision: 2015 January EC-1 2015 Q50

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Descrip- OPERATION ...................................................... 62
tion .......................................................................... 37
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Circuit Diagram ... 39 AUTMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) ... 62
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Fail safe ............... 43 AUTMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
: Switch Name and Function ................................... 62
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM ............... 45
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM : Sys- HANDLING PRECAUTION ............................... 63
tem Description ....................................................... 46 Infiniti Drive Mode Selector ..................................... 63
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM ................................ 48 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM ..... 64

ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM : System De- Diagnosis Description ............................................. 64
scription .................................................................. 48 GST (Generic Scan Tool) ....................................... 64
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL ...................... 49 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM) ............................ 65

AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System
Description .............................................................. 49 DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION ..................................... 65
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : 1st Trip Detection
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)... 49 Logic and Two Trip Detection Logic ........................ 65
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (AS- DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : DTC and Freeze
CD) : System Description ....................................... 49 Frame Data ............................................................. 65
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Counter System ...... 66
CAN COMMUNICATION ........................................... 50 DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern ........ 69
CAN COMMUNICATION : System Description ...... 50 DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : System Readiness
COOLING FAN CONTROL ....................................... 51 Test (SRT) Code ..................................................... 70
COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description... 51 DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Permanent Diag-
nostic Trouble Code (Permanent DTC) .................. 71
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM ....................... 51 DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Malfunction Indica-
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System tor Lamp (MIL) ........................................................ 72
Description .............................................................. 51 On Board Diagnosis Function ................................. 72
CONSULT Function ................................................ 75
FUEL FILLER CAP WARNING SYSTEM ................. 52
FUEL FILLER CAP WARNING SYSTEM : System ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ............. 87
Description .............................................................. 52
ECM ................................................................... 87
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL ........................ 53 Reference Value ..................................................... 87
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System De- Fail safe ................................................................ 104
scription .................................................................. 53 DTC Inspection Priority Chart ............................. 106
DTC Index ............................................................. 108
VVEL SYSTEM .......................................................... 54
VVEL SYSTEM : System Description ..................... 54 Test Value and Test Limit ..................................... 113
FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE (FPCM) ............. 54 VVEL CONTROL MODULE ............................. 121
FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE (FPCM) : Sys- Reference Value ................................................... 121
tem Description ....................................................... 55
WIRING DIAGRAM ................................... 125
INFINITI DRIVE MODE SELECTOR ......................... 55
Infiniti Drive Mode Selector : System Description ... 55
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM .......................... 125
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 125
INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION
METER) ..................................................................... 57 BASIC INSPECTION ................................. 148
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW ........ 148
METER) : Indicator/Information .............................. 57
Work Flow ............................................................. 148
Diagnostic Work Sheet ......................................... 151
METER) : Engine Oil Pressure Warning ................. 57
INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING
METER) : Fuel Filler Cap Warning ......................... 59 ECM .................................................................. 153
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST ....................... 60 Description ............................................................ 153
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning Work Procedure .................................................... 153
lamps/Indicator lamps ............................................. 60 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning/
VVEL CONTROL MODULE ............................. 155
Indicator (On Information Display) .......................... 61
Description ............................................................ 155

Work Procedure .................................................... 155 Description ............................................................. 194
DTC Description .................................................... 194 A
VIN REGISTRATION ........................................ 156 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 194
Description ............................................................ 156
Work Procedure .................................................... 156 U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ......................... 195
Description ............................................................. 195 EC
ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSI- DTC Description .................................................... 195
TION LEARNING .............................................. 157 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 195
Description ............................................................ 157 C
Description ............................................................. 196
THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION DTC Description .................................................... 196
LEARNING ....................................................... 158 D
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 196
Description ............................................................ 158
Description ............................................................. 198 E
IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING ...................... 159 DTC Description .................................................... 198
Description ............................................................ 159 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 198
Work Procedure .................................................... 159
P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL ......................... 200 F
VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SEN- DTC Description .................................................... 200
SOR ADJUSTMENT ......................................... 161 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 201
Description ............................................................ 161 Component Inspection ........................................... 203 G
Work Procedure .................................................... 161
P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE HEATER .......................................................... 204 H
CLEAR .............................................................. 163 DTC Description .................................................... 204
Work Procedure .................................................... 163 Component Inspection ........................................... 206
I
BASIC INSPECTION ........................................ 164 P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEAT-
Work Procedure .................................................... 164 ER .................................................................... 207
DTC Description .................................................... 207 J
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK .............................. 168 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 208
Work Procedure .................................................... 168 Component Inspection ........................................... 209
HOW TO SET SRT CODE ................................ 169 P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID K
Description ............................................................ 169 VALVE ............................................................. 210
SRT Set Driving Pattern ........................................ 170
DTC Description .................................................... 210
Work Procedure .................................................... 172 L
HOW TO ERASE PERMANENT DTC .............. 175 Component Inspection ........................................... 211
Description ............................................................ 175 P0101, P010B MAF SENSOR ........................ 213
Work Procedure (Group A) ................................... 176 M
DTC Description .................................................... 213
Work Procedure (Group B) ................................... 178
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ....................... 181 Component Inspection ........................................... 215
N
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION P0102, P0103, P010C, P010D MAF SENSOR. 219
DTC Description .................................................... 219
VALUE .............................................................. 181
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 220 O
Description ............................................................ 181
Component Inspection ........................................... 221
Component Function Check .................................. 181
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 182 P0111 IAT SENSOR ....................................... 225
DTC Description .................................................... 225 P
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .... 189
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR ........................... 227
(VVEL CONTROL MODULE) ........................... 192 DTC Description .................................................... 227
U0101 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ........................... 194 Component Inspection ........................................... 228

P0116 ECT SENSOR ....................................... 229 P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
DTC Description ....................................................229 FUNCTION ........................................................ 283
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................230 DTC Description .................................................... 283
Component Inspection ...........................................230 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 284
P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR .......................... 232 P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
DTC Description ....................................................232 FUNCTION ........................................................ 288
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................233 DTC Description .................................................... 288
P0122, P0123, P0227, P0228 TP SENSOR .... 235 P0181 FTT SENSOR ........................................ 292
DTC Description ....................................................235 DTC Description .................................................... 292
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................236 Component Function Check ................................. 293
Special Repair Requirement ..................................238 Component Inspection .......................................... 295
P0125 ECT SENSOR ....................................... 239 P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR ............................ 296
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................240 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 296
Component Inspection ...........................................240 Component Inspection .......................................... 298
P0127 IAT SENSOR ........................................ 241 P0196 EOT SENSOR ....................................... 299
P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION ................. 243 P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR ........................... 303
P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1 ......................... 246 P0222, P0223, P2132, P2133 TP SENSOR ..... 305
Component Inspection .......................................... 307
P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1 ......................... 250 Special Repair Requirement ................................. 308
DTC Description ....................................................250
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................251 P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305,
P0306 MISFIRE ................................................ 309
P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1 ......................... 253
DTC Description .................................................... 309
DTC Description ....................................................253
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................254
P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS ..................... 317
P0137, P0157 HO2S2 ...................................... 256
DTC Description .................................................... 317
DTC Description ....................................................256
Component Inspection ...........................................259
P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) ............................ 320
P0138, P0158 HO2S2 ...................................... 262
DTC Description .................................................... 320
DTC Description ....................................................262
P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) .......... 324
P0139, P0159 HO2S2 ...................................... 270
DTC Description .................................................... 324
DTC Description ....................................................270
P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST
P014C, P014D, P014E, P014F, P015A,
FUNCTION ........................................................ 329
P015B, P015C, P015D A/F SENSOR 1 .......... 277
DTC Description .................................................... 329
DTC Description ....................................................277

P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM .................. 334 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 381
DTC Description .................................................... 334 A
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 336 P0500 VSS ...................................................... 382
Description ............................................................. 382
P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME DTC Description .................................................... 382
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 383 EC
CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ....................... 340
DTC Description .................................................... 340
P0506 ISC SYSTEM ........................................ 385
Description ............................................................. 385 C
DTC Description .................................................... 385
P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 386
VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ....... 344 D
P0507 ISC SYSTEM ........................................ 387
DTC Description .................................................... 344
Description ............................................................. 387
DTC Description .................................................... 387
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 388 E
P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL
P050A, P050B, P050E COLD START CON-
VALVE .............................................................. 347
TROL ............................................................... 389
DTC Description .................................................... 347 F
Description ............................................................. 389
DTC Description .................................................... 389
P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL G
P0524 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE .................... 392
VALVE .............................................................. 351 DTC Description .................................................... 392
DTC Description .................................................... 351
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 393 H
P0550 PSP SENSOR ...................................... 396
P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRES- DTC Description .................................................... 396 I
SURE SENSOR ................................................ 355 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 396
DTC Description .................................................... 355 Component Inspection ........................................... 397
J
Component Inspection .......................................... 358 P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY ....................... 399
Description ............................................................. 399
P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRES- DTC Description .................................................... 399
SURE SENSOR ................................................ 359 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 399 K
DTC Description .................................................... 359
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 360 P0605 ECM ..................................................... 401
Component Inspection .......................................... 362 DTC Description .................................................... 401 L
P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRES-
SURE SENSOR ................................................ 364 P0607 ECM ..................................................... 403
DTC Description .................................................... 364 DTC Description .................................................... 403 M
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 365 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 403
P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ................ 404
N
P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM .................. 370 DTC Description .................................................... 404
DTC Description .................................................... 370 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 404
Component Inspection .......................................... 375 P0850 PNP SWITCH ....................................... 407 O
Description ............................................................. 407
P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ........................ 376 DTC Description .................................................... 407
DTC Description .................................................... 376 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 408 P
P100A, P100B VVEL SYSTEM ....................... 410
P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ........................ 378 DTC Description .................................................... 410
DTC Description .................................................... 378 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 411
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 379 Component Inspection (VVEL ACTUATOR MO-
TOR) ...................................................................... 413
P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ............ 380 Component Inspection (VVEL ACTUATOR SUB
DTC Description .................................................... 380 ASSEMBLY) .......................................................... 413

Special Repair Requirement ..................................413 P1233, P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CON-
TROL FUNCTION ............................................. 442
P1087, P1088 VVEL SYSTEM ........................ 414 DTC Description .................................................... 442
DTC Description ....................................................414
P1089, P1092 VVEL CONTROL SHAFT PO- Special Repair Requirement ................................. 446
SITION SENSOR ............................................. 415 P1236, P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MO-
DTC Description ....................................................415 TOR ................................................................... 447
DTC Description .................................................... 447
Special Repair Requirement ..................................418
P1090, P1093 VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR ..... 419 Component Inspection .......................................... 448
DTC Description ....................................................419 Special Repair Requirement ................................. 449
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................420 P1238, P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CON-
Component Inspection (VVEL ACTUATOR MO-
TROL ACTUATOR ........................................... 450
TOR) ......................................................................422
DTC Description .................................................... 450
Component Inspection (VVEL ACTUATOR SUB
ASSEMBLY) ..........................................................422
Special Repair Requirement ................................. 451
P1239, P2135 TP SENSOR .............................. 453
P1091 VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR RELAY .... 423
DTC Description .................................................... 453
DTC Description ....................................................423
Special Repair Requirement ................................. 456
P1148, P1168 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL ..... 427
P1290, P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL
DTC Description ....................................................427
MOTOR RELAY ................................................ 457
DTC Description .................................................... 457
P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT ........................... 428 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 458
Description .............................................................428
DTC Description ....................................................428
P1550 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR ........... 460
DTC Description .................................................... 460
P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE ............. 429 Component Inspection .......................................... 463
Description .............................................................429
DTC Description ....................................................429
P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SEN-
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................429 SOR .................................................................. 464
DTC Description .................................................... 464
P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE ......... 431 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 465
DTC Description ....................................................431 Component Inspection .......................................... 467
P1220 FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE DTC Description .................................................... 469
(FPCM) ............................................................. 435 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 469
Component Inspection (FPCM) .............................437
DTC Description .................................................... 473
P1225, P1234 TP SENSOR ............................. 438 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 474
P1556, P1557 BATTERY TEMPERATURE
SENSOR ........................................................... 477
P1226, P1235 TP SENSOR ............................. 440 DTC Description .................................................... 477
DTC Description ....................................................440 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 478
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................440 Component Inspection (Battery Temperature
Special Repair Requirement ..................................441 Sensor) ................................................................. 479
P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH .................. 480

DTC Description .................................................... 480

Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 480 P2096, P2097, P2098, P2099 A/F SENSOR 1. 514
Component Inspection .......................................... 482 DTC Description .................................................... 514 A
P1564 ICC STEERING SWITCH ...................... 484
DTC Description .................................................... 484 P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR ......................... 519
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 484 EC
DTC Description .................................................... 519
Component Inspection .......................................... 486 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 520
P1568 ICC FUNCTION ..................................... 488 Special Repair Requirement .................................. 522 C
DTC Description .................................................... 488
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 488 P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR ......................... 523
DTC Description .................................................... 523 D
P1572 BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH .. 490 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 524
WITHOUT ICC MODELS ......................................... 490 Component Inspection ........................................... 526
WITHOUT ICC MODELS : Description ................. 490 Special Repair Requirement .................................. 527
E
WITHOUT ICC MODELS : DTC Description ......... 490 P2138 APP SENSOR ...................................... 528
WITHOUT ICC MODELS : Diagnosis Procedure .. 491
DTC Description .................................................... 528
WITHOUT ICC MODELS : Component Inspection
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 529 F
(Brake Pedal Position Switch) ............................... 494
WITHOUT ICC MODELS : Component Inspection
Special Repair Requirement .................................. 532
(Stop Lamp Switch) ............................................... 495
P219A, P219B AIR FUEL RATIO ................... 533 G
WITH ICC MODELS ................................................ 495
DTC Description .................................................... 533
WITH ICC MODELS : DTC Description ................ 495
WITH ICC MODELS : Diagnosis Procedure ......... 497
WITH ICC MODELS : Component Inspection H
BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH ............. 539
(Brake Pedal Position Switch) ............................... 500 Component Function Check .................................. 539
WITH ICC MODELS : Component Inspection Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 539
(Stop Lamp Switch) ............................................... 501 Component Inspection (Brake Pedal Position I
WITH ICC MODELS : Component Inspection (ICC Switch) ................................................................... 540
Brake Hold Relay) ................................................. 501
ASCD INDICATOR .......................................... 541 J
P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR ...... 502 Component Function Check .................................. 541
DTC Description .................................................... 502
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 503 COOLING FAN ................................................ 542 K
Component Function Check .................................. 542
P1574 ICC VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR .......... 504 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 542
Description ............................................................ 504 Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor) .......... 544 L
DTC Description .................................................... 504 Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Relay) .......... 545
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL ........................ 546
P1606 VVEL CONTROL MODULE .................. 506 Description ............................................................. 546 M
DTC Description .................................................... 506 Component Function Check .................................. 546
N
P1607 VVEL CONTROL MODULE .................. 507 FUEL INJECTOR ............................................ 548
DTC Description .................................................... 507 Component Function Check .................................. 548
O
P1608 VVEL SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ....... 508
DTC Description .................................................... 508 FUEL PUMP .................................................... 550
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 508 P
Special Repair Requirement ................................. 510 WITH FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE (FPCM) .. 550
WITH FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE (FPCM)
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH ................................... 511 : Component Function Check ................................ 550
DTC Description .................................................... 511 WITH FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE (FPCM)
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 511 : Diagnosis Procedure ........................................... 550
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) .......... 512 WITH FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE (FPCM)
: Component Inspection (Fuel Pump) .................... 552

WITH FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE (FPCM) NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION ............... 574
: Component Inspection (Fuel Pump Control Mod- Description ............................................................ 574
ule) .........................................................................552
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ...................... 575
WITHOUT FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE
(FPCM) .....................................................................552 IDLE SPEED ..................................................... 575
WITHOUT FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE Inspection .............................................................. 575
(FPCM) : Component Function Check ..................552
WITHOUT FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE IGNITION TIMING ............................................. 576
(FPCM) : Diagnosis Procedure ..............................553 Inspection .............................................................. 576
WITHOUT FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE
EVAP LEAK CHECK ........................................ 577
(FPCM) : Component Inspection (Fuel Pump) ......555
Inspection .............................................................. 577
IGNITION SIGNAL ........................................... 556
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION ......... 579
Component Function Check ..................................556
Inspection .............................................................. 579
Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............. 580
Transistor) .............................................................559
Component Inspection (Condenser) ......................560 ECM .................................................................. 580
Exploded View ...................................................... 580
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP ............... 561 Removal and Installation ....................................... 580
Component Function Check ..................................561
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................561 VVEL CONTROL MODULE ............................. 581
Exploded View ...................................................... 581
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOV- Removal and Installation ....................................... 581
ERY (ORVR) .................................................... 562
Component Function Check ..................................562 FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE (FPCM) .... 582
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................562 Exploded View ...................................................... 582
Component Inspection ...........................................564 Removal and Installation ....................................... 582
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR .......... 567 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS

Component Function Check ..................................567 (SDS) ......................................................... 583
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................ 569 (SDS) ................................................................ 583
Idle Speed ............................................................. 583
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS ... 569
Ignition Timing ....................................................... 583
Symptom Table .....................................................569
Calculated Load Value .......................................... 583
Infiniti Drive Mode Selector ........................... 573 Mass Air Flow Sensor ........................................... 583
Symptom Table .....................................................573

APPLICATION NOTICE
< HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL > [VQ37VHR]
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL A

APPLICATION NOTICE
How to Check Vehicle Type INFOID:0000000012078364
EC
Vehicle identification number* Vehicle type

C
Up to VIN No. JN1BV7AP8FM334164
With fuel pump control module (FPCM) models
Up to VIN No. JN1BV7AR6FM394820
From VIN No. JN1BV7AP8FM334165 D
Without fuel pump control module (FPCM) models
From VIN No. JN1BV7AR6FM394821
*: Refer to GI-34, "Information About Identification or Model Code".
E

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [VQ37VHR]
PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000011282552
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT” of this
Service Manual.
WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision that would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see “SRS AIR BAG”.
• Never use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Ser-
vice Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness
connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
ignition ON or engine running, never use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with
a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover INFOID:0000000011282553
When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc to prevent damage to
windshield.
PIIB3706J

PRECAUTIONS
Precautions for Removing Battery Terminal INFOID:0000000011461176
A
• When removing the 12V battery terminal, turn OFF the ignition
switch and wait at least 30 seconds.
NOTE: EC
ECU may be active for several tens of seconds after the ignition
switch is turned OFF. If the battery terminal is removed before ECU
stops, then a DTC detection error or ECU data corruption may
occur. C
• For vehicles with the 2-batteries, be sure to connect the main bat-
tery and the sub battery before turning ON the ignition switch.
NOTE: D
If the ignition switch is turned ON with any one of the terminals of
SEF289H
main battery and sub battery disconnected, then DTC may be
detected.
• After installing the 12V battery, always check "Self Diagnosis Result" of all ECUs and erase DTC. E
NOTE:
The removal of 12V battery may cause a DTC detection error.
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and A/T INFOID:0000000011282555
F
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will illuminate the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the
driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration. G
CAUTION:
• Always turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative battery cable before any repair or
inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc. will cause H
the MIL to illuminate.
• Always connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MIL to illuminate due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.) I
• Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-lock-
ing type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-7, "Harness Connec-
tor". J
• Always route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness with a
bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to illuminate due to the short circuit.
• Always connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube may
cause the MIL to illuminate due to the malfunction of the EVAP system or fuel injection system, etc. K
• Always erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM and TCM
(Transmission control module) before returning the vehicle to the customer.
L
General Precautions INFOID:0000000011282556
• Always use a 12 volt battery as power source.

• Never attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine is M
running.
• Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness con-
nector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect negative bat-
N
tery cable. Failure to do so may damage the ECM because
battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition switch is
turned OFF.
• Before removing parts, turn ignition switch OFF and then dis- O
connect negative battery cable.
SEF289H

PRECAUTIONS
• Never disassemble ECM.
• If a battery cable is disconnected, the memory will return to
the ECM value.
The ECM will now start to self-control at its initial value. Thus,
engine operation can vary slightly in this case. However, this
is not an indication of a malfunction. Never replace parts
because of a slight variation.
• If the battery is disconnected, the following emission-related
diagnostic information will be cleared within 24 hours.
- Diagnostic trouble codes
- 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
JMBIA0057ZZ
- Freeze frame data
- 1st trip freeze frame data
- System readiness test (SRT) codes
- Test values
• When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or
from ECM, never damage pin terminals (bends or break).
Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM pin
terminal, when connecting pin connectors.
• Securely connect ECM harness connectors.
A poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge) volt-
age to develop in coil and condenser, thus resulting in dam-
age to ICs.
• Keep engine control system harness at least 10 cm (4 in) away
from adjacent harness, to prevent engine control system mal-
functions due to receiving external noise, degraded operation
PBIB0090E
of ICs, etc.
• Keep engine control system parts and harness dry.
• Before replacing ECM, perform ECM Terminals and Reference
Value inspection and make sure ECM functions properly.
Refer to EC-87, "Reference Value".
• Handle mass air flow sensor carefully to avoid damage.
• Never clean mass air flow sensor with any type of detergent.
• Never disassemble electric throttle control actuator.
• Even a slight leak in the air intake system can cause serious
incidents.
• Never shock or jar the camshaft position sensor (PHASE),
crankshaft position sensor (POS).
MEF040D
• After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform DTC

Confirmation Procedure or Component Function Check.
The DTC should not be displayed in the DTC Confirmation
Procedure if the repair is completed. The Component Func-
tion Check should be a good result if the repair is completed.
SAT652J

PRECAUTIONS
• When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never allow
the two tester probes to contact. A
Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and
damage the ECM power transistor.
EC
G
SEF348N
• B1 indicates bank 1, B2 indicates bank 2 as shown in the fig- H

ure.
• Never operate fuel pump when there is no fuel in lines.
• Tighten fuel hose clamps to the specified torque.
I
SEC893C
K
• Never depress accelerator pedal when starting.

• Immediately after starting, never rev up engine unnecessarily. L
• Never rev up engine just prior to shutdown.
SEF709Y

PRECAUTIONS
• When installing C.B. ham radio or a mobile phone, be sure to
observe the following as it may adversely affect electronic
control systems depending on installation location.
- Keep the antenna as far as possible from the electronic con-
trol units.
- Keep the antenna feeder line more than 20 cm (8 in) away
from the harness of electronic controls.
Never let them run parallel for a long distance.
- Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standing-wave
ratio can be kept smaller.
- Be sure to ground the radio to vehicle body.
SEF708Y

PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [VQ37VHR]
PREPARATION A
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools INFOID:0000000011282557
EC
NOTE:
The actual shapes of TechMate tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
C
Tool number
(TechMate No.) Description
Tool name D
(J-44321) Checks fuel pressure
Fuel pressure gauge
kit
E
F
LEC642
Commercial Service Tools INFOID:0000000011282558

G
Tool name
Description H
(TechMate No.)
Leak detector Locates the EVAP leak
i.e.: (J-41416)
I
J
S-NT703
EVAP service port Applies positive pressure through EVAP service K

adapter port
i.e.: (J-41413-OBD)
S-NT704
M
Fuel filler cap adapter Checks fuel tank vacuum relief valve opening
i.e.: (MLR-8382) pressure
N
O
S-NT815

PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [VQ37VHR]
Tool name
Description
(TechMate No.)
Oxygen sensor thread Reconditions the exhaust system threads before
cleaner installing a new oxygen sensor. Use with anti-
i.e.: (J-43897-18) seize lubricant shown below.
(J-43897-12) a: 18 mm diameter with pitch 1.5 mm for Zirco-
nia Oxygen Sensor
b: 12 mm diameter with pitch 1.25 mm for Tita-
nia Oxygen Sensor
AEM488
Anti-seize lubricant Lubricates oxygen sensor thread cleaning tool

i.e.: (PermatexTM when reconditioning exhaust system threads.
133AR or equivalent
meeting MIL specifica-
tion MIL-A-907)
S-NT779

COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VQ37VHR]
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A
COMPONENT PARTS
EC
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000011282559
Engine Room Component C
J
JSBIA3939ZZ
No. Component Function K

Electric throttle control actuator (bank 1) EC-27, "Electric Throttle Control Actuator"
Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) L
EC-32, "Mass Air Flow Sensor"
(bank 1)
Mass air flow sensor (bank 2) EC-32, "Mass Air Flow Sensor"
Electric throttle control actuator (bank 2) EC-27, "Electric Throttle Control Actuator" M
Manifold absolute pressure sensor* —
EC-28, "EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve N
Valve"
EVAP service port EC-577, "Inspection"
*: Not applicable O
Engine Assembly Component
P

COMPONENT PARTS
JSBIA3941ZZ
Top view of the engine

(view with intake manifold is re- Rear view of the engine Around the oil filter (2WD)
moved)
Around the oil filter (AWD)
Engine front
No. Component Function
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 1) EC-25, "Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE)"
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve (bank 1)

EC-32, "Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve"
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve (bank 2)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) EC-25, "Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE)"

COMPONENT PARTS
A
Ignition coil (with power transistor) and spark plug (No.2 cylin-
der)
der) EC
der)
EC-31, "Ignition Coil" C
der)
der) D
der)
Fuel injector (No.5 cylinder) E
Fuel injector (No.3 cylinder)
Fuel injector (No.1 cylinder) F

EC-29, "Fuel Injector"

G
Knock sensor (bank 1)

EC-32, "Knock Sensor" H
Knock sensor (bank 2)
VVEL actuator motor (bank 2) EC-34, "VVEL Actuator Motor"
VVEL control shaft position sensor (bank 2) EC-34, "VVEL Control Position Sensor"
I
Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-27, "Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor"
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) EC-26, "Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS)" J

VVEL actuator motor (bank 1) EC-34, "VVEL Actuator Motor"
VVEL control shaft position sensor (bank 1) EC-34, "VVEL Control Position Sensor" K
EC-28, "EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
Valve"
Engine oil temperature sensor EC-28, "Engine Oil Temperature Sensor" L
Exhaust System Component

M

COMPONENT PARTS
JSBIA0233ZZ

A/F sensor 1 (bank 1)
EC-24, "Air Fuel Ratio Sensor 1"
A/F sensor 1 (bank 2)
Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2)

EC-30, "Heated Oxygen Sensor 2"
Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1)
Vehicle Compartment

COMPONENT PARTS
EC
JSBIA3948ZZ
K
Around the battery Around the radiator Fuse and fusible link block
Left side of trunk room Right side of main muffler Rear seat (lower right) L

M
EC-33, "Refrigerant Pressure Sensor"
Refrigerant pressure sensor Refer to HA-13, "REFRIGERATION SYSTEM : Component
Parts Location" for installation.
N
EC-25, "Battery Current Sensor (With Battery Temperature
Battery current sensor (with battery temperature sensor)
Sensor)"
IPDM E/R control the internal relays and the actuators.
When CAN communication with ECM is impossible, IPDM E/ O
R performs fail-safe control.
IPDM E/R • PCS-6, "RELAY CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description"
• PCS-7, "RELAY CONTROL SYSTEM : Fail-safe"
P
• PCS-9, "POWER CONTROL SYSTEM : System Descrip-
tion"
VVEL control module EC-34, "VVEL Control Module"
VVEL actuator motor relay EC-34, "VVEL Actuator Motor Relay"
Cooling fan control module EC-26, "Cooling Fan"
Cooling fan motor-1 EC-26, "Cooling Fan"

COMPONENT PARTS
Cooling fan motor-2 EC-26, "Cooling Fan"
Cooling fan relay EC-26, "Cooling Fan"
Fuel pump control module* EC-30, "Fuel Pump Control Module"
EVAP canister vent control valve EC-28, "EVAP Canister Vent Control Valve"
EVAP control system pressure sensor EC-29, "EVAP Control System Pressure Sensor"
EVAP canister stores the generated fuel vapors in the sealed
EVAP canister fuel tank to activated charcoals of EVAP canister when the en-
gine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank.
Fuel level sensor EC-29, "Fuel Level Sensor"
Fuel pump EC-29, "Fuel Pump"
Fuel tank temperature sensor EC-30, "Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor"
*: With fuel pump control module (FPCM) models. Refer to EC-9, "How to Check Vehicle Type".
Interior Compartment
JSBIA3949ZZ
Brake pedal Accelerator pedal Grove box (back side)

COMPONENT PARTS
No. Component Description A

Displays a vehicle status on the display screen, according to signals
received from ECM.
Display control unit
For details of installation position, refer to AV-14, "Component Parts
EC
Location".
ASCD steering switch EC-25, "ASCD Steering Switch"
ICC steering switch EC-32, "ICC Steering Switch" C
Performs the ON/OFF control of the indicator lamp, warning lamp, and
Combination meter the information display, according to signals received from ECM via
CAN communication.
D
For details of installation position, refer to DAS-394, "Component Parts
Chassis control module
Location".
DMS-6, "Drive Mode Select Switch"
E
Drive mode select switch For details of installation position, refer to DMS-3, "Component Parts
Location".
Controls the air-conditioning system (e.g. electric compressor, blower
fan motor), according to a command from ECM. F
A/C auto amp.
For details of installation position, refer to HAC-5, "AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Component Parts Location".
Stop lamp switch EC-33, "Stop Lamp Switch & Brake Pedal Position Switch" G
Brake pedal position switch EC-33, "Stop Lamp Switch & Brake Pedal Position Switch"
Accelerator pedal position switch (with ECO pedal) EC-23, "Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor" H
Accelerator pedal position switch (without ECO pedal) EC-23, "Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor"
ECM EC-27, "ECM"

I
Steering force control module (with direct adaptive For details of installation position, refer to STC-36, "Component Parts
steering) Location".
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor INFOID:0000000011282560

J
With ECO pedal

The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper sec- K
tion of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accel-
erator position and sends a signal to the ECM.
L
JSCIA0824ZZ
N
Without ECO pedal
The accelerator pedal position sensor is integrated with the acceler-
ator pedal. The sensor detects the accelerator position and sends a O
signal to the ECM.
JSCIA0825ZZ

COMPONENT PARTS
Accelerator pedal position sensor has 2 sensors. These sensors are
a kind of potentiometer which transform the accelerator pedal posi-
tion into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. The
ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from
these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these
signals.
Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM
receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The
ECM uses this signal for engine operations such as fuel cut.
PBIB1741E
Air Fuel Ratio Sensor 1 INFOID:0000000011282561
The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sen-
sor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an elec-
trode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range.
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at
the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current
relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocar-
bon density in rich.
JSBIA0493GB
Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this
electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the
sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of about 800°C
(1,472°F).
JPBIA5446GB
Air Fuel Ratio Sensor 1 Heater INFOID:0000000011282562
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
heater control heater
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
The ECM performs ON/OFF duty control of the A/F sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine operating
condition to keep the temperature of A/F sensor 1 element at the specified range.
ASCD Indicator INFOID:0000000011282563
ASCD operation status is indicated by two indicators (CRUISE and SET) and CRUISE lamp in combination
meter.
CRUISE indicator is displayed to indicated that ASCD system is ready for operation when MAIN switch on
ASCD steering switch is turned ON.
SET indicator is displayed when the following conditions are met.
• CRUISE indicator is displayed.
• SET/COAST switch on ASCD steering switch is turned ON while vehicle speed is within the range of the
ASCD setting.

COMPONENT PARTS
SET indicator is displayed during ASCD control.
Refer to EC-49, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : System Description" for the ASCD func- A
tion.
ASCD Steering Switch INFOID:0000000011282564
EC
ASCD steering switch has variant values of electrical resistance for each button. ECM reads voltage variation
of switch, and determines which button is operated.
Refer to EC-49, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : System Description" for the ASCD func- C
tion.
Battery Current Sensor (With Battery Temperature Sensor) INFOID:0000000011282565
D
OUTLINE
The power generation voltage variable control enables fuel con-
sumption to be decreased by reducing the engine load which is E
caused by the power generation of the generator.
Based on sensor signals, ECM judges whether or not the power
generation voltage variable control is performed. When performing
the power generation voltage variable control, ECM calculates the F
target power generation voltage based on the sensor signal. And
ECM sends the calculated value as the power generation command
value to IPDM E/R. For the details of the power generation voltage G
variable control, refer to CHG-7, "POWER GENERATION VOLTAGE
VARIABLE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description".
JSBIA3990ZZ
CAUTION:
H
Never connect the electrical component or the ground wire directly to the battery terminal. The con-
nection causes the malfunction of the power generation voltage variable control, and then the battery
discharge may occur.
I
BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
The battery current sensor is installed to the battery negative cable. The sensor measures the charging/dis-
charging current of the battery.
J
BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Battery temperature sensor is integrated in battery current sensor.
The sensor measures temperature around the battery.
K
The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature
increases.
<Reference data>
L
Temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ)
25 (77) 3.333 1.9 - 2.1
M
90 (194) 0.969 0.222 - 0.258
*: These data are reference values and are measured between battery temperature SEF012P
sensor signal terminal and sensor ground.

N
Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) INFOID:0000000011282566
The camshaft position sensor (PHASE) senses the retraction of O

camshaft (INT) to identify a particular cylinder. The camshaft position
sensor (PHASE) senses the piston position.
When the crankshaft position sensor (POS) system becomes inoper-
ative, the camshaft position sensor (PHASE) provides various con- P
trols of engine parts instead, utilizing timing of cylinder identification
signals.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause
the gap with the sensor to change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to
JMBIA0064ZZ
change.

COMPONENT PARTS
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes.
ECM receives the signals as shown in the figure.
JMBIA0001GB
Cooling Fan INFOID:0000000011282567
COOLING FAN CONTROL MODULE

Cooling fan control module receives ON/OFF pulse duty signal from IPDM E/R. Corresponding to this ON/OFF
pulse duty signal, cooling fan control module sends cooling fan motor operating voltage to cooling fan motor.
The revolution speed of cooling fan motor is controlled by duty cycle of the voltage.
COOLING FAN MOTOR
Cooling fan motor receives cooling fan motor operating voltage from cooling fan control module. The revolu-
tion speed of cooling fan motor is controlled by duty cycle of the voltage.
COOLING FAN RELAY
Cooling fan relay provides power supply to the cooling fan control module.
Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) INFOID:0000000011282568
The crankshaft position sensor (POS) is located on the cylinder

block facing the gear teeth (cogs) of the signal plate. It detects the
fluctuation of the engine revolution.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When the engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth
cause the gap with the sensor to change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to
change.
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor
changes.
The ECM receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of
JMBIA0062ZZ
the engine revolution.
ECM receives the signals as shown in the figure.
JMBIA0001GB

COMPONENT PARTS
ECM INFOID:0000000011282569
A
The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal
input and output and for power supply. The ECM controls the engine.
EC
D
JMBIA0057ZZ
Electric Throttle Control Actuator INFOID:0000000011282570

E
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc.
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The throttle position sensor detects the throttle valve position and feeds the voltage signals to the ECM. The F
ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and controls the throttle valve
opening angle properly in response to driving condition via the throttle control motor.
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000011282571 G
The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine

coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the H
ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant
temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the ther-
mistor decreases as temperature increases. I
SEF594K
K
<Reference data>
Engine coolant temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ) L

−10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.10 - 2.90
M
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals 71 N
(Engine coolant temperature sensor) and 84 (Sensor ground). SEF012P

COMPONENT PARTS
Engine Oil Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000011282572
The engine oil temperature sensor is used to detect the engine oil
temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM.
The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine oil tempera-
ture input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the
change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases as temperature increases.
SEF594K
<Reference data>
Engine oil temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ)

–10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.10 - 2.90
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
110 (230) 0.6 0.143 - 0.153
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals 78 SEF012P
(Engine oil temperature sensor) and 84 (Sensor ground).
EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000011282573
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is used to

control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve is moved by ON/OFF
pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse, the greater the
amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve.
JMBIA0069ZZ
EVAP Canister Vent Control Valve INFOID:0000000011282574
The EVAP canister vent control valve is located on the EVAP canis-
ter and is used to seal the canister vent.
This solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the
ECM sends an ON signal, the coil in the solenoid valve is energized.
A plunger will then move to seal the canister vent. The ability to seal
the vent is necessary for the on board diagnosis of other evaporative
emission control system components.
This solenoid valve is used only for diagnosis, and usually remains
opened.
When the vent is closed, under normal purge conditions, the evapo-
rative emission control system is depressurized and allows “EVAP
PBIB1263E
Control System” diagnosis.

COMPONENT PARTS
EVAP Control System Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000011282575
A
The EVAP control system pressure sensor detects pressure in the
purge line. The sensor output voltage to the ECM increases as pres-
sure increases. EC
D
PBIB3370E
Fuel Injector INFOID:0000000011282576

E
The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit, the coil in the fuel injec-
tor is energized. The energized coil pulls the ball valve back and F
allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the intake manifold.
The amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse dura-
tion. Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains
open. The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on G
engine fuel needs.
H
SEF375Z
Fuel Level Sensor INFOID:0000000011282577

I
The fuel level sensor is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit.
The sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to the “A/C auto amp.”. The “A/C auto
amp.” sends the fuel level sensor signal to the ECM via the CAN communication line. J
It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other is variable resistor. Fuel level sensor output volt-
age changes depending on the movement of the fuel mechanical float.
Fuel Pump INFOID:0000000011282578
K
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator L

Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Fuel pump relay
Engine speed*
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Fuel pump control ↓
Battery Battery voltage* Fuel pump M
*: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
The ECM activates the fuel pump for several seconds after the ignition switch is turned ON to improve engine
startability. If the ECM receives a engine speed signal from the camshaft position sensor (PHASE), it knows N
that the engine is rotating, and causes the pump to operate. If the engine speed signal is not received when
the ignition switch is ON, the engine stalls. The ECM stops pump operation and prevents battery discharging,
thereby improving safety. The ECM does not directly drive the fuel pump. It controls the ON/OFF fuel pump O
relay, which in turn controls the fuel pump.
Condition Fuel pump operation

P
Ignition switch is turned to ON. Operates for 1 second.
Engine running and cranking Operates.
When engine is stopped Stops in 1.5 seconds.
Except as shown above Stops.

COMPONENT PARTS
Fuel Pump Control Module INFOID:0000000011282579
The fuel pump control module (FPCM) controls the discharging vol-
ume of the fuel pump by transmitting the FPCM control signals (Low/
Mid/High) depending on driving conditions.
JSBIA3820GB
Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000011282580
The fuel tank temperature sensor is used to detect the fuel tempera-
ture inside the fuel tank. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from
the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the fuel temper-
ature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the
change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases as temperature increases.
<Reference data>
Fluid temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ)

20 (68) 3.5 2.3 - 2.7
SEF012P
50 (122) 2.2 0.79 - 0.90
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals 106 (Fuel tank temperature sensor) and 128 (ECM
ground).
Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 INFOID:0000000011282581
The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst 1, monitors the
oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank.
Even if switching characteristics of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
are shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the sig-
nal from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates volt-
age from approximately 1 V in richer conditions to 0 V in leaner con-
ditions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
engine control operation.
SEF327R
Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater INFOID:0000000011282582
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Heated oxygen sensor 2
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature heater control
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater corresponding to the engine speed,
amount of intake air and engine coolant temperature.
OPERATION

COMPONENT PARTS
Engine speed rpm Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater A

Above 3,600 OFF
Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
• Engine: After warming up EC
ON
• Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1
minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load
Ignition Coil INFOID:0000000011282583 C
The ignition signal from the ECM is sent to and amplified by the power transistor. The power transistor turns
ON and OFF the ignition coil primary circuit. This ON/OFF operation induces the proper high voltage in the coil D
secondary circuit.
Information Display INFOID:0000000011282584
E
Information necessary to control the information display is transmitted from each relevant control module and
input into the combination meter. Based on this information, warnings or information appears on the informa-
tion display.
ECM transmits signals for the following items to the combination meter via CAN communication in order to dis- F
play them.
Display item Display content G

Engine oil pressure warning Indicates the engine oil pressure warning.
Fuel filler cap warning Indicates the fuel filler cap warning.
H
CRUISE indicator Indicates the ASCD operating status.
SET indicator Indicates that a vehicle speed is set.
Set speed indicator Indicates the setting status of set speed. I
For the information display, refer to EC-61, "WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning/Indicator (On
Information Display)".
J
Intake Air Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000011282585
The intake air temperature sensor is built-into the mass air flow sen-
sor . The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a K
signal to the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor L
decreases in response to the rise in temperature.
PBIA9559J
N
<Reference data>
O
Intake air temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ)
25 (77) 3.3 1.800 - 2.200
80 (176) 1.2 0.283 - 0.359 P
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals 67
(Intake air temperature sensor) and 68 (Sensor ground).
SEF012P

COMPONENT PARTS
Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000011282586
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by ON/OFF

pulse duty (ratio) signals from the ECM.
The intake valve timing control solenoid valve changes the oil
amount and direction of flow through intake valve timing control unit
or stops oil flow.
The longer pulse width advances valve angle.
The shorter pulse width retards valve angle.
When ON and OFF pulse widths become equal, the solenoid valve
stops oil pressure flow to fix the intake valve angle at the control
position.
PBIB1842E
ICC Steering Switch INFOID:0000000011282587
ICC steering switch has variant values of electrical resistance for each button. ECM reads voltage variation of
switch, and determines which button is operated.
Refer to CCS-12, "System Description" for the ICC function.
Knock Sensor INFOID:0000000011282588
The knock sensor is attached to the cylinder block. It senses engine knocking using a piezoelectric element. A
knocking vibration from the cylinder block is sensed as vibrational pressure. This pressure is converted into a
voltage signal and sent to the ECM.
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) INFOID:0000000011282589
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP (MIL)

The Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) is located on the combination
meter.
The MIL will illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON without
the engine running. This is a bulb check.
When the engine is started, the MIL should turn off. If the MIL
remains illuminated, the on board diagnostic system has detected an
engine system malfunction.
For details, refer to EC-64, "Diagnosis Description".
SAT652J
Mass Air Flow Sensor INFOID:0000000011282591
The mass air flow sensor is placed in the stream of intake air. It
measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire
intake flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the
hot wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The greater air flow, the
greater the heat loss.
Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to
maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The
ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change.
PBIA9559J
Power Steering Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000011282592
Power steering pressure (PSP) sensor is installed to the power steering high-pressure tube and detects a
power steering load.

COMPONENT PARTS
This sensor is a potentiometer which transforms the power steering load into output voltage, and emits the
voltage signal to the ECM. The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator and adjusts the throttle valve A
opening angle to increase the engine speed and adjusts the idle speed for the increased load.
Refrigerant Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000011282593
EC
The refrigerant pressure sensor is installed at the condenser of the air conditioner system. The sensor uses an
electrostatic volume pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to voltage. The voltage signal is sent
to ECM, and ECM controls cooling fan system. C
PBIB2657E
F
Stop Lamp Switch & Brake Pedal Position Switch INFOID:0000000011282594
G
Stop lamp switch and brake pedal position switch are installed to brake pedal bracket.
ECM detects the state of the brake pedal by those two types of input (ON/OFF signal).
Brake pedal Brake pedal position switch Stop lamp switch H

Released ON OFF
Depressed OFF ON
I
Throttle Control Motor INFOID:0000000011282595
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve. J
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feed-
back to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in
response to driving condition.
K
Throttle Control Motor Relay INFOID:0000000011282596
Power supply for the throttle control motor is provided to the ECM via throttle control motor relay. The throttle L
control motor relay is ON/OFF controlled by the ECM. When the ignition switch is turned ON, the ECM sends
an ON signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is provided to the ECM. When the ignition
switch is turned OFF, the ECM sends an OFF signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is not
provided to the ECM. M
Throttle Position Sensor INFOID:0000000011282597
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, N

throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a O
kind of potentiometer which transform the throttle valve position into
output voltage, and emit the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig-
nals and controls the throttle valve opening angle properly in P
response to driving condition via the throttle control motor.
PBIB0145E

COMPONENT PARTS
VVEL Actuator Motor INFOID:0000000011282598
The VVEL actuator motor rotates the control shaft according to the control signal from the VVEL control mod-
ule. The VVEL control module judges whether the VVEL actuator motor controls the angle properly by the
VVEL control shaft position sensor signal.
VVEL Actuator Motor Relay INFOID:0000000011282599
Power supply for the VVEL actuator motor is provided to the VVEL control module via VVEL actuator motor
relay. VVEL actuator motor relay is ON/OFF controlled by the VVEL control module. In addition, when the
VVEL actuator motor relay cannot be controlled by the VVEL control module for some reason, it ON/OFF con-
trolled by ECM.
VVEL Control Module INFOID:0000000011282600
The VVEL control module consists of a microcomputer and connec-

tors for signal input and output and for power supply. The VVEL con-
trol module controls VVEL system.
JMBIA0879ZZ
VVEL Control Position Sensor INFOID:0000000011282601
VVEL control shaft position sensor is placed on VVEL actuator

sub assembly and detects the control shaft position angle.
A magnet is pressed into the arm on the edge of control shaft.
The magnetic field changes as the magnet rotates together with the
arm resulting in the output voltage change of the sensor.
VVEL control module detects the actual position angle through the
voltage change and sends the signal to ECM.
JMBIA0835ZZ

STRUCTURE AND OPERATION
A
Positive Crankcase Ventilation INFOID:0000000011282602
EC
G
JMBIA1237ZZ
PCV valve Electric throttle control actuator Mass air flow sensor
H
Normal condition Hi-load condition
: Fresh air
: Blow-by air I
This system returns blow-by gas to the intake manifold.

The positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve is provided to conduct crankcase blow-by gas to the intake
manifold. J
During partial throttle operation of the engine, the intake manifold sucks the blow-by gas through the PCV
valve.
Normally, the capacity of the valve is sufficient to handle any blow-by and a small amount of ventilating air. K
The ventilating air is drawn from the air inlet tubes into the crankcase. In this process the air passes through
the hose connecting air inlet tubes to rocker cover.
Under full-throttle condition, the manifold vacuum is insufficient to draw the blow-by flow through the valve.
L
The flow goes through the hose connection in the reverse direction.
On vehicles with an excessively high blow-by, the valve does not
meet the requirement. This is because some of the flow will go
through the hose connection to the air inlet tubes under all condi- M
tions.
O
PBIB1588E

On Board Refueling Vapor Recovery (ORVR) INFOID:0000000011282603
PBIB1068E
From the beginning of refueling, the air and vapor inside the fuel tank go through refueling EVAP vapor cut
valve and EVAP/ORVR line to the EVAP canister. The vapor is absorbed by the EVAP canister and the air is
released to the atmosphere.
When the refueling has reached the full level of the fuel tank, the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve is closed and
refueling is stopped because of auto shut-off. The vapor which was absorbed by the EVAP canister is purged
during driving.
WARNING:
When conducting inspections below, be sure to observe the following:
• Put a “CAUTION: FLAMMABLE” sign in workshop.
• Never smoke while servicing fuel system. Keep open flames and sparks away from work area.
• Always furnish the workshop with a CO2 fire extinguisher.
CAUTION:
• Before removing fuel line parts, carry out the following procedures:
- Put drained fuel in an explosion-proof container and put lid on securely.
- Release fuel pressure from fuel line. Refer to EC-168, "Work Procedure".
- Disconnect battery ground cable.
• Always replace O-ring when the fuel gauge retainer is removed.
• Never kink or twist hose and tube when they are installed.
• Never tighten hose and clamps excessively to avoid damaging hoses.
• After installation, run engine and check for fuel leaks at connections.
• Never attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically.
Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow, resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire.

SYSTEM
SYSTEM
A
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000011282604
EC
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
C
JSBIA3800ZZ
O
ECM Can communication VVEL control module
EVAP canister purge volume control
EVAP service port EVAP canister vent control valve
solenoid valve
EVAP control system pressure sen- Battery current sensor (with Battery P
EVAP canister
sor temperature sensor)
Battery Fuel tank temperature sensor Fuel level sensor
Fuel tank Fuel pressure regulator Fuel pump
Three way catalyst 2 Heated oxygen sensor 2 Three way catalyst 1
Engine oil temperature sensor A/F sensor 1 Spark plug

SYSTEM
PCV valve Ignition coil (with power transistor) VVEL actuator motor
Intake valve timing control solenoid
VVEL control shaft position sensor Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
valve
Fuel damper Engine coolant temperature sensor Knock sensor
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Muffler Cooling fan control module
Mass air flow sensor (with intake air
Cooling fan Air cleaner
temperature sensor)
Manifold absolute pressure (MAP)
Electric throttle control actuator Throttle position sensor
sensor*1
MIL Ignition switch Accelerator pedal position sensor
Power steering pressure sensor*2 Refrigerant pressure sensor PNP signal
Fuel pump control module*3
*1: Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor is not used.

*2: With power steering system models
*3: With fuel pump control module (FPCM) models. Refer to EC-9, "How to Check Vehicle Type".
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM controls the engine by various functions.
Function Reference
EC-46, "MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM : System De-
Multiport fuel injection system
scription"
Electric ignition system EC-48, "ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM : System Description"
EC-49, "AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System Descrip-
Air conditioning cut system
tion"
EC-49, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : Sys-
Automatic speed control device (ASCD)
tem Description"
CAN communication EC-50, "CAN COMMUNICATION : System Description"
Cooling fan control EC-51, "COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description"
EC-51, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System Descrip-
Evaporative emission system
tion"
Intake valve timing control EC-53, "INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System Description"
VVEL system EC-54, "VVEL SYSTEM : System Description"
EC-55, "FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE (FPCM) : System De-
Fuel pump control module (FPCM)*
scription"
Infiniti Drive Mode Selector EC-55, "Infiniti Drive Mode Selector : System Description"
EC-52, "FUEL FILLER CAP WARNING SYSTEM : System De-
Fuel filler cap warning system
scription"
*: With fuel pump control module (FPCM) models. Refer to EC-9, "How to Check Vehicle Type".

SYSTEM
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Circuit Diagram INFOID:0000000011282605
EC
JSBIA4933GB
P

SYSTEM
JSBIA5868GB

SYSTEM
EC
JSBIA5869GB

SYSTEM
JSBIA3908GB

SYSTEM
EC
JSBIA3909GB
*1: With ICC models

*2: Without ICC models P
*3: With power steering control system
NOTE:
Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor is not used.
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Fail safe INFOID:0000000011282606
NON DTC RELATED ITEM

SYSTEM
Engine operating condition Reference

Detected items Remarks
in fail-safe mode page
Engine speed will not rise Malfunction indicator When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM cannot warn the
more than 2,500 rpm due lamp circuit driver by illuminating MIL when there is malfunction on engine control
to the fuel cut system.
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related
diagnoses are continuously detected as NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the EC-561
driver that engine control system malfunctions and MIL circuit is open
by means of operating the fail-safe function.
The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MIL
circuit are detected and demands the driver to repair the malfunction.
DTC RELATED ITEM
DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode

U1003 Can communication circuit VVEL actuator motor relay is turned off, and VVEL value is become at a minimum angle.
U1024 Engine speed will not rise more than 3,500 rpm due to the fuel cut.
P0011 Intake valve timing control The signal is not energized to the intake valve timing control solenoid valve and the valve
P0021 control does not function.
P0102 Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
P0103
P010C
P010D
P0117 Engine coolant temperature Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the following condition.
P0118 sensor circuit CONSULT displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Engine coolant temperature decided
Condition
(CONSULT display)
Just as ignition switch is turned ON or START 40°C (104°F)
Approx 4 minutes or more after engine starting 80°C (176°F)
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
Except as shown above
(Depends on the time)
When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling
fan operates while engine is running.
P0122 Throttle position sensor The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in
P0123 order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
P0222 The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal
P0223 condition.
P0227 Therefore, the acceleration will be poor.
P0228
P1239
P2132
P2133
P2135
P0500 Vehicle speed sensor The cooling fan operates (Highest) while engine is running.
The signal is not energized to the intake valve timing control solenoid valve and the valve
P0524 Engine oil pressure control does not function.
Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
P0605 ECM (When ECM calculation function is malfunctioning:)
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
ECM deactivates ASCD operation.
P0607 ECM VVEL actuator motor relay is turned off, and VVEL value is become at a minimum angle.
P0643 Sensor power supply ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
P1087 VVEL control function VVEL of normal bank is controlled at VVEL angle of abnormal bank.
P1088 Engine speed will not rise more than 3,500 rpm due to the fuel cut.

SYSTEM
A
P1089 VVEL control shaft position VVEL value is maintained at a fixed angle.
P1092 sensor Engine speed will not rise more than 3,500 rpm due to the fuel cut
P1090 VVEL actuator motor VVEL of normal bank is controlled at VVEL angle of abnormal bank.
P1093 Engine speed will not rise more than 3,500 rpm due to the fuel cut. EC
VVEL actuator motor relay is turned off, and VVEL value is become at a minimum angle.
P1091 VVEL actuator motor relay VVEL actuator motor relay is turned off, and VVEL value is become at a minimum angle. C
P1233 Electric throttle control function ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
P2101 fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. D
P1236 Throttle control motor ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
P2118 fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1238 Electric throttle control actuator (When electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return spring E
P2119 malfunction:)
ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the idle
position. The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm.
F
(When throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is not in specified range:)
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20
degrees or less.
G
(When ECM detects the throttle valve is stuck open:)
While the vehicle is being driven, it slows down gradually because of fuel cut. After the ve-
hicle stops, the engine stalls.
The engine can restart in N or P position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm or H
more.
P1290 Throttle control motor relay
P2100
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. I
P2103
P1606 VVEL control module VVEL actuator motor relay is turned off, and VVEL value is become at a minimum angle.
J
P1608 VVEL control shaft position VVEL actuator motor relay is turned off, and VVEL value is become at a minimum angle.
sensor Engine speed will not rise more than 3,500 rpm due to the fuel cut
P1805 Brake switch ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to a
small range. K
Therefore, acceleration will be poor.
Vehicle condition Driving condition
L
When engine is idling Normal
When accelerating Poor acceleration
P2122 Accelerator pedal position sen- The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in M
P2123 sor order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
P2128 condition.
P2138 Therefore, the acceleration will be poor. N
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
O

SYSTEM
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000011282607
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSBIA3798GB
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ECM. The ECM controls the length of
time the valve remains open (injection pulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is a program value in the
ECM memory. The program value is preset by engine operating conditions. These conditions are determined
by input signals (for engine speed and intake air) from the crankshaft position sensor (POS), camshaft position
sensor (PHASE) and the mass air flow sensor.
VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION
In addition, the amount of fuel injected is compensated to improve engine performance under various operat-
ing conditions as listed below.
<Fuel increase>
• During warm-up
• When starting the engine
• During acceleration
• Hot-engine operation
• When selector lever is changed from N to D
• High-load, high-speed operation
<Fuel decrease>
• During deceleration
• During high engine speed operation

SYSTEM
MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL)
A
EC
PBIB2793E
The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air-fuel mixture ratio for driveability and emission control. D
The three way catalyst 1 can better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses A/F sensor 1 in the
exhaust manifold to monitor whether the engine operation is rich or lean. The ECM adjusts the injection pulse
width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about A/F sensor 1, refer to EC-24, "Air
Fuel Ratio Sensor 1". This maintains the mixture ratio within the range of stoichiometric (ideal air-fuel mixture). E
This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 is located downstream of the three way catalyst 1. Even if the switching characteris-
tics of A/F sensor 1 shift, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal from heated oxygen sen- F
sor 2.
• Open Loop Control
The open loop system condition refers to when the ECM detects any of the following conditions. Feedback
G
control stops in order to maintain stabilized fuel combustion.
- Deceleration and acceleration
- High-load, high-speed operation
- Malfunction of A/F sensor 1 or its circuit H
- Insufficient activation of A/F sensor 1 at low engine coolant temperature
- High engine coolant temperature
- During warm-up I
- After shifting from N to D
- When starting the engine
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL J
The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from A/F sensor 1.
This feedback signal is then sent to the ECM. The ECM controls the basic mixture ratio as close to the theoret-
ical mixture ratio as possible. However, the basic mixture ratio is not necessarily controlled as originally
designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot wire) and characteristic changes dur- K
ing operation (i.e., fuel injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio.
Accordingly, the difference between the basic and theoretical mixture ratios is monitored in this system. This is
then computed in terms of “injection pulse duration” to automatically compensate for the difference between L
the two ratios.
“Fuel trim” refers to the feedback compensation value compared against the basic injection duration. Fuel trim
includes short-term fuel trim and long-term fuel trim.
M
“Short-term fuel trim” is the short-term fuel compensation used to maintain the mixture ratio at its theoretical
value. The signal from A/F sensor 1 indicates whether the mixture ratio is RICH or LEAN compared to the the-
oretical value. The signal then triggers a reduction in fuel volume if the mixture ratio is rich, and an increase in
fuel volume if it is lean. N
“Long-term fuel trim” is overall fuel compensation carried out over time to compensate for continual deviation
of the short-term fuel trim from the central value. Continual deviation will occur due to individual engine differ-
ences, wear over time and changes in the usage environment.
O

SYSTEM
FUEL INJECTION TIMING
SEF179U
Two types of systems are used.

• Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection System
Fuel is injected into each cylinder during each engine cycle according to the firing order. This system is used
when the engine is running.
• Simultaneous Multiport Fuel Injection System
Fuel is injected simultaneously into all six cylinders twice each engine cycle. In other words, pulse signals of
the same width are simultaneously transmitted from the ECM.
The six injectors will then receive the signals two times for each engine cycle.
This system is used when the engine is being started and/or if the fail-safe system (CPU) is operating.
FUEL SHUT-OFF
Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration, operation of the engine at excessively high speeds or oper-
ation of the vehicle at excessively high speeds.
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000011282608
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JPBIA3271GB
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Ignition order: 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 - 6
The ignition timing is controlled by the ECM to maintain the best air-fuel ratio for every running condition of the
engine. The ignition timing data is stored in the ECM.
The ECM receives information such as the injection pulse width and camshaft position sensor (PHASE) sig-
nal. Computing this information, ignition signals are transmitted to the power transistor.
During the following conditions, the ignition timing is revised by the ECM according to the other data stored in
the ECM.
• At starting
• During warm-up
• At idle
• At low battery voltage
• During acceleration

SYSTEM
The knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies. The basic ignition timing is programmed
within the anti-knocking zone, if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions. The retard system does not A
operate under normal driving conditions. If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition.
The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition.
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL EC
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000011282609
C
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
H
JMBIA1457GB
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION I
This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used.
Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned off.
• When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed.
• When cranking the engine. J
• At high engine speeds.
• When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high.
• When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed. K
• When engine speed is excessively low.
• When refrigerant pressure is excessively low or high.
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) L
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : System Description INFOID:0000000011282610
SYSTEM DIAGRAM M
JSBIA3882GB
BASIC ASCD SYSTEM

SYSTEM
Refer to Owner's Manual for ASCD operating instructions.
Automatic Speed Control Device (ASCD) allows a driver to keep vehicle at predetermined constant speed
without depressing accelerator pedal. Driver can set vehicle speed in advance between approximately 40 km/
h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89 MPH).
ECM controls throttle angle of electric throttle control actuator to regulate engine speed.
Operation status of ASCD is indicated by CRUISE indicator and SET indicator in combination meter. If any
malfunction occurs in the ASCD system, it automatically deactivates control.
NOTE:
Always drive vehicle in a safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws.
SET OPERATION
Press MAIN switch. (The CRUISE indicator in combination meter illuminates.)
When vehicle speed reaches a desired speed between approximately 40 km/h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89
MPH), press SET/COAST switch. (Then SET lamp in combination meter illuminates.)
ACCELERATE OPERATION
If the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch is pressed during cruise control driving, increase the vehicle speed until
the switch is released or vehicle speed reaches maximum speed controlled by the system.
And then ASCD will maintain the new set speed.
CANCEL OPERATION
When any of following conditions exist, cruise operation will be canceled.
• CANCEL switch is pressed
• More than 2 switches at ASCD steering switch are pressed at the same time (Set speed will be cleared)
• Brake pedal is depressed
• Selector lever is in the N, P, R position
• Vehicle speed decreased to 13 km/h (8 MPH) lower than the set speed
• TCS system is operated
When the ECM detects any of the following conditions, the ECM will cancel the cruise operation and inform
the driver by blinking indicator lamp.
• Engine coolant temperature is slightly higher than the normal operating temperature, CRUISE lamp may
blink slowly.
When the engine coolant temperature decreases to the normal operating temperature, CRUISE lamp will
stop blinking and the cruise operation will be able to work by pressing SET/COAST switch or RESUME/
ACCELERATE switch.
• Malfunction for some self-diagnoses regarding ASCD control: SET indicator will blink quickly.
If MAIN switch is turned to OFF while ASCD is activated, all of ASCD operations will be canceled and vehicle
speed memory will be erased.
COAST OPERATION
When the SET/COAST switch is pressed during cruise control driving, decrease vehicle set speed until the
switch is released. And then ASCD will maintain the new set speed.
RESUME OPERATION
When the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch is pressed after cancel operation other than pressing MAIN switch
is performed, vehicle speed will return to last set speed. To resume vehicle set speed, vehicle condition must
meet following conditions.
• Brake pedal is released
• A/T selector lever is in the P and N positions
• Vehicle speed is greater than 40 km/h (25 MPH) and less than 144 km/h (89 MPH)
CAN COMMUNICATION
CAN COMMUNICATION : System Description INFOID:0000000011282611
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
Refer to LAN-40, "CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM : CAN Communication Control Circuit", about CAN com-
munication for detail.

SYSTEM
COOLING FAN CONTROL
A
COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000011282612
SYSTEM DIAGRAM EC
G
JSBIA0525GB
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM controls cooling fan speed corresponding to vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, air conditioner H
ON signal, refrigerant pressure, target A/C evaporator temperature and A/C evaporator temperature.
Cooling fan control signal is sent to IPDM E/R from ECM by CAN communication line. Then, IPDM E/R sends
ON/OFF pulse duty signal to cooling fan control module. Corresponding to this ON/OFF pulse duty signal, I
cooling fan control module gives cooling fan motor operating voltage to cooling fan motors. Cooling fan speed
is controlled by duty cycle of cooling fan motor operating voltage sent from cooling fan control module.
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM J
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000011282613
SYSTEM DIAGRAM K
P
JSBIA0371GB

SYSTEM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
PBIB1631E
The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel
system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister.
The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the
vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank.
The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the
engine is operating. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the
engine operates, the flow rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
proportionally regulated as the air flow increases.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating and
idling.
FUEL FILLER CAP WARNING SYSTEM
FUEL FILLER CAP WARNING SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000011282614
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSBIA1456GB
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The fuel filler cap warning system alerts the driver to the prevention of the fuel filler being left uncapped and
malfunction occurrences after refueling, by turning ON the fuel filler cap warning display on the combination
meter.
ECM judges a refueled state, based on a fuel level signal transmitted from the combination meter.

SYSTEM
When a very small leak is detected through the EVAP leak diagnosis performed after judging the refueled
state, ECM transmits a fuel filler cap warning display signal (request for display ON) to the combination meter A
via CAN communication.
When receiving the signal, the combination meter turns ON the fuel filler cap warning display.
CAUTION:
EC
Check fuel filler cap installation condition when the fuel filler cap warning display turns ON.
Reset Operation
The fuel filler cap warning lamp tunes OFF, according to any condition listed below: C
• Reset operation is performed by operating the meter control switch on the combination meter. Refer to MWI-
56, "INFORMATION DISPLAY : System Description".
- When the reset operation is performed, the combination meter transmits a fuel filler cap warning reset signal
to ECM via CAN communication. ECM transmits a fuel filler cap warning display signal (request for display D
OFF) to the combination meter via CAN communication. When receiving the signal, the combination meter
turns OFF the fuel filler cap warning display.
• EVAP leak diagnosis result is normal. E
• Fuel refilled.
• DTC erased by using CONSULT.
NOTE:
MIL turns ON if a malfunction is detected in leak diagnosis results again at the trip after the fuel filler cap warn- F
ing display turns ON/OFF.
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL
G
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000011282615
SYSTEM DIAGRAM H
JMBIA2174GB
K
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
JMBIA0060GB
This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake
valve.
The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, and engine coolant
temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing (IVT) control sole-

SYSTEM
noid valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the intake
valve to increase engine torque in low/mid speed range and output in high-speed range.
VVEL SYSTEM
VVEL SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000011282616
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSBIA0370GB
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
JMBIA0739GB
VVEL actuator motor VVEL control shaft position sensor Ball screw nut
Ball screw shaft Rocker arm Link A
Control shaft Eccentric cam Drive shaft
Valve lifter Intake valve Link B
Output cam
VVEL (Variable Valve Event & Lift) is a system that controls valve event and valve lift continuously. Rotational
movement of the drive shaft equipped with eccentric cam is transmitted to output cam via the rocker arm and
two kinds of links to depress the intake valve. ECM decides the target valve lift according to the driving condi-
tion and sends the command signal to the VVEL control module. The VVEL control module controls the rota-
tion of the control shaft using the VVEL actuator motor and changes the movement of the output cam by
shifting the link supporting point. As a result, valve lift changes continuously to improve engine output and
response.
FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE (FPCM)

SYSTEM
FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE (FPCM) : System Description INFOID:0000000011282617
A
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
EC
JSBIA3801GB F
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The fuel pump control module (FPCM) controls the discharging volume of the fuel pump by the FPCM control
signals (Low/Mid/High) depending on driving conditions. G
Conditions Amount of fuel flow Supplied voltage

H
For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON Low/Mid Approximately 9.9 V
• Engine cranking
Battery voltage
• Engine coolant temperature is below 10°C (50°F) High
(11 – 14 V) I
• Engine is running under high load and high speed conditions
Except the above Low/Mid Approximately 9.9 V
Infiniti Drive Mode Selector J

Infiniti Drive Mode Selector : System Description INFOID:0000000011282618
K
System Diagram
JSBIA3819GB
NOTE: P
• This section provides descriptions only about the control by ECM.
For overall control, refer to DMS-7, "Infiniti Drive Mode Selector : System Description".
• ECO pedal control is only for vehicles with Distance Control Assist.
ECO Pedal Control
• The display control unit transmits an ECO pedal reaction force setting signal (Standard/Soft/OFF) to ECM
via CAN communication.
NOTE:

SYSTEM
An ECO pedal reaction force setting signal which determines reaction force of the accelerator pedal can be
selected on the settings screen of the Multi AV system.
• ECM transmits an ECO pedal reaction force control signal to the ADAS control unit via CAN communication,
based on a ECO mode signal received from TCM via CAN communication and an ECO pedal reaction force
setting signal received from the display control unit via CAN communication.
• ECM sends back an ECO pedal reaction force setting signal received from the display control unit to the dis-
play control unit for confirmation.
• The ADAS control unit controls pedal reaction force of the accelerator pedal actuator via ITS communica-
tion, based on an ECO pedal reaction force control signal received from the ECM.
CONTROL
• With the drive mode selector, a drive mode select switch installed at the top of the center console switches a
vehicle drive mode, changes throttle angle characteristics, and controls torque and ECO pedal.
• Vehicle characteristics are controlled in the following modes, on the basis of STANDARD mode.
- PERSONAL: Driver may set the vehicle characteristic optionally.
- SPORT: Changing throttle angle characteristics allows to use a high engine performance range and
increases driving performance.
- ECO: Changing throttle angle characteristics and controlling torque, ECO drive indicator, and ECO pedal
enhance fuel economy in actual traffic.
- SNOW: Changing throttle angle characteristics enhances driving performance on roads with a low coeffi-
cient of friction.
Vehicle drive mode
Control item PER- Description

SON- SPORT ECO SNOW
AL*1
Engine × × × × Changes throttle angle and controls torque*2 and the ECO drive indicator*2.
ECO pedal*3 × × Controls ECO pedal (Accelerator pedal reaction force control).
*1: When the driver operates integral switch to turn ON/OFF the control or set some mode.
*2: Torque control and the ECO drive indicator is available only when in ECO mode.
*3: ECO pedal control is only for vehicles with Distance Control Assist.
ECO Drive Indicator Control
• ECO drive indicator turns ON or blinks when in ECO mode, according to the operation of the accelerator
pedal.
• The blinking timing of the ECO drive indicator synchronizes to the generation timing of ECO pedal reaction
force.
ECO drive indicator Driving condition

ON Within the ECO drive range.
Blink Likely over the ECO drive range.
OFF Low-speed range [approx. 2 MPH (3.2 km/h) or less] and high-speed range [approx. 90 MPH (144 km/h) or more]
JSCIA0829GB

SYSTEM
NOTE:
ECO drive indicator turns OFF under the following conditions. A
• Intelligent cruise control in operation.
• Selector lever is in R range.
ECO Pedal Control EC
• Increasing reaction force of the accelerator pedal supports ECO driving in accordance with the accelerator
pedal operation when in ECO mode.
• The level of reaction force to the accelerator pedal can be changed among Standard/Soft/OFF on the navi- C
gation screen. ECO pedal reaction force can be turned OFF even when in ECO mode.
• The generation timing of ECO pedal reaction force synchronizes to the blinking timing of the ECO drive indi-
cator.
D
JSBIA0497GB
NOTE: I
• When switching from ECO mode to the other mode by operating the drive mode select switch, ECO pedal
reaction force is generated in common with ECO mode until the accelerator pedal is released.
• ECO pedal reaction force is not generated under the following conditions.
- Intelligent cruise control is in operation. J
- Accelerator pedal is depressed quickly.
- Selector lever is in N or R range.
INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION METER) K
INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION METER) : Indicator/Information INFOID:0000000011282619
L
Item Symbol Function
N
For detail of ASCD function, refer to EC-49, "AUTO-
ASCD indicator MATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : Sys-
tem Description".
O
JSCIA0831ZZ
P
Massage: - - Km/h / - - MPH
INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION METER) : Engine Oil Pressure Warning

INFOID:0000000011282620
DESIGN/PURPOSE

SYSTEM
When engine oil pressure is low, the engine oil pressure warning informs the driver of low oil pressure to pre-
vent damage to the engine.
Symbol Message
Low Oil Pressure

Stop Vehicle
JPNIA1881ZZ
BULB CHECK
Not applicable
OPERATION AT COMBINATION METER CAN COMMUNICATION CUT-OFF OR UNUSUAL SIG-
NAL
For the operation for CAN communications blackout or abnormal signal reception, refer to MWI-79, "Fail-
Safe".
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSBIA3716GB
SIGNAL PATH
• IPDM E/R receives a signal from the engine oil pressure switch and transmits an oil pressure switch signal to
BCM via CAN communication.
• BCM transmits the received oil pressure switch signal to the combination meter via CAN communication.
• The information display (on combination meter) is SHOWN/HIDDEN the engine oil pressure warning,
according to the oil pressure switch signal received from BCM.
LIGHTING CONDITION
When all of the following conditions for at least 5 seconds are satisfied:
• Ignition switch: ON
• Engine oil pressure is less than specified value. (Oil pressure switch signal: ON)
• Engine speed is more than 170 rpm.
SHUTOFF CONDITION
When any of the following conditions is satisfied:
• Ignition switch: OFF
• Engine oil pressure is the specified value or more. (Oil pressure switch signal: OFF)
• Engine speed is less than 170 rpm.

SYSTEM
TIMING CHART
A
EC
E
JSBIA3700GB
t: 100 ms
INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION METER) : Fuel Filler Cap Warning F
INFOID:0000000011282621
DESIGN/PURPOSE G
Warn the driver that the fuel filler cap is left opened.
Symbol Message H
Loose Fuel Cap J
K
JSBIA3176GB
BULB CHECK L
Not applicable
OPERATION AT COMBINATION METER CAN COMMUNICATION CUT-OFF OR UNUSUAL SIG-
NAL M
For the operation for CAN communications blackout or abnormal signal reception, refer to MWI-79, "Fail-
Safe".
N

SYSTEM
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSBIA1456GB
NOTE:
For details about the fuel filler cap warning system, refer to EC-52, "FUEL FILLER CAP WARNING SYSTEM :
System Description".
SIGNAL PATH
• ECM find out that the fuel filler cap is left opened and transmit the fuel filler cap warning display signal to the
combination meter.
• The combination meter show or hide the fuel filler cap warning based on the received fuel filler cap warning
display signal
LIGHTING CONDITION
When all of the following conditions for at least 5 seconds are satisfied:
• Fuel filler cap warning signal: ON
SHUTOFF CONDITION
When any of the following conditions is satisfied:
• Ignition switch: OFF
• Fuel filler cap warning signal: OFF
TIMING CHART
JSBIA3717GB
t: 100ms
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning lamps/Indicator lamps INFOID:0000000011282622
NOTE:

SYSTEM
Regarding the arrangement. Refer to MWI-8, "METER SYSTEM : Design".
A
Item Design Reference
Regarding the function. Refer to MWI-33, "WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR LAMPS

Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) EC
: Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)".
Regarding the function. Refer to MWI-24, "WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR LAMPS

ECO drive indicator lamp C
: ECO Drive Indicator Lamp".
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning/Indicator (On Information Display) D

INFOID:0000000011282623
Item Reference E
Refer to EC-57, "INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION METER) : Engine
Engine oil pressure warning
Oil Pressure Warning".
Refer to EC-59, "INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION METER) : Fuel
F
Fuel filler cap warning
Filler Cap Warning".
Refer to EC-57, "INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION METER) : Indica-
ASCD indicator G
tor/Information".

OPERATION
OPERATION
AUTMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
AUTMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : Switch Name and Function
INFOID:0000000011282624
Functions of each switch are listed in the following table.
JSCIA0923ZZ
No. Name Function

CANCEL switch When the switch is pressed, the ASCD control is cancelled.
• When the switch is pressed after the cruise control is cancelled in any method other
than main switch operation, the vehicle speed is reset to the previous speed setting
RESUME/ACCEL switch before the cancellation*.
• When the switch is pressed during cruise control, the setting speed is increased and
the vehicle speed increases.
• When the switch is pressed at the preferred vehicle speed, the cruise control starts
to operate.
SET/COAST switch
• When the switch is pressed during cruise control, the set speed is reduced and the
vehicle speed reduces.
ASCD MAIN switch Turns the ASCD ON/OFF.
*: To reset vehicle speed, the vehicle condition must be as follows:

• Brake pedal is released
• Selector lever is in a position other than P, R, and N.
• Vehicle speed is greater than 40 km/h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89 MPH)

HANDLING PRECAUTION
HANDLING PRECAUTION
A
Infiniti Drive Mode Selector INFOID:0000000011282625
ECO DRIVE INDICATOR LAMP CONTROL EC

• ECO drive indicator turns OFF under the following conditions.
- While driving at low speeds [3 MPH (4.8 km/h) or less] or high speeds [90 MPH (144 km/h) or more].
- Intelligent cruise control is in operation. C
- Selector lever is in R range.
ECO PEDAL CONTROL
• When switching from ECO mode to the other mode by operating the drive mode select switch, ECO pedal D
reaction force is generated in common with ECO mode until the accelerator pedal is released.
• ECO pedal reaction force is not generated under the following conditions.
- Intelligent cruise control is in operation.
E
- Accelerator pedal is depressed quickly.
- Selector lever is in N or R range.
- ECO pedal reaction force setting is OFF.
NOTE: F
ECO pedal control is only for vehicles with an intelligent pedal (distance control assist).
ENGINE OUTPUT CHARACTERISTICS AFTER SWITCHING MODE
• Engine output characteristics after switching mode by operating the drive mode select switch are as follows. G
- After switching mode to a mode that engine output increase, engine output characteristics are changed by
releasing the accelerator pedal.
- After switching mode to a mode that engine output decreases, engine output characteristics are changed H
immediately.
• When an accelerator angle is constant, engine output characteristics are as follows.
- SPORT > STANDARD > ECO > SNOW
I
Output characteristics of each mode
Control mode Engine output
SPORT Increase J
STANDARD Normal
ECO Decrease
SNOW Decrease (More reduction than ECO mode) K

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
Diagnosis Description INFOID:0000000011282626
This system is an on board diagnostic system that records exhaust emission-related diagnostic information
and detects a sensors/actuator-related malfunction. A malfunction is indicated by the malfunction indicator
lamp (MIL) and stored in ECU memory as a DTC. The diagnostic information can be obtained with the diag-
nostic tool (GST: Generic Scan Tool).
GST (Generic Scan Tool) INFOID:0000000011282627
When GST is connected with a data link connector equipped on the vehicle side, it will communicate with the
control unit equipped in the vehicle and then enable various kinds of diagnostic tests. Refer to EC-64, "Diag-
nosis Description".
NOTE:
Service $0A is not applied for regions where it is not mandated.

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
A
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : 1st Trip Detection Logic and Two Trip Detection Logic
INFOID:0000000011282628 EC
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the
ECM memory. The MIL will not illuminate at this stage. <1st trip>
If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in C
the ECM memory, and the MIL illuminates. The MIL illuminates at the same time when the DTC is stored.
<2nd trip> The “trip” in the “Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is per-
formed during vehicle operation. Specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ECM to illuminate or blink D
the MIL, and store DTC and Freeze Frame data, even in the 1st trip, as shown below.
×: Applicable —: Not applicable
MIL DTC 1st trip DTC E

Items 1st trip 2nd trip 1st trip 2nd trip 1st trip 2nd trip
Blinking Illuminate Blinking Illuminate displaying displaying displaying displaying
F
Misfire (Possible three way catalyst
damage) — DTC: P0300 - P0308 is × — — — — — × —
being detected
Misfire (Possible three way catalyst G
damage) — DTC: P0300 - P0308 is — — × — — × — —
being detected
One trip detection diagnoses (Re-
— × — — × — — —
H
fer to EC-108, "DTC Index".)
Except above — — — × — × × —
I
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : DTC and Freeze Frame Data INFOID:0000000011282629
DTC AND 1ST TRIP DTC

J
The 1st trip DTC (whose number is the same as the DTC number) is displayed for the latest self-diagnostic
result obtained. If the ECM memory was cleared previously, and the 1st trip DTC did not recur, the 1st trip DTC
will not be displayed.
If a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip, the 1st trip DTC is saved in the ECM memory. The MIL will not K
light up (two trip detection logic). If the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd trip (meeting the required
driving pattern), the 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. If the same malfunction is detected in the
2nd trip, both the 1st trip DTC and DTC are saved in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up. In other words, L
the DTC is stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up when the same malfunction occurs in two consec-
utive trips. If a 1st trip DTC is stored and a non-diagnostic operation is performed between the 1st and 2nd
trips, only the 1st trip DTC will continue to be stored. For malfunctions that blink or light up the MIL during the
1st trip, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are stored in the ECM memory. M
For malfunctions in which 1st trip DTCs are displayed, refer to EC-108, "DTC Index". These items are required
by legal regulations to continuously monitor the system/component. In addition, the items monitored non-con-
tinuously are also displayed on CONSULT. N
1st trip DTC is specified in Service $07 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5. 1st trip DTC detection occurs without illu-
minating the MIL and therefore does not warn the driver of a malfunction.
When a 1st trip DTC is detected, check, print out or write down and erase (1st trip) DTC and Freeze Frame
data as specified in Work Flow procedure Step 2, refer to EC-148, "Work Flow". Then perform DTC Confirma- O
tion Procedure or Component Function Check to try to duplicate the malfunction. If the malfunction is dupli-
cated, the item requires repair.
FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME DATA P
The ECM records the driving conditions such as fuel system status, calculated load value, engine coolant tem-
perature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed, vehicle speed, absolute throttle position, base
fuel schedule and intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected.
Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data.
The data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT or
GST. The 1st trip freeze frame data can only be displayed on the CONSULT screen.

Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data) can be stored in the
ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority
for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is detected. However, once
freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MIL on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no
longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. The ECM has the fol-
lowing priorities to update the data.
Priority Items
Freeze frame data Misfire — DTC: P0300 - P0308
1
Fuel Injection System Function — DTC: P0171, P0172, P0174, P0175
2 Except the above items
3 1st trip freeze frame data
For example, the EGR malfunction (Priority: 2) was detected and the freeze frame data was saved in the 2nd
trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated
from the EGR malfunction to the misfire. The 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different mal-
function is detected. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data. However, once freeze frame data is
stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze data is no longer stored (because only one freeze frame data or 1st
trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM). If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and freeze
frame data with the same priority occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the
ECM memory.
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM mem-
ory is erased.
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Counter System INFOID:0000000011282630
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, 1ST TRIP DTC, DTC, AND DETECTABLE ITEMS
• When a malfunction is detected for the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory.
• When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the DTC and the freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory, and the MIL will come on.
• The MIL will turn OFF after the vehicle is driven 3 times (driving pattern B) with no malfunction. The drive is
counted only when the recorded driving pattern is met (as stored in the ECM). If another malfunction occurs
while counting, the counter will reset.
• The DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 40 times (driving pattern A) with-
out the same malfunction recurring (except for Misfire and Fuel Injection System). For Misfire and Fuel Injec-
tion System, the DTC and freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 80 times (driving pattern
C) without the same malfunction recurring. The “TIME” in “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS” mode of CON-
SULT will count the number of times the vehicle is driven.
• The 1st trip DTC is not displayed when the self-diagnosis results in OK for the 2nd trip.
COUNTER SYSTEM CHART
Items Fuel Injection System Misfire Other

MIL (turns OFF) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B)
DTC, Freeze Frame Data (no display) 80 (pattern C) 80 (pattern C) 40 (pattern A)
1st Trip DTC (clear) 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern B)
1st Trip Freeze Frame Data (clear) *1, *2 *1, *2 1 (pattern B)
For details about patterns B and C under “Fuel Injection System” and “Misfire”, see “EXPLANATION FOR
DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYS-
TEM”.
For details about patterns A and B under Other, see “EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MIS-
FIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”.
• *1: Clear timing is at the moment OK is detected.
• *2: Clear timing is when the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip.
Relationship Between MIL, DTC, 1st Trip DTC and Driving Patterns for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality De-
terioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”

EC
L
JMBIA1417GB
*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: MIL will turn OFF after vehicle is driv- *3: When the same malfunction is de- M
tected in two consecutive trips, MIL en 3 times (pattern B) without any tected in two consecutive trips, the
will light up. malfunctions. DTC and the freeze frame data will be
stored in ECM.
N
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: The 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the freeze frame data will be cleared at
vehicle is driven 80 times (pattern C) 1st trip freeze frame data will be the moment OK is detected.
without the same malfunction. (The stored in ECM. O
DTC and the freeze frame data still
remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is de- *8: 1st trip DTC will be cleared when ve-
tected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip hicle is driven once (pattern C) with- P
freeze frame data will be cleared. out the same malfunction after DTC
is stored in ECM.
Explanation for Driving Patterns for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”
Driving Pattern B
Refer to EC-69, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern".

Driving Pattern C
Example:
If the stored freeze frame data is as per the following:
Engine speed: 850 rpm, Calculated load value: 30%, Engine coolant temperature: 80°C (176°F)
To be satisfied with driving pattern C, the vehicle should run under the following conditions:
Engine speed: 475 – 1,225 rpm, Calculated load value: 27 – 33%, Engine coolant temperature: more than
70°C (158°F)
Relationship Between MIL, DTC, 1st Trip DTC and Driving Patterns Except For “Misfire <Exhaust
Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”
JMBIA1418GB

*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: MIL will turn OFF after vehicle is driv- *3: When the same malfunction is de- A
tected in two consecutive trips, MIL en 3 times (pattern B) without any tected in two consecutive trips, the
will light up. malfunctions. DTC and the freeze frame data will be
stored in ECM.
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: 1st trip DTC will be cleared after vehi- EC
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the cle is driven once (pattern B) without
vehicle is driven 40 times (pattern A) 1st trip freeze frame data will be the same malfunction.
without the same malfunction. stored in ECM.
(The DTC and the freeze frame data
C
still remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is de-
tected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip D
freeze frame data will be cleared.
Explanation for Driving Patterns Except for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection
System” E
Driving Pattern A
F
Driving Pattern B
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern INFOID:0000000011282631
G
CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed. H
DRIVING PATTERN A
Driving pattern A means a trip satisfying the following conditions.
• Engine speed reaches 400 rpm or more. I
• Engine coolant temperature rises by 20°C (32°F) or more after starting the engine.
• Engine coolant temperature reaches 70°C (158°F) or more.
• The ignition switch is turned from ON to OFF. J
NOTE:
• When the same malfunction is detected regardless of driving conditions, reset the counter of driving pattern
A.
• When the above conditions are satisfied without detecting the same malfunction, reset the counter of driving K
pattern A.
DRIVING PATTERN B
L
Driving pattern B means a trip satisfying the following conditions.
• Engine speed reaches 400 rpm or more.
• Engine coolant temperature reaches 70°C (158°F) or more.
• Vehicle speed of 70 – 120 km/h (44 – 75 MPH) is maintained for 60 seconds or more under the control of M
closed loop.
• Vehicle speed of 30 – 60 km/h (19 – 37 MPH) is maintained for 10 seconds or more under the control of
closed loop. N
• Under the closed loop control condition, the following state reaches 12 seconds or more in total: Vehicle
speed of 4 km/h (2 MPH) or less with idling condition.
• The state of driving at 10 km/h (7 MPH) or more reaches 10 minutes or more in total.
• A lapse of 22 minutes or more after engine start. O
NOTE:
• Drive the vehicle at a constant velocity.
• When the same malfunction is detected regardless of driving conditions, reset the counter of driving pattern P
B.
• When the above conditions are satisfied without detecting the same malfunction, reset the counter of driving
pattern B.
DRIVING PATTERN C
Driving pattern C means operating vehicle as per the following:
The following conditions should be satisfied at the same time:
Engine speed: (Engine speed in the freeze frame data) ±375 rpm

Calculated load value: (Calculated load value in the freeze frame data) x (1±0.1) [%]
Engine coolant temperature condition:
• When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F), engine coolant temperature should be lower
than 70°C (158°F).
• When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F), engine coolant temperature should
be higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F).
NOTE:
• When the same malfunction is detected regardless of the above vehicle conditions, reset the counter of driv-
ing pattern C.
pattern C.
• The 1st trip DTC will be cleared when C counter is counted once without the same malfunction after DTC is
stored in ECM.
DRIVING PATTERN D
Driving pattern D means a trip satisfying the following conditions.
• The state of driving at 40 km/h (25 MPH) reaches 300 seconds or more in total.
• Idle speed lasts 30 seconds or more.
• A lapse of 600 seconds or more after engine start.
NOTE:
• When the same malfunction is detected regardless of driving conditions, reset the counter of driving pattern
D.
pattern D.
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : System Readiness Test (SRT) Code INFOID:0000000011282632
System Readiness Test (SRT) code is specified in Service $01 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5.
As part of an enhanced emissions test for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M), certain states require the status of
SRT be used to indicate whether the ECM has completed self-diagnosis of major emission systems and com-
ponents. Completion must be verified in order for the emissions inspection to proceed.
If a vehicle is rejected for a State emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, use
the information in this Service Manual to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.
In most cases the ECM will automatically complete its self-diagnosis cycle during normal usage, and the SRT
status will indicate “CMPLT” for each application system. Once set as “CMPLT”, the SRT status remains
“CMPLT” until the self-diagnosis memory is erased.
Occasionally, certain portions of the self-diagnostic test may not be completed as a result of the customer's
normal driving pattern; the SRT will indicate “INCMP” for these items.
NOTE:
The SRT will also indicate “INCMP” if the self-diagnosis memory is erased for any reason or if the ECM mem-
ory power supply is interrupted for several hours.
If, during the state emissions inspection, the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items, the inspector will con-
tinue with the emissions test. However, if the SRT indicates “INCMP” for one or more of the SRT items the
vehicle is returned to the customer untested.
NOTE:
If permanent DTC is stored or MIL illuminates during the state emissions inspection, the vehicle is also
returned to the customer untested even though the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items. Therefore, it is
important to check SRT (“CMPLT”), DTC (No DTCs) and permanent DTC (NO permanent DTCs) before the
inspection.
SRT SET TIMING
SRT is set as “CMPLT” after self-diagnosis has been performed one or more times. Completion of SRT is
done regardless of whether the result is OK or NG. The set timing is different between OK and NG results and
is shown in the table below.

Example A
Self-diagnosis result Ignition cycle
Diagnosis
← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON →
All OK Case 1 P0400 OK (1) — (1) OK (2) — (2) EC
P0402 OK (1) — (1) — (1) OK (2)
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
C
SRT of EGR “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT”
Case 2 P0400 OK (1) — (1) — (1) — (1)
P0402 — (0) — (0) OK (1) — (1) D
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT” “CMPLT”
E
NG exists Case 3 P0400 OK OK — —
P0402 — — — —
NG
P1402 NG — NG F
(Consecutive NG)
(1st trip) DTC
1st trip DTC — 1st trip DTC
DTC (= MIL ON)
G
SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT”
OK: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is OK.
NG: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is NG. H
—: Self-diagnosis is not carried out.
When all SRT related self-diagnoses show OK results in a single cycle (Ignition OFF-ON-OFF), the SRT will
indicate “CMPLT”. → Case 1 above
When all SRT related self-diagnoses show OK results through several different cycles, the SRT will indicate I
“CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have at least one OK result. → Case 2 above
If one or more SRT related self-diagnoses show NG results in 2 consecutive cycles, the SRT will also indicate
“CMPLT”. → Case 3 above J
The table above shows that the minimum number of cycles for setting SRT as “INCMP” is the number one (1)
for each self-diagnosis (Case 1 & 2) or the number two (2) for one of self-diagnoses (Case 3). However, in
preparation for the state emissions inspection, it is unnecessary for each self-diagnosis to be executed twice
(Case 3) for the following reasons: K
• The SRT will indicate “CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have one (1) OK result.
• The emissions inspection requires “CMPLT” of the SRT only with OK self-diagnosis results.
• During SRT driving pattern, the 1st trip DTC (NG) is detected prior to “CMPLT” of SRT and the self-diagnosis L
memory must be erased from the ECM after repair.
• If the 1st trip DTC is erased, all the SRT will indicate “INCMP”.
NOTE:
M
SRT can be set as “CMPLT” together with the DTC(s). Therefore, DTC check must always be carried out
prior to the state emission inspection even though the SRT indicates “CMPLT”.
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Permanent Diagnostic Trouble Code (Permanent DTC) N
INFOID:0000000011282633
Permanent DTC is defined in SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5 Service $0A.

ECM stores a DTC issuing a command of turning on MIL as a permanent DTC and keeps storing the DTC as O
a permanent DTC until ECM judges that there is no presence of malfunction.
Permanent DTCs cannot be erased by using the Erase function of CONSULT or Generic Scan Tool (GST) and
by disconnecting the battery to shut off power to ECM. This prevents a vehicle from passing the state emission
inspection without repairing a malfunctioning part. P
When not passing the state emission inspection due to more than one permanent DTC, permanent DTCs
should be erased, referring to this manual.
NOTE:
• The important items in state emission inspection are that MIL is not ON, SRT test items are set, and perma-
nent DTCs are not included.
• Permanent DTCs do not apply for regions that permanent DTCs are not regulated by law.

PERMANENT DTC SET TIMING
The setting timing of permanent DTC is stored in ECM with the lighting of MIL when a DTC is confirmed.
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) INFOID:0000000011282634
When emission related ECU detects a malfunction in the emission

control systems components and/or the powertrain control compo-
nents (which affect vehicle emissions), it turns on/blinks MIL to
inform the driver that a malfunction has been detected.
1. The MIL illuminates when ignition switch is turned ON (engine is
not running).
NOTE:
Check the MIL circuit if MIL does not illuminate. Refer to EC-
561, "Component Function Check".
2. When the engine is started, the MIL should go off.
NOTE:
SAT652J
If MIL continues to illuminate/blink, perform self-diagnoses and
inspect/repair accordingly because an emission related ECU has detected a malfunction in the emission
control systems components and/or the powertrain control components (which affect vehicle emissions).
On Board Diagnosis Function INFOID:0000000011282635
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS ITEM

The on board diagnostic system has the following functions.
Diagnostic test mode Function

Bulb check MIL can be checked.
SRT status ECM can read if SRT codes are set.
Malfunction warning If ECM detects a malfunction, it illuminates or blinks MIL to inform the driver that a malfunction has been
detected.
Self-diagnostic results DTCs or 1st trip DTCs stored in ECM can be read.
Accelerator pedal released ECM can learn the accelerator pedal released position. Refer to EC-157, "Description".
position learning
Throttle valve closed position ECM can learn the throttle valve closed position. Refer to EC-157, "Description".
learning
Idle air volume learning ECM can learn the idle air volume. Refer to EC-159, "Description".
VVEL control shaft position The initial position of the VVEL control shaft position sensor can be adjusted. Refer to EC-161, "De-
sensor adjustment scription".
BLUB CHECK MODE

Description
This function allows damage inspection in the MIL bulb (blown, open circuit, etc.).
Operation Procedure
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. The MIL on the instrument panel should stay ON.
If it remains OFF, check MIL circuit. Refer to EC-561, "Diagnosis Procedure".
SRT STATUS MODE
Description
This function allows to read if ECM has completed the self-diagnoses of major emission control systems and
components. For SRT, refer to EC-70, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : System Readiness Test (SRT) Code".
Operation Procedure
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait 20 seconds.
2. SRT status is indicated as shown blow.
• ECM continues to illuminate MIL if all SRT codes are set.

• ECM blinks MIL for about 10 seconds if all SRT codes are not set.
A
EC
JMBIA1515GB F
MALFUNCTION WARNING MODE
Description G
In this function ECM turns on or blinks MIL when it detects a malfunction in the emission control system com-
ponents and/or the powertrain control components (which affect vehicle emissions) to inform the driver that a
malfunction has been detected.
H
Operation Procedure
2. Check that MIL illuminates. I
If it remains OFF, check MIL circuit. Refer to EC-561, "Diagnosis Procedure".
3. Start engine and let it idle.
• For two trip detection logic diagnoses, ECM turns on MIL when it detects the same malfunction twice in J
the two consecutive driving cycles.
• For 1st trip detection logic diagnoses, ECM turns on MIL when it detects a malfunction in one driving
cycle.
• ECM blinks MIL when it detects a malfunction that may damage the three way catalyst (misfire). K
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS MODE

Description L
This function allows to indicate DTCs or 1st trip DTCs stored in ECM according to the number of times MIL is
blinking.
How to Set Self-diagnostic Results Mode M
NOTE:
• It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
• It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has a mal- N
function.
• After ignition switch is turned off, ECM is always released from the “self-diagnostic results” mode.
1. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
O
2. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
• Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
• Fully release the accelerator pedal.
P
3. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it depressed for approx. 10 seconds until the
MIL starts blinking.
NOTE:
Do not release the accelerator pedal for 10 seconds if MIL starts blinking during this period. This blinking
is displaying SRT status and is continued for another 10 seconds.
4. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
ECM has entered to self-diagnostic results mode.

NOTE:
Wait until the same DTC (or 1st trip DTC) appears to completely confirm all DTCs.
PBIB0092E
How to Read Self-diagnostic Results

The DTC and 1st trip DTC are indicated by the number of blinks of the MIL as shown below.
The DTC and 1st trip DTC are displayed at the same time. If the MIL does not illuminate in diagnostic test
mode I (Malfunction warning), all displayed items are 1st trip DTCs. If only one code is displayed when the MIL
illuminates in “malfunction warning” mode, it is a DTC; if two or more codes are displayed, they may be either
DTCs or 1st trip DTCs. DTC No. is same as that of 1st trip DTC. These unidentified codes can be identified by
using the CONSULT or GST. A DTC will be used as an example for how to read a code.
PBIB3005E
A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes per the following.
Number 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
Flashes 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 13 14 15 16
The length of time the 1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds consisting of an ON (0.6-sec-
onds) - OFF (0.6-seconds) cycle.
The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-seconds ON and 0.3-seconds OFF cycle.
A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the later
numeral appears on the display 1.3 seconds after the former numeral has disappeared.
A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-seconds OFF.

In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC 0000 refers to no mal-
function. Refer to EC-108, "DTC Index". A
How to Erase Self-diagnostic Results
By performing this procedure, ECM memory is erased and the following diagnostic information is erased as
well. EC
• Diagnostic trouble codes
• 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
• Freeze frame data C
• 1st trip freeze frame data
• System readiness test (SRT) codes
• Test values
NOTE: D
Also, if a battery terminal is disconnected, ECM memory is erased and the diagnostic information as listed
above is erased. (The amount of time required for erasing may vary from a few seconds to several hours.)
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. E
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON. F
5. Set ECM in self-diagnostic results.
6. The diagnostic information has been erased from the backup memory in the ECM.
Fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it depressed for more than 10 seconds. G
7. Fully release the accelerator pedal, and confirm the DTC 0000 is displayed.
CONSULT Function INFOID:0000000011282636 H
FUNCTION
I
Diagnostic test mode Function
Self-diagnostic results such as 1st trip DTC, DTCs and 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data
Self Diagnostic Result
can be read and erased quickly.* J
Data Monitor Input/Output data in the ECM can be read.
This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following the
Work support
indications on the CONSULT unit. K
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also shifts
Active Test
some parameters in a specified range.
ECU Identification ECM part number can be read. L
DTC Work Support The status of system monitoring tests and the self-diagnosis status/results can be confirmed.
*: The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
• Diagnostic trouble codes M
• 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
• Freeze frame data
• 1st trip freeze frame data N
• System readiness test (SRT) codes
• Test values
SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE O
Self Diagnostic Item
Regarding items of DTC and 1st trip DTC, refer to EC-108, "DTC Index".
P
How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC
DTCs and 1st trip DTCs related to the malfunction are displayed in “Self-diag results”.
• When ECM detects a 1st trip DTC, “1t” is displayed for “TIME”.
• When ECM has detected a current DTC, “0” is displayed for “TIME”.
• If “TIME” is neither “0” nor “1t”, the DTC occurred in the past and ECM shows the number of times the vehi-
cle has been driven since the last detection of the DTC.
How to Erase DTC and 1st Trip DTC

NOTE:
• If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10
seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
• If the DTC is not for A/T related items (see EC-108, "DTC Index"), skip step 1.
1. Erase DTC in TCM. Refer to TM-68, "Diagnosis Description".
2. Select “ENGINE” with CONSULT.
3. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
4. Touch “ERASE”. (DTC in ECM will be erased.)
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
Freeze frame data item* Description

• The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code that is displayed as PXXXX.
DIAG TROUBLE CODE [PXXXX]
(Refer to EC-108, "DTC Index".)
CAL/LD VALUE [%] • The calculated load value at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
COOLANT TEMP [°C] or [°F] • The engine coolant temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
L-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] • “Long-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
• The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel
L-FUEL TRM-B2 [%] schedule than short-term fuel trim.
S-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] • “Short-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
• The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base
S-FUEL TRM-B2 [%] fuel schedule.
ENGINE SPEED [rpm] • The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed
VEHICL SPEED [km/h] or [mph] • The vehicle speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed
ABSOL TH·P/S [%] • The throttle valve opening angle at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed
B/FUEL SCHDL [msec] • The base fuel schedule at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed
INT/A TEMP SE [°C] or [°F] • The intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed
FUEL SYS-B1 • “Fuel injection system status” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
• One of the following mode is displayed.
Mode2: Open loop due to detected system malfunction
FUEL SYS-B2 Mode3: Open loop due to driving conditions (power enrichment, deceleration enleanment)
Mode4: Closed loop - using oxygen sensor(s) as feedback for fuel control
Mode5: Open loop - has not yet satisfied condition to go to closed loop
INT MANI PRES [kPa]
• These items are displayed but are not applicable to this model.
COMBUST CONDITION
*: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data.
DATA MONITOR MODE
NOTE:
• The following table includes information (items) inapplicable to this vehicle. For information (items) applica-
ble to this vehicle, refer to CONSULT display items.
• For reference values of the following items, refer to EC-87, "Reference Value".
Monitored Item
Monitor Item Se-

lection
Monitored item Unit ECU Description Remarks

MAIN-
INPUT
SIG-
SIG-
NALS
NALS
• Indicates the engine speed com- • Accuracy becomes poor if engine
puted from the signal of the crank- speed drops below the idle rpm.
ENG SPEED rpm × × shaft position sensor (POS) and • If the signal is interrupted while the
camshaft position sensor engine is running, an abnormal val-
(PHASE). ue may be indicated.

Monitor Item Se-
lection A
MAIN-
INPUT
SIG-
SIG- EC
NALS
NALS
MAS A/F SE-B1 × × • When the engine is stopped, a cer-
• The signal voltage of the mass air tain value is indicated.
V
flow sensor is displayed. • When engine is running, specifica-
C
MAS A/F SE-B2 × ×
tion range is indicated in “SPEC”.
• “Base fuel schedule” indicates the
fuel injection pulse width pro- • When engine is running, specifica- D
B/FUEL SCHDL ms × ×
grammed into ECM, prior to any tion range is indicated in “SPEC”.
learned on board correction.
A/F ALPHA-B1 • When the engine is stopped, a cer- E
tain value is indicated.
• The mean value of the air-fuel ratio
• This data also includes the data for
% feedback correction factor per cy-
A/F ALPHA-B2 the air-fuel ratio learning control.
cle is indicated.
• When engine is running, specifica- F
tion range is indicated in “SPEC”.
• When the engine coolant tempera-
• The engine coolant temperature
ture sensor is open or short-circuit- G
(determined by the signal voltage
COOLANT TEMP/S °C or °F × × ed, ECM enters fail-safe mode. The
of the engine coolant temperature
engine coolant temperature deter-
sensor) is displayed.
mined by the ECM is displayed.
• The A/F signal computed from the
H
A/F SEN1 (B1) V × × input signal of the air fuel ratio (A/
F) sensor 1 is displayed.
HO2S2 (B1) × × • The signal voltage of the heated I
V
HO2S2 (B2) × × oxygen sensor 2 is displayed.
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) × • Display of heated oxygen sensor 2

signal: J
RICH: means the amount of oxy-
RICH/ gen after three way catalyst is rel- • When the engine is stopped, a cer-
HO2S2 MNTR (B2) LEAN × atively small. tain value is indicated.
LEAN: means the amount of oxy-
K
gen after three way catalyst is rel-
atively large.
• The vehicle speed computed from L
km/h or
VHCL SPEED SE × × the vehicle speed signal sent from
mph
combination meter is displayed.
• The power supply voltage of ECM M
BATTERY VOLT V
is displayed.
ACCEL SEN 1 • ACCEL SEN 2 signal is converted
• The accelerator pedal position
V by ECM internally. Thus, they differs
ACCEL SEN 2 sensor signal voltage is displayed. N
from ECM terminal voltage signal.
TP SEN 1-B1 × × • TP SEN 2-B1 signal is converted by
• The throttle position sensor signal
V ECM internally. Thus, they differs
TP SEN 2-B1 × × voltage is displayed. O
• The fuel temperature (determined
by the signal voltage of the fuel
FUEL T/TMP SE °C or °F
tank temperature sensor) is dis- P
played.
• The signal voltage of EVAP control
EVAP SYS PRES V system pressure sensor is dis-
played.
• The signal voltage of the fuel level
FUEL LEVEL SE V ×
sensor is displayed.

Monitor Item Se-
lection

MAIN-
INPUT
SIG-
SIG-
NALS
NALS
• Indicates start signal status [On/
• After starting the engine, [Off] is dis-
Off] computed by the ECM accord-
START SIGNAL On/Off played regardless of the starter sig-
ing to the signals of engine speed
nal.
and battery voltage.
• Indicates idle position [On/Off]
computed by ECM according to
CLSD THL POS On/Off × ×
the accelerator pedal position sen-
sor signal.
• Indicates [On/Off] condition of the
AIR COND SIG On/Off × × air conditioner switch as deter-
mined by the air conditioner signal.
• [On/Off] condition of the power
steering system (determined by
PW/ST SIGNAL On/Off × × the signal voltage of the power
steering pressure sensor signal) is
indicated.
• Indicates [On/Off] condition from
the electrical load signal.
On: Rear window defogger switch
LOAD SIGNAL On/Off × × is ON and/or lighting switch is in
2nd position.
Off: Both rear window defogger
switch and lighting switch are OFF.
IGNITION SW On/Off × ×
ignition switch signal.
HEATER FAN SW On/Off ×
the heater fan switch signal.
BRAKE SW On/Off
the stop lamp switch signal.
INJ PULSE-B1 • Indicates the actual fuel injection
• When the engine is stopped, a cer-
msec pulse width compensated by ECM
INJ PULSE-B2 tain computed value is indicated.
according to the input signals.
• Indicates the ignition timing com-
• When the engine is stopped, a cer-
IGN TIMING BTDC × × puted by ECM according to the in-
tain value is indicated.
put signals.
• “Calculated load value” indicates
CAL/LD VALUE % the value of the current air flow di-
vided by peak air flow.
• Indicates the mass air flow com-
puted by ECM according to the
MASS AIRFLOW g/s
signal voltage of the mass air flow
sensor.
• Indicates the EVAP canister purge
volume control solenoid valve con-
trol value computed by the ECM
PURG VOL C/V %
• The opening becomes larger as
the value increases.

Monitor Item Se-
lection A
MAIN-
INPUT
SIG-
SIG- EC
NALS
NALS
INT/V SOL (B1) • The control value of the intake
valve timing control solenoid valve
(determined by ECM according to
C
%
INT/V SOL (B2) the input signals) is indicated.
• The advance angle becomes larg-
er as the value increases. D
• The air conditioner relay control
condition (determined by ECM ac-
AIR COND RLY On/Off
cording to the input signals) is indi-
cated. E
• Indicates the fuel pump relay con-
FUEL PUMP RLY On/Off trol condition determined by ECM
according to the input signals. F
• The control condition of the EVAP
canister vent control valve (deter-
mined by ECM according to the in- G
VENT CONT/V On/Off
put signals) is indicated.
On: Closed
Off: Open
• Indicates the throttle control motor
H
relay control condition determined
THRTL RELAY On/Off
by the ECM according to the input
signals.
I
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater
control value computed by ECM
A/F S1 HTR (B2) % J
• The current flow to the heater be-
comes larger as the value increas-
es.
HO2S2 HTR (B1) • Indicates [On/Off] condition of K
heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
On/Off
HO2S2 HTR (B2) determined by ECM according to
the input signals.
L
• The control condition of the power
generation voltage variable control
(determined by ECM according to
ALT DUTY SIG On/Off
the input signals) is indicated. M
On: Power generation voltage
variable control is active.
Off: Power generation voltage
variable control is inactive. N
• Indicates the engine speed com-
I/P PULLY SPD rpm puted from the input speed sensor
signal. O
• The vehicle speed computed from
km/h or
VEHICLE SPEED the vehicle speed signal sent from
mph
TCM is displayed.
P
• Displays the condition of Idle Air
Volume Learning
Yet: Idle air volume learning has
Yet/CM-
IDL A/V LEARN not been performed yet.
PLT
CMPLT: Idle air volume learning
has already been performed suc-
cessfully.

Monitor Item Se-
lection

MAIN-
INPUT
SIG-
SIG-
NALS
NALS
km or • Distance traveled while MIL is ac-
TRVL AFTER MIL
mile tivated.
• The engine oil temperature (deter-
mined by the signal voltage of the
ENG OIL TEMP °C or °F
engine oil temperature sensor) is
displayed.
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater
control value computed by ECM
A/F S1 HTR (B1) %
• The current flow to the heater be-
comes larger as the value increas-
es.
• The vehicle speed computed from
km/h or
VHCL SPEED SE the vehicle speed signal sent from
mph
combination meter is displayed.
MAIN SW On/Off
MAIN switch signal.
CANCEL SW On/Off
CANCEL switch signal.
RESUME/ACC SW On/Off RESUME/ACCELERATE switch
signal.
SET SW On/Off
SET/COAST switch signal.
BRAKE SW1 On/Off
brake pedal position switch signal.
• Indicates [On/Off] condition of stop
BRAKE SW2 On/Off
lamp switch signal.
DIST SW On/Off
DISTANCE switch signal.
• Indicates [On/Off] condition of
CRUISE lamp determined by the
CRUISE LAMP On/Off
ECM according to the input sig-
nals.
• Indicates a command value for
FAN DUTY % cooling fan. The value is calculat-
ed by ECM based on input signals.
AC EVA TEMP °C or °F
AC EVA TARGET °C or °F
• Indicates the duty ratio of the pow-
er generation command value.
ALT DUTY % The ratio is calculated by ECM
based on the battery current sen-
sor signal.
• The signal voltage of battery cur-
BAT CUR SEN mV
rent sensor is displayed.
A/F ADJ-B1 • Indicates the correction of factor
stored in ECM. The factor is calcu-
lated from the difference between
—
A/F ADJ-B2 the target air-fuel ratio stored in
ECM and the air-fuel ratio calculat-
ed from A/F sensor 1 signal.

Monitor Item Se-
lection A
MAIN-
INPUT
SIG-
SIG- EC
NALS
NALS
TP SEN 1-B2 • TP SEN 2-B2 signal is converted by
• The throttle position sensor signal
mV ECM internally. Thus, they differs
TP SEN 2-B2 voltage is displayed.
C
P/N POSI SW On/Off × × the park/neutral position (PNP)
signal. D
• The intake air temperature (deter-
mined by the signal voltage of the
INT/A TEMP SE °C or °F × ×
intake air temperature sensor) is E
indicated.
• The signal voltage from the refrig-
AC PRESS SEN V erant pressure sensor is dis-
played.
F
• The A/F signal computed from the

A/F SEN1 (B2) V × × input signal of the air fuel ratio (A/
F) sensor 1 is displayed. G
INT/V TIM (B1) • Indicates [°CA] of intake camshaft
°CA
INT/V TIM (B2) advance angle.
H
• The signal voltage from the mani-
MAP SENSOR V fold absolute pressure (MAP) sen-
sor is displayed.
I
• Indicates the condition of EVAP
leak diagnosis.
Yet/CM- Yet: EVAP leak diagnosis has not
EVAP LEAK DIAG
PLT been performed yet. J
CMPLT: EVAP leak diagnosis has
been performed successfully.
• Indicates the ready condition of
EVAP leak diagnosis.
K
On: Diagnosis has been ready
EVAP DIAG READY On/Off
condition.
Off: Diagnosis has not been ready L
condition.
• Display the condition of VVEL
learning
Yet/ Yet: VVEL learning has not been M
VVEL LEARN
DONE performed yet.
DONE: VVEL learning has already
N
VVEL SEN LEARN-B1
V • Indicates the VVEL learning value.
VVEL SEN LEARN-B2
VVEL POSITION SEN- O
B1 • The VVEL control shaft position
V
VVEL POSITION SEN- sensor signal voltage is displayed.
B2 P
VVEL TIM-B1 • Indicates [deg] of VVEL control
deg
VVEL TIM-B2 shaft angle.
• The control condition of the fuel

Hi/Mid/ pump control module (FPCM) (de-
FPCM
Low/Off termined by ECM according to the
input signals) is indicated.

Monitor Item Se-
lection

MAIN-
INPUT
SIG-
SIG-
NALS
NALS
• The signal voltage from the battery
BAT TEMP SEN V
temperature sensor is displayed.
• The control condition of the fuel
pump control module (FPCM) (de-
FUEL PUMP DUTY %
termined by ECM according to the
input signals) is indicated.
THRTL STK CNT B1 NOTE:
—
THRTL STK CNT B2 The item is indicated, but not used.
• Indicates DTC P0159 self-diagno-

sis (delayed response) condition.
INCMP/ INCMP: Self-diagnosis is incom-
HO2 S2 DIAG1 (B2)
CMPLT plete.
CMPLT: Self-diagnosis is com-
plete.
• Indicates DTC P015C or P015D
self-diagnosis condition.
A/F SEN1 DIAG1 (B2)
CMPLT plete.
plete.
• Indicates DTC P015A or P015B
A/F SEN1 DIAG1 (B1)
CMPLT plete.
plete.
• Indicates DTC P014E or P014F
A/F SEN1 DIAG2 (B2)
CMPLT plete.
plete.
• Indicates DTC P014C or P014D
A/F SEN1 DIAG2 (B1)
CMPLT plete.
plete.
• Indicates DTC P014C, P014D,
P015A or P015B self-diagnosis
condition.
ABSNT/
A/F SEN1 DIAG3 (B2) ABSNT: The vehicle condition is
PRSNT
not within the diagnosis range.
PRSNT: The vehicle condition is
within the diagnosis range.
• Indicates DTC P014E, P014F,
P015C or P015D self-diagnosis
condition.
ABSNT/
A/F SEN1 DIAG3 (B1) ABSNT: The vehicle condition is
PRSNT
not within the diagnosis range.
PRSNT: The vehicle condition is
within the diagnosis range.

Monitor Item Se-
lection A
MAIN-
INPUT
SIG-
SIG- EC
NALS
NALS
sis (slow response) condition.
C
HO2 S2 DIAG2 (B2)
CMPLT plete.
plete. D
sis (slow response) condition.
HO2 S2 DIAG2 (B1) E
CMPLT plete.
plete.
• Indicates DTC P0139 self-diagno- F
sis (delayed response) condition.
HO2 S2 DIAG1 (B1)
CMPLT plete.
CMPLT: Self-diagnosis is com- G
plete.
• Indicates DTC P219B self-diagno-
sis condition. H
SYSTEM 1 DIAGNO- INCMP/ - INCMP: Self-diagnosis is incom-
SIS A B2 CMPLT plete.
- CMPLT: Self-diagnosis is com-
plete. I
• Indicates DTC P219A self-diagno-
sis condition.
SYSTEM 1 DIAGNO- INCMP/ - INCMP: Self-diagnosis is incom- J
SIS A B1 CMPLT plete.
- CMPLT: Self-diagnosis is com-
plete.
K
• Indicates DTC P219B self-diagno-
SYSTEM 1 DIAGNO- ABSNT/ sis condition.
SIS B B2 PRSNT - ABSNT: Self-diagnosis standby
- PRSNT: Under self-diagnosis L
• Indicates DTC P219A self-diagno-
SYSTEM 1 DIAGNO- ABSNT/ sis condition.
SIS B B1 PRSNT - ABSNT: Self-diagnosis standby
- PRSNT: Under self-diagnosis
M
Displays a determined value of at-

mospheric correction factor neces-
sary for correcting an A/F sensor N
A/F-S ATMSPHRC
— signal input to ECM. The signal used
CRCT B1
for the correction is an A/F sensor
signal transmitted while driving un-
der atmospheric pressure. O
Displays a determined value of at-
mospheric correction factor neces-
A/F-S ATMSPHRC
sary for correcting an A/F sensor P
— signal input to ECM. The signal used
CRCT B2
for the correction is an A/F sensor
signal transmitted while driving un-
der atmospheric pressure.

Monitor Item Se-
lection

MAIN-
INPUT
SIG-
SIG-
NALS
NALS
Displays the number of updates of
A/F-S ATMSPHRC
count the A/F sensor atmospheric correc-
CRCT UP B1
tion factor.
Displays the number of updates of
A/F-S ATMSPHRC
count the A/F sensor atmospheric correc-
CRCT UP B2
tion factor.
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.
WORK SUPPORT MODE
Work Item
WORK ITEM CONDITION USAGE

• The idle air volume that keeps the engine within the specified
IDLE AIR VOL LEARN When learning the idle air volume
range is memorized in ECM.
Close the EVAP canister vent control valve in order to make
EVAP system close under the following conditions.
• Ignition switch ON
• Engine not running
• Ambient temperature is above 0°C (32°F).
• No vacuum and no high pressure in EVAP system
• Fuel tank temp. is more than 0°C (32°F).
When detecting EVAP vapor leak in
EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE • Within 10 minutes after starting “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE”
the EVAP system
• When trying to execute “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” Under the
condition except above, CONSULT will discontinue it and
display appropriate instruction.
NOTE:
When starting engine, CONSULT may display “Battery
voltage is low. Charge battery”, even when using a
charged battery.
• Fuel pump will stop by touching “START” during idling. When releasing fuel pressure from
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE
Crank a few times after engine stalls. fuel line
• The coefficient of self-learning control mixture ratio returns to When clearing mixture ratio self-
SELF-LEARNING CONT
the original coefficient. learning value
TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ* • Idle condition When setting target idle speed
TARGET IGN TIM ADJ* • Idle condition When adjusting target ignition timing
VIN REGISTRATION • In this mode, VIN is registered in ECM. When registering VIN in ECM
When learning the throttle valve
CLSD THL POS LEARN • Ignition switch ON and engine stopped.
closed position
• Use this item only when replacing VVEL actuator sub as-
When adjusting VVEL control shaft
VVEL POS SEN ADJ PREP sembly.
position sensor
• Ignition on and engine stopped.
SAVING DATA FOR REPLC
In this mode, save data that is in ECM. When ECM is replaced.
CPU
WRITING DATA FOR REPLC In this mode, write data stored by “SAVE DATA FOR CPU RE-
When ECM is replaced.
CPU PLC” in work support mode to ECM.
*: This function is not necessary in the usual service procedure.
ACTIVE TEST MODE
Test Item

TEST ITEM CONDITION JUDGEMENT CHECK ITEM (REMEDY) A

• Engine: Return to the original trouble
• Harness and connectors
condition If trouble symptom disappears,
FUEL INJECTION • Fuel injector
• Change the amount of fuel injection see CHECK ITEM.
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 EC
using CONSULT.
• Engine: Return to the original trouble • Harness and connectors
condition If trouble symptom disappears, • Engine coolant temperature
ENG COOLANT TEMP C
• Change the engine coolant tempera- see CHECK ITEM. sensor
ture using CONSULT. • Fuel injector
• Engine: After warming up, run en-
gine at 1,500 rpm. D
Engine speed changes according • Harness and connectors
PURG VOL CONT/V • Change the EVAP canister purge
to the opening percent. • Solenoid valve
volume control solenoid valve open-
ing percent using CONSULT.
E
FUEL/T TEMP SEN Change the fuel tank temperature using CONSULT.
• Cooling fan motor
• Ignition switch: ON F
FAN DUTY CONTROL* Cooling fan speed changes. • Cooling fan relay
• Change duty ratio using CONSULT.
• Cooling fan control module
• IPDM E/R
• Engine: Idle
• Harness and connectors G
ALTERNATOR DUTY Battery voltage changes. • IPDM E/R
• Change duty ratio using CONSULT.
• Alternator
• Engine: Return to the original trouble H
condition
If trouble symptom disappears, Perform Idle Air Volume
IGNITION TIMING • Timing light: Set
see CHECK ITEM. Learning.
• Retard the ignition timing using
CONSULT. I
• Engine: After warming up, idle the • Harness and connectors
engine. • Compression
• A/C switch OFF • Fuel injector
POWER BALANCE Engine runs rough or dies. J
• Selector lever: P or N • Power transistor
• Cut off each injector signal one at a • Spark plug
time using CONSULT. • Ignition coil
• Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) K
• Turn solenoid valve ON and OFF Solenoid valve makes an operat- • Harness and connectors
VENT CONTROL/V
with the CONSULT and listen to op- ing sound. • Solenoid valve
erating sound.
L
• Engine: Return to the original trouble
condition Fuel pump speed changes or
FPCM • Fuel pump control module
• Select “LOW”, “MID” and “HI” with stops.
(FPCM) M
CONSULT.
• Engine: Return to the original non-
standard condition If malfunctioning symptom disap-
V/T ASSIGN ANGLE • Intake valve timing control
• Change intake valve timing using pears, see CHECK ITEM. N
solenoid valve
CONSULT.
*: Leaving cooling fan OFF with CONSULT while engine is running may cause the engine to overheat.
DTC WORK SUPPORT MODE O
Test Item
Test mode Test item Corresponding DTC No. Reference page
P
A/F SEN1 (B1) P1276 P0130 EC-246
A/F SEN1
A/F SEN1 (B2) P1286 P0150 EC-246
PURG VOL CN/V P1444 P0443 EC-340
EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM
PURG FLOW P0441 P0441 EC-334

Test mode Test item Corresponding DTC No. Reference page
HO2S2 (B1) P1146 P0138 EC-262
HO2S2 (B1) P1147 P0137 EC-256
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 P0139 EC-270
HO2S2
HO2S2 (B2) P1166 P0158 EC-262
HO2S2 (B2) P1167 P0157 EC-256
HO2S2 (B2) P0159 P0159 EC-270
SRT & P-DTC MODE

SRT STATUS Mode
• For items whose SRT codes are set, “CMPLT” is displayed on the CONSULT screen; for items whose SRT
codes are not set, “INCMP” is displayed.
• “SRT STATUS” provides the presence or absence of permanent DTCs stored in ECM memory.
PERMANENT DTC STATUS Mode
How to Display Permanent DTC Status

1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at 10 seconds.
5. Select “PERMANENT DTC STATUS” in “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT.
NOTE:
Permanent DTCs stored in ECM memory are displayed on the CONSULT screen to show if a driving pat-
tern required for erasing permanent DTCs is complete (CMPLT) or incomplete (INCMP).
CAUTION:
Since the “PERMANENT DTC STATUS” screen displays the previous trip information, repeat the
following twice to update the information: “Ignition switch OFF”, “Wait for more than 10 seconds”
and “Ignition switch ON”.
JSBIA0062GB
NOTE:
This mode is not used in regions that permanent DTCs are not regulated by law.
SRT WORK SUPPORT Mode
This mode enables a technician to drive a vehicle to set the SRT while monitoring the SRT status.
PERMANENT DTC WORK SUPPORT Mode
This mode enables a technician to drive a vehicle to complete the driving pattern that is required for erasing
permanent DTC.
NOTE:
This mode is not used in regions that permanent DTCs are not regulated by law.

ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VQ37VHR]
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION A

ECM
Reference Value INFOID:0000000011282637
EC
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL

NOTE: C
• The following table includes information (items) inapplicable to this vehicle. For information (items) applica-
ble to this vehicle, refer to CONSULT display items.
• Numerical values in the following table are reference values.
• These values are input/output values that ECM receives/transmits and may differ from actual operations. D
Example: The ignition timing shown by the timing light may differ from the ignition timing displayed on the
data monitor.
This occurs because the timing light shows a value calculated by ECM according to signals received from E
the camshaft position sensor and other sensors related to ignition timing.
• For outlines of following items, refer to EC-75, "CONSULT Function".
CONSULT MONITOR ITEM
F
Monitor Item Condition Values/Status
Almost the same speed as
ENG SPEED • Run engine and compare CONSULT value with the tachometer indication.
the tachometer indication
G
MAS A/F SE-B1 See EC-181, "Description".
MAS A/F SE-B2 See EC-181, "Description".
B/FUEL SCHDL See EC-181, "Description". H
A/F ALPHA-B1 See EC-181, "Description".
A/F ALPHA-B2 See EC-181, "Description".
I
Indicates engine coolant
COOLANT TEMP/S • Ignition switch: ON
temperature
A/F SEN1 (B1) • Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm Fluctuates around 2.2 V
J
• Revving engine from idle up to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions
are met.
0 - 0.3 V ←→ Approx. 0.6 -
HO2S2 (B1) - Engine: After warming up
1.0 V K
- After keeping engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
idle for 1 minute under no load
are met.
0 - 0.3 V ←→ Approx. 0.6 -
L
HO2S2 (B2) - Engine: After warming up
1.0 V
M
are met.
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) - Engine: After warming up LEAN ←→ RICH
- After keeping engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at N
are met.
HO2S2 MNTR (B2) - Engine: After warming up LEAN ←→ RICH
O
• Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT value with the speedometer indi- Almost the same speed as P
VHCL SPEED SE
cation. speedometer indication
BATTERY VOLT • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) 11 - 14 V
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.45 - 1.00 V

ACCEL SEN 1
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 4.4 - 4.8 V

ECM
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.45 - 1.00 V

ACCEL SEN 2*1 (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 4.3 - 4.8 V
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36 V
TP SEN 1-B1 (Engine stopped)
• Selector lever: D Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36 V

TP SEN 2-B1*1 (Engine stopped)
• Selector lever: D Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V
Indicates fuel tank temper-

FUEL T/TMP SE • Ignition switch: ON
ature
EVAP SYS PRES • Ignition switch: ON Approx. 1.8 - 4.8 V
Depending on fuel level of
FUEL LEVEL SE • Ignition switch: ON
fuel tank
START SIGNAL • Ignition switch: ON → START → ON Off → On → Off
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released On

CLSD THL POS
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed Off
Air conditioner switch: OFF Off
• Engine: After warming up, idle the
AIR COND SIG Air conditioner switch: ON
engine On
(Compressor operates.)
• Engine: After warming up, idle the Steering wheel: Not being turned Off
PW/ST SIGNAL
engine Steering wheel: Being turned On
Rear window defogger switch: ON
and/or On
LOAD SIGNAL • Ignition switch: ON Lighting switch: 2nd position
Rear window defogger switch and light-
Off
ing switch: OFF
IGNITION SW • Ignition switch: ON → OFF → ON On → Off → On
• Engine: After warming up, idle the Heater fan switch: ON On

HEATER FAN SW
engine Heater fan switch: OFF Off
Brake pedal: Fully released Off
BRAKE SW • Ignition switch: ON
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed On
• Engine: After warming up Idle 2.0 - 3.0 msec
• Selector lever: P or N
INJ PULSE-B1
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm 1.9 - 2.9 msec
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle 2.0 - 3.0 msec
INJ PULSE-B2
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm 1.9 - 2.9 msec
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle 7° BTDC
IGN TIMING
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm 25° - 45° BTDC
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle 5% - 35%
CAL/LD VALUE
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,500 rpm 5% - 35%
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle 2.0 - 6.0 g/s
MASS AIRFLOW
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,500 rpm 7.0 - 20.0 g/s
• No load

ECM
A
• Engine: After warming up Idle
• Selector lever: P or N (Accelerator pedal: Not depressed even 0%
PURG VOL C/V slightly, after engine starting.)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
• No load 2,000 rpm — EC
• Engine: After warming up Idle 0 - 2%
INT/V SOL (B1)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm Approx. 0 - 50% C
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle 0 - 2%
• Selector lever: P or N D
INT/V SOL (B2)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm Approx. 0 - 50%
• No load
Air conditioner switch: OFF Off
• Engine: After warming up, idle the E
AIR COND RLY Air conditioner switch: ON
engine On
(Compressor operates)
• For 1 second after turning ignition switch: ON
• Engine running or cranking
On F
FUEL PUMP RLY
• Except above Off
VENT CONT/V • Ignition switch: ON Off
G
THRTL RELAY • Ignition switch: ON On
• Engine: After warming up, idle the engine
A/F S1 HTR (B2) 4 - 100%
(More than 140 seconds after starting engine) H
• Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up
On
HO2S2 HTR (B1) - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
I
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm Off

• Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met. J
- Engine: After warming up
On
HO2S2 HTR (B2) - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm Off K
• Power generation voltage variable control: Operating On
ALT DUTY SIG
• Power generation voltage variable control: Not operating Off
L
Almost the same speed as
I/P PULLY SPD • Vehicle speed: More than 20 km/h (12 MPH)
the tachometer indication
• Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT value with the speedometer indi- Almost the same speed as M
VEHICLE SPEED
cation. the speedometer indication
Idle air volume learning has not been
Yet
performed yet.
IDL A/V LEARN • Engine: Running N
Idle air volume learning has already
CMPLT
Vehicle has traveled after MIL has illumi- 0 - 65,535 km
TRVL AFTER MIL • Ignition switch: ON O
nated. (0 - 40,723 miles)
ENG OIL TEMP • Engine: After warming up More than 70°C (158°F)
• Engine: After warming up, idle the engine P
A/F S1 HTR (B1) 4 - 100%
(More than 140 seconds after starting engine)
• Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT value with the speedometer indi- Almost the same speed as
VHCL SPEED SE
cation. the speedometer indication
MAIN switch: Pressed On
MAIN SW • Ignition switch: ON
MAIN switch: Released Off

ECM
CANCEL switch: Pressed On
CANCEL SW • Ignition switch: ON
CANCEL switch: Released Off
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch:
On
Pressed
RESUME/ACC SW • Ignition switch: ON
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Re-
Off
leased
SET/COAST switch: Pressed On
SET SW • Ignition switch: ON
SET/COAST switch: Released Off
BRAKE SW1 Brake pedal: Fully released On
(Brake pedal position • Ignition switch: ON
switch) Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Off
BRAKE SW2 Brake pedal: Fully released Off

(Stop lamp switch) Brake pedal: Slightly depressed On
DISTANCE switch: Pressed On
DIST SW • Ignition switch: ON
DISTANCE switch: Released Off
MAIN switch: Pressed at the 1st time →
CRUISE LAMP • Ignition switch: ON On → Off
at the 2nd time
FAN DUTY • Engine: Running 0 - 100%
Indicates A/C evaporator
AC EVA TEMP • Engine: Running temperature sent from “uni-
fied meter and A/C amp.”.
Indicates target A/C evapo-
rator temperature sent from
AC EVA TARGET • Engine: Running
“unified meter and A/C
amp.”.
ALT DUTY • Engine: Idle 0 - 80%
• Engine speed: Idle
• Battery: Fully charged*2
BAT CUR SEN • Selector lever: P or N Approx. 2,600 - 3,500 mV
• No load
A/F ADJ-B1 • Engine: Running −0.330 - 0.330
A/F ADJ-B2 • Engine: Running −0.330 - 0.330
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 360 mV
TP SEN 1-B2 (Engine stopped)
• Selector lever: D Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4,750 mV
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 360 mV

TP SEN 2-B2*1 (Engine stopped)
• Selector lever: D Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4,750 mV
Selector lever: P or N On
P/N POSI SW • Ignition switch: ON
Selector lever: Except above Off
Indicates intake air temper-
INT/A TEMP SE • Ignition switch: ON
ature
• Engine: Idle
AC PRESS SEN 1.0 - 4.0 V
• Both A/C switch and blower fan switch: ON (Compressor operates)
A/F SEN1 (B2) • Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm Fluctuates around 2.2 V
• Engine: After warming up Idle − 5 - 5°CA
INT/V TIM (B1)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm Approx. 0 - 30°CA
• No load

ECM
A
• Engine: After warming up Idle − 5 - 5°CA
INT/V TIM (B2)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm Approx. 0 - 30°CA
• No load EC
MAP SENSOR • This item is displayed but is not applicable to this model.
Depending on condition of
EVAP LEAK DIAG • Ignition switch: ON
EVAP leak diagnosis C
Depending on ready condi-
EVAP DIAG READY • Ignition switch: ON
tion of EVAP leak diagnosis
VVEL learning has not been performed D
Yet
• Ignition switch: OFF → ON yet.
VVEL LEARN
(After warming up) VVEL learning has already been per-
DONE
formed successfully. E
VVEL SEN LEARN-B1 • VVEL learning has already been performed successfully Approx. 0.30 - 0.80 V
VVEL SEN LEARN-B2 • VVEL learning has already been performed successfully Approx. 0.30 - 0.80 V
• Engine: After warming up Idle Approx. 0.25 - 1.40 V F
VVEL POSITION • Selector lever: P or N
SEN-B1 • Air conditioner switch: OFF When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm
Approx. 0.25 - 4.75 V
• No load quickly
G
• Engine: After warming up Idle Approx. 0.25 - 1.40 V
VVEL POSITION • Selector lever: P or N
SEN-B2 • Air conditioner switch: OFF When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm
Approx. 0.25 - 4.75 V
• No load quickly H
• Engine: After warming up Idle Approx. 0 - 20 deg
VVEL TIM-B1 When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm
• Air conditioner switch: OFF Approx. 0 - 90 deg I
• No load quickly
• Engine: After warming up Idle Approx. 0 - 20 deg

• Selector lever: P or N J
VVEL TIM-B2 When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm
• Air conditioner switch: OFF Approx. 0 - 90 deg
• No load quickly
• Ignition switch: OFF Off

K
• For 1 seconds after turning ignition switch: ON
Low
• Engine: Idle speed
FPCM • Engine: Cranking L
• Engine coolant temperature: More than 10°C (50°) Mid
• Engine: Above 4000 rpm
• Engine: Cranking Hi
M
• Engine: After warming up
• Selector lever: P or N Indicates the temperature
BAT TEMP SEN Idle
• A/C switch: OFF around the battery.
• No load N
• Engine: After warming up
• Selector lever: P or N position
FUEL PUMP DUTY Idle 60 – 70%
O
• No load
THRTL STK CNT B1 • This item is displayed but is not applicable to this model.
THRTL STK CNT B2 • This item is displayed but is not applicable to this model. P
DTC P0159 self-diagnosis (delayed response) is incomplete. INCMP
HO2 S2 DIAG1 (B2)
DTC P0159 self-diagnosis (delayed response) is complete. CMPLT
DTC P015C and P015D self-diagnosis incomplete. INCMP
A/F SEN1 DIAG1 (B2)
DTC P015C and P015D self-diagnosis is complete. CMPLT

ECM
DTC P015A and P015B self-diagnosis incomplete. INCMP
A/F SEN1 DIAG1 (B1)
DTC P015A and P015B self-diagnosis is complete. CMPLT
DTC P014E and P014F self-diagnosis incomplete. INCMP
A/F SEN1 DIAG2 (B2)
DTC P014E and P014F self-diagnosis is complete. CMPLT
DTC P014C and P014D self-diagnosis incomplete. INCMP
A/F SEN1 DIAG2 (B1)
DTC P014C and P014D self-diagnosis is complete. CMPLT
The vehicle condition is not within the diagnosis range of DTC P014E, P014F,
ABSNT
P015C or P015D.
A/F SEN1 DIAG3 (B2)
The vehicle condition is within the diagnosis range of DTC P014E, P014F,
PRSNT
P015C or P015D.
The vehicle condition is not within the diagnosis range of DTC P014C, P014D,
ABSNT
P015A or P015B.
A/F SEN1 DIAG3 (B1)
The vehicle condition is within the diagnosis range of DTC P014C, P014D,
PRSNT
P015A or P015B.
DTC P0159 self-diagnosis (slow response) is incomplete. INCMP
HO2 S2 DIAG2 (B2)
DTC P0159 self-diagnosis (slow response) is complete. CMPLT
DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (slow response) is incomplete. INCMP
HO2 S2 DIAG2 (B1)
DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (slow response) is complete. CMPLT
DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (delayed response) is incomplete. INCMP
HO2 S2 DIAG1 (B1)
DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (delayed response) is complete. CMPLT
SYSTEM 1 DIAGNO- DTC P219A self-diagnosis is incomplete. INCMP

SIS A B1 DTC P219A self-diagnosis is complete. CMPLT
SYSTEM 1 DIAGNO- DTC P219B self-diagnosis is incomplete. INCMP

SIS A B2 DTC P219B self-diagnosis is complete. CMPLT
SYSTEM 1 DIAGNO- DTC P219A self-diagnosis is on standby. ABSENT

SIS B B1 DTC P219A self-diagnosis is under diagnosis. PRSENT
SYSTEM 1 DIAGNO- DTC P219B self-diagnosis is on standby. ABSENT

SIS B B2 DTC P219B self-diagnosis is under diagnosis. PRSENT
A/F-S ATMSPHRC Varies depending on vehi-
Engine: After warming up, idle the engine
CRCT B1 cle environment.
A/F-S ATMSPHRC Varies depending on vehi-
Engine: After warming up, idle the engine
CRCT B2 cle environment.
A/F-S ATMSPHRC Varies depending on the
Engine: Running
CRCT UP B1 number of updates.
A/F-S ATMSPHRC Varies depending on the
Engine: Running
CRCT UP B2 number of updates.
*1: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal and throttle position sensor 2 signal are converted by ECM inter-
nally. Thus, they differ from ECM terminals voltage signal.
*2: Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-114, "How to
Handle Battery".

ECM
TERMINAL LAYOUT
A
EC
JSBIA0505ZZ
D
PHYSICAL VALUES
NOTE:
• ECM is located behind the instrument assist lower panel. For this inspection, remove passenger side instru- E
ment lower panel.
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
• Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT. F
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
(Approx.)
G
Input/
+ -– Signal name
Output
2.9 - 8.8 V H
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
1 128 A/F sensor 1 heater
Output • Idle speed
(W) (B) (bank 1) I
(More than 140 seconds after starting
engine)
JMBIA0030GB
J
0 - 14 V
[Ignition switch: ON] K

• Engine stopped
• Selector lever: D
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
L
2 128 Throttle control motor JMBIA0031GB
Output
(G) (B) (Open) (bank 1)
0 - 14 V
M
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Selector lever: D N
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
JMBIA0032GB
O
3 128 Throttle control motor BATTERY VOLTAGE
Input [Ignition switch: ON]
(R) (B) power supply (bank 1) (11 - 14 V)
0 - 14 V P
• Engine stopped
4 128 Throttle control motor
Output • Selector lever: D
(BR) (B) (Close) (bank 1)
• Accelerator pedal: In the middle of re-
leasing operation
JMBIA0033GB

ECM
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ -– Signal name
Output
2.9 - 8.8 V
[Engine is running]
5 128 A/F sensor 1 heater
Output • Idle speed
(GR) (B) (bank 2)
(More than 140 seconds after starting
engine)
JMBIA0030GB
8
— ECM ground — — —
(B)
11 0 - 0.2 V
Ignition signal No. 4
(GR)
[Engine is running]
12 • Warm-up condition
(L) • Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on
15
Ignition signal No. 5 rpm at idle
(V)
128 JMBIA0035GB
Output
16 (B)
Ignition signal No. 2 0.1 - 0.4 V
(G)
19
Ignition signal No. 6 [Engine is running]
(SB)
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
20
(Y)
JMBIA0036GB
4.0 V
[When cranking engine]

• Not cold state condition
14*5 128 Fuel pump control mod-

Output
JSBIA4001ZZ
(Y) (B) ule (FPCM)

4.0 V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
• For 1 second after turning ignition switch
ON
JSBIA4086ZZ

ECM
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ -– Signal name
Output
EC
10 V
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after
the following conditions are met
- Engine: after warming up C
- Keeping the engine speed between
17 128 Heated oxygen sensor 2 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
Output
(P) (B) heater (bank 1) idle for 1 minute under no load
D
JMBIA0037GB

• Engine stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14 V) E
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Warm-up condition F
(11 - 14 V)
• Idle speed
7 - 12 V
Intake valve timing con- G
18 128
trol solenoid valve (bank Output
(W) (B) [Engine is running]
1)
• Engine speed: 2,000rpm H
JMBIA0038GB
BATTERY VOLTAGE I
(11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
J
• Accelerator pedal: Not depressed even
slightly, after engine starting
K
EVAP canister purge vol-
21 128 JMBIA0039GB
ume control solenoid Output
(GR) (B) BATTERY VOLTAGE
valve
L
(11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: About 2,000 rpm (More M
than 100 seconds after starting engine)
N
JMBIA0040GB

• For 1 second after turning ignition switch
0 - 1.5 V O
ON
22 128 [Engine is running]
Fuel pump relay Output
(R) (B)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than 1 second after turning ignition P
(11 - 14 V)
switch ON

ECM
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ -– Signal name
Output
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0 - 1.5 V
• A few seconds after turning ignition
24 128 ECM relay switch OFF
Output
(P) (B) (Self shut-off)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than a few seconds after turning
(11 - 14 V)
ignition switch OFF
0 - 1.0 V
↓
BATTERY VOLTAGE
25 128 Throttle control motor re- [Ignition switch: ON → OFF]
Output (11 - 14 V)
(BG) (B) lay ↓
0V
[Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0 V
VVEL actuator motor re- [Engine is running]
28 128
lay abort signal Output • Warm-up condition 0V
(BR) (B)
[VVEL control module] • Idle speed
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
• Idle speed
7 - 12 V
Intake valve timing con-
29 128
trol solenoid valve (bank Output
(G) (B) [Engine is running]
2)
• Engine speed: 2,000rpm
JMBIA1638GB

• Engine stopped
More than 0.36 V
30 40 Throttle position sensor • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
Input
(W) (R) 1 (bank 1) [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
Less than 4.75 V
• Engine stopped
More than 0.36 V
Input
(P) (SB) 1 (bank 2) [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
Less than 4.75 V
[Engine is running]
32*5 128 Fuel pump control mod-
Input • Warm-up condition 8 -13.5 V
(W) (B) ule (FPCM) check
• Idle speed

ECM
Terminal No.
Description
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ -– Signal name
Output
EC
10 V
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after
the following conditions are met
- Engine: after warming up C
33 128 Heated oxygen sensor 2 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
Output
(SB) (B) heater (bank 2) idle for 1 minute under no load
D
JMBIA0037GB

• Engine stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14 V) E
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm
• Engine stopped F
Less than 4.75 V
Input
(B) (R) 2 (bank 1) [Ignition switch: ON]
G
• Engine stopped
More than 0.36 V
[Ignition switch: ON] H
• Engine stopped
Less than 4.75 V
Input I
(LG) (SB) 2 (bank 2) [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
More than 0.36 V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed J
4.0 - 5.0 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition K
• Idle speed
NOTE:
L
rpm at idle
37 128 Crankshaft position sen- JMBIA0041GB

Input
(W) (B) sor (POS)
4.0 - 5.0 V M
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm N
JMBIA0042GB O
38 96 Manifold absolute pres-
— — —
(P) (BR) sure (MAP) sensor*4
Sensor ground P
40
— [Throttle position sensor — — —
(R)
(bank 1)]
Sensor power supply
43 48
[Throttle position sensor — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(BR) (SB)
(bank 2)]

ECM
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ -– Signal name
Output
Sensor power supply
44 40
[Throttle position sensor — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(G) (R)
(bank 1)]
Sensor power supply
46 128
[Crankshaft position — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(R) (B)
sensor (POS)]
Sensor ground
47
— [Crankshaft position — — —
(Y)
sensor (POS)]
Sensor ground
48
— [Throttle position sensor — — —
(SB)
(bank 2)]
0 - 14 V

• Engine stopped
Output • Selector lever: D
(GR) (B) (Close) (bank 2)
• Accelerator pedal: In the middle of re-
leasing operation
JMBIA0033GB
0 - 14 V

• Engine stopped
JMBIA0031GB
Output
(W) (B) (Open) (bank 2)
0 - 14 V

• Engine stopped
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
JMBIA0032GB
52 128 Throttle control motor BATTERY VOLTAGE

(R) (B) power supply (bank 2) (11 - 14 V)
[Ignition switch: OFF] 0V
53 128
Ignition switch Input BATTERY VOLTAGE
(G) (B) [Ignition switch: ON]
(11 - 14 V)
54 ENGINE communica- Input/
— — —
(Y) tion line output
55 ENGINE communica- Input/
— — —
(LG) tion line output
57 128
A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) Input [Ignition switch: ON] 2.2 V
(L) (B)

ECM
Terminal No.
Description
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ -– Signal name
Output
EC
3.0 - 5.0 V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed C
NOTE:
rpm at idle
D
59 128 Camshaft position sen- JMBIA0045GB
Input
(SB) (B) sor (PHASE) (bank 1)
3.0 - 5.0 V
E
[Engine is running]
F
JMBIA0046GB
Sensor power supply G

[Camshaft position sen-
sor (PHASE) (bank 1),
60 128 Power steering pressure — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(GR) (B) H
sensor*3, Manifold abso-
lute pressure (MAP) sen-
sor*4]
[Engine is running] 1.8 V I
61 128
A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) Input • Warm-up condition Output voltage varies with air fuel
(R) (B)
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm ratio.
3.0 - 5.0 V J
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
K
NOTE:
rpm at idle
JMBIA0045GB
L
63 128 Camshaft position sen-
Input
(L) (B) sor (PHASE) (bank 2)
3.0 - 5.0 V
M
[Engine is running]
N
JMBIA0046GB
Sensor power supply O

64 128 [Camshaft position sen-
— [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(W) (B) sor (PHASE) (bank 2),
Battery current sensor]
65 128 P
A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) Input [Ignition switch: ON] 2.2 V
(LG) (B)
[Engine is running] 1.8 V
66 128
A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) Input • Warm-up condition Output voltage varies with air fuel
(V) (B)
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm ratio.
0 - 4.8 V
67 128 Intake air temperature
Input [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with intake
(P) (B) sensor
air temperature.

ECM
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ -– Signal name
Output
Sensor ground
68 [Mass air flow sensor
— — — —
(LG) (bank 1), Intake air tem-
perature sensor]
(W) (B)
Knock sensor (bank 2) Input
• Idle speed 2.5 V*1
0 - 4.8 V
71 128 Engine coolant tempera-
Input [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with engine
(Y) (B) ture sensor
coolant temperature.
72 Sensor ground
— — — —
(—) (Knock sensor)
(W) (B)
Knock sensor (bank 1) Input
• Idle speed 2.5 V*1
[Engine is running]
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm
quickly after the following conditions are
76 128 Heated oxygen sensor 2 met
Input 0 - 1.0 V
(W) (B) (bank 1) - Engine: after warming up
3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 0.7 - 1.2 V
77 68 Mass air flow sensor • Idle speed
Input
(SB) (LG) (bank 1) [Engine is running]
0 - 4.8 V
78 84 Engine oil temperature
Input [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with engine
(BR) (B) sensor
oil temperature.
[Engine is running]
79 94 Mass air flow sensor • Idle speed
Input
(G) (Y) (bank 2) [Engine is running]
[Engine is running]
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm
quickly after the following conditions are
80 128 Heated oxygen sensor 2 met
Input 0 - 1.0 V
(BG) (B) (bank 2) - Engine: after warming up
3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at

ECM
Terminal No.
Description
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ -– Signal name
Output
81 BATTERY VOLTAGE EC
Fuel injector No. 3
(R) (11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
82
Fuel injector No. 6 • Warm-up condition
(V) C
• Idle speed
NOTE:
85
Fuel injector No. 2 rpm at idle
(BR) D
128 JMBIA0047GB
Output
86 (B) BATTERY VOLTAGE
Fuel injector No. 5 E
(W) (11 - 14 V)
89
Fuel injector No. 1
(GR) [Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition F
90
Fuel injector No. 4
(BG)
JMBIA0048GB
G
[Engine is running]
83 128 Battery temperature
(BG) (B) sensor
Input • Battery: Fully charged*2 1.6 V
• Idle speed H
Sensor ground
(Heated oxygen sensor
84
— 2, Engine coolant tem- — — — I
(B)
perature sensor, Engine
oil temperature sensor)
[Engine is running] J
0.5 - 4.5 V
87*3 96 Power steering pressure • Steering wheel: Being turned
Output
(Y) (BR) sensor [Engine is running]
0.4 - 0.8 V
• Steering wheel: Not being turned
K
[Engine is running]
91 95
(R) (B)
Battery current sensor Input • Battery: Fully charged*2 2.6 - 3.5 V
• Idle speed
L
Sensor ground
92
— [Camshaft position sen- — — —
(G)
sor (PHASE) (bank 2)]
M
93 128 Power supply for ECM BATTERY VOLTAGE
Input [Ignition switch: OFF]
(P) (B) (Back-up) (11 - 14 V)
Sensor ground
94 N
— [Mass air flow sensor — — —
(Y)
(bank 2)]
95 Sensor ground
— — — —
(B) (Battery current sensor) O
Sensor ground
[Camshaft position sen-
sor (PHASE) (bank 1),
96 P
— Power steering pressure — — —
(BR) *3
sensor , Manifold abso-
lute pressure (MAP) sen-
sor*4]

ECM
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ -– Signal name
Output
• Engine stopped 0.45 - 1.00 V
97 100 Accelerator pedal posi- • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
Input
(Y) (G) tion sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON]
98 104 Accelerator pedal posi- • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
Input
(BR) (R) tion sensor 2 [Ignition switch: ON]
Sensor power supply
99 100
(Accelerator pedal posi- — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(W) (G)
tion sensor 1)
Sensor ground
100
— (Accelerator pedal posi- — — —
(G)
tion sensor 1)
4.2 V
• ICC steering switch: OFF
0V
• MAIN switch: Pressed
• DYNAMIC DRIVE ASSISTANCE SYS- 1.0 V
TEMS switch: Pressed
ICC steering switch
101 108 [Ignition switch: ON]
(models with ICC sys- Input 1.9 V
(SB) (Y) • CANCEL switch: Pressed
tem)
• RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: 3.7 V
Pressed
3.2 V
• SET/COAST switch: Pressed
2.6 V
• DISTANCE switch: Pressed
4V
• ASCD steering switch: OFF
0V
• MAIN switch: Pressed
ASCD steering switch [Ignition switch: ON]
101 108 1V
(models without ICC sys- Input • CANCEL switch: Pressed
(SB) (Y)
tem)
• RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: 3V
Pressed
2V
• SET/COAST switch: Pressed
102 112 EVAP control system
Input [Ignition switch: ON] 1.8 - 4.8 V
(LG) (V) pressure sensor
Sensor power supply
103 104
(Accelerator pedal posi- — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(L) (R)
tion sensor 2)

ECM
Terminal No.
Description
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ -– Signal name
Output
Sensor ground EC
104
— (Accelerator pedal posi- — — —
(R)
tion sensor 2)
[Engine is running] C
105 112 Refrigerant pressure • Warm-up condition
Input 1.0 - 4.0 V
(L) (V) sensor • Both A/C switch and blower fan motor
switch: ON (Compressor operates)
D
0 - 4.8 V
106 128 Fuel tank temperature
Input [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with fuel
(P) (B) sensor
tank temperature.
Sensor power supply E
107 112 (EVAP control system
— [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(GR) (V) pressure sensor, Refrig-
erant pressure sensor)
F
Sensor ground
108
— (ASCD/ICC steering — — —
(Y)
switch)
G
[Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
109 128 • Selector lever: P or N (11 - 14 V)
PNP signal Input
(BR) (B) [Ignition switch: ON]
0V H
• Selector lever: Except above
1V
[Engine is running]
I
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on J
rpm at idle
110*3 128 Engine speed output sig-

Output
JMBIA0076GB
(V) (B) nal

1V K
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
L
JMBIA0077GB M
Sensor ground
112 (EVAP control system
— — — —
(V) pressure sensor, Refrig- N
erant pressure sensor)
113 Input/
— CAN communication line — —
(P) Output
O
114 Input/
— CAN communication line — —
(L) Output
117 128 Input/
Data link connector — — P
(V) (B) Output
121 128 EVAP canister vent con- BATTERY VOLTAGE
Output [Ignition switch: ON]
(LG) (B) trol valve (11 - 14 V)
0V
122 128 • Brake pedal: Fully released
Stop lamp switch Input
(SB) (B) [Ignition switch: OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (11 - 14 V)

ECM
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ -– Signal name
Output
123
(B)
124
(B)
125 128 BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for ECM Input [Ignition switch: ON]
(R) (B) (11 - 14 V)
0V
126 128 Brake pedal position • Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
Input
(BG) (B) switch [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Brake pedal: Fully released (11 - 14 V)
127
(B)
128
(B)
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
*1: This may vary depending on internal resistance of the tester.
*2: Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-114, "How to
Handle Battery".
*3: With power steering system models
*4: Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor does not used.
*5: With fuel pump control module (FPCM) models. Refer to EC-9, "How to Check Vehicle Type".
Fail safe INFOID:0000000011282638
NON DTC RELATED ITEM
Engine operating condition Reference

Detected items Remarks
in fail-safe mode page
Engine speed will not rise Malfunction indicator When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM cannot warn the
more than 2,500 rpm due lamp circuit driver by illuminating MIL when there is malfunction on engine control
to the fuel cut system.
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related
diagnoses are continuously detected as NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the EC-561
driver that engine control system malfunctions and MIL circuit is open
by means of operating the fail-safe function.
The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MIL
circuit are detected and demands the driver to repair the malfunction.
DTC RELATED ITEM

U1003 Can communication circuit VVEL actuator motor relay is turned off, and VVEL value is become at a minimum angle.
U1024 Engine speed will not rise more than 3,500 rpm due to the fuel cut.
P0011 Intake valve timing control The signal is not energized to the intake valve timing control solenoid valve and the valve
P0021 control does not function.
P0102 Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
P0103
P010C
P010D

ECM
A
P0117 Engine coolant temperature Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the following condition.
P0118 sensor circuit CONSULT displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Condition EC
(CONSULT display)
Just as ignition switch is turned ON or START 40°C (104°F)
Approx 4 minutes or more after engine starting 80°C (176°F)
C
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling
D
fan operates while engine is running.
P0122 Throttle position sensor The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in
P0123 order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
P0222 The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal E
P0223 condition.
P0228
P1239
F
P2132
P2133
P2135 G
P0500 Vehicle speed sensor The cooling fan operates (Highest) while engine is running.
The signal is not energized to the intake valve timing control solenoid valve and the valve
P0524 Engine oil pressure control does not function. H
P0605 ECM (When ECM calculation function is malfunctioning:)
I
P0607 ECM VVEL actuator motor relay is turned off, and VVEL value is become at a minimum angle.
Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut. J
P0643 Sensor power supply ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
P1087 VVEL control function VVEL of normal bank is controlled at VVEL angle of abnormal bank. K
P1089 VVEL control shaft position VVEL value is maintained at a fixed angle.
P1092 sensor Engine speed will not rise more than 3,500 rpm due to the fuel cut L
P1090 VVEL actuator motor VVEL of normal bank is controlled at VVEL angle of abnormal bank.
VVEL actuator motor relay is turned off, and VVEL value is become at a minimum angle. M
P1091 VVEL actuator motor relay VVEL actuator motor relay is turned off, and VVEL value is become at a minimum angle.
Engine speed will not rise more than 3,500 rpm due to the fuel cut. N
P1233 Electric throttle control function ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
P1236 Throttle control motor ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a O

ECM
P1238 Electric throttle control actuator (When electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return spring
P2119 malfunction:)
ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the idle
position. The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm.
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20
degrees or less.
While the vehicle is being driven, it slows down gradually because of fuel cut. After the ve-
hicle stops, the engine stalls.
The engine can restart in N or P position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm or
more.
P1290 Throttle control motor relay
P2100
P2103
P1606 VVEL control module VVEL actuator motor relay is turned off, and VVEL value is become at a minimum angle.
P1608 VVEL control shaft position VVEL actuator motor relay is turned off, and VVEL value is become at a minimum angle.
sensor Engine speed will not rise more than 3,500 rpm due to the fuel cut
P1805 Brake switch ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to a
small range.
Vehicle condition Driving condition
When accelerating Poor acceleration
P2122 Accelerator pedal position sen- The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in
P2123 sor order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
P2128 condition.
DTC Inspection Priority Chart INFOID:0000000011282639
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart.

ECM
Priority Detected items (DTC) A

1 • U0100 U0101 U1001 U1003 CAN communication line
• U1024 VVEL CAN communication line
• P0102 P0103 P010C P010D Mass air flow sensor
EC
• P0111 P0112 P0113 P0127 Intake air temperature sensor
• P0116 P0117 P0118 P0125 Engine coolant temperature sensor
• P0122 P0123 P0222 P0223 P0227 P0228 P1225 P1226 P1234 P1235 P1239 P2132 P2133 P2135 Throttle position sensor
• P0128 Thermostat function C
• P0181 P0182 P0183 Fuel tank temperature sensor
• P0196 P0197 P0198 Engine oil temperature sensor
• P0327 P0328 P0332 P0333 Knock sensor
• P0335 Crankshaft position sensor (POS) D
• P0340 P0345 Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
• P0460 P0461 P0462 P0463 Fuel level sensor
• P0500 Vehicle speed sensor
• P0605 P0607 ECM E
• P0643 Sensor power supply
• P0705 Transmission range switch
• P0850 Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
• P1089 P1092 P1608 VVEL control shaft position sensor F
• P1220 Fuel pump control module (FPCM)
• P1550 P1551 P1552 P1553 P1554 Battery current sensor
• P1556 P1557 Battery temperature sensor
G
• P1606 P1607 VVEL control module
• P1610 - P1615 NATS
• P2122 P2123 P2127 P2128 P2138 Accelerator pedal position sensor
H

ECM
Priority Detected items (DTC)
2 • P0031 P0032 P0051 P0052 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater
• P0037 P0038 P0057 P0058 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
• P0075 P0081 Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
• P0130 P0131 P0132 P014C P014D P014E P014F P0150 P0151 P0152 P015A P015B P015C P015D P2096 P2097 P2098
P2099 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
• P0137 P0138 P0139 P0157 P0158 P0159 Heated oxygen sensor 2
• P0441 EVAP control system purge flow monitoring
• P0443 P0444 P0445 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
• P0447 P0448 EVAP canister vent control valve
• P0451 P0452 P0453 EVAP control system pressure sensor
• P0550 Power steering pressure sensor
• P0603 ECM power supply
• P0710 P0717 P0720 P0729 P0730 P0731 P0732 P0733 P0734 P0735 P0740 P0744 P0745 P0750 P0775 P0780 P0795
P1730 P1734 P2713 P2722 P2731 P2807 A/T related sensors, solenoid valves and switches
• P1087 P1088 VVEL system
• P1090 P1093 VVEL actuator motor
• P1091 VVEL actuator motor relay
• P1217 Engine over temperature (OVERHEAT)
• P1233 P2101 Electric throttle control function
• P1236 P2118 Throttle control motor
• P1290 P2100 P2103 Throttle control motor relay
• P1805 Brake switch
3 • P0011 P0021 Intake valve timing control
• P0101 P010B Mass air flow sensor
• P0171 P0172 P0174 P0175 Fuel injection system function
• P0300 - P0306 Misfire
• P0420 P0430 Three way catalyst function
• P0456 EVAP control system (VERY SMALL LEAK)
• P0506 P0507 Idle speed control system
• P050A P050B P050E Cold start control
• P0524 Engine oil pressure
• P100A P100B VVEL system
• P1148 P1168 Closed loop control
• P1211 TCS control unit
• P1212 TCS communication line
• P1238 P2119 Electric throttle control actuator
• P1564 ICC steering switch / ASCD steering switch
• P1568 ICC command value
• P1572 Brake pedal position switch
• P1574 ICC vehicle speed sensor / ASCD vehicle speed sensor
• P1806 Brake booster
• P219A P219B Air fuel ratio
DTC Index INFOID:0000000011282640
×:Applicable —: Not applicable
DTC*1
Items SRT Permanent Reference
CONSULT Trip MIL
ECM*3
(CONSULT screen terms) code DTC group*4 page
GST*2
U0100 0100*5 LOST COMM (ECM A) — 1 × B TM-104
U0101 0101*5 LOST COMM (TCM) — 1 × B EC-194

2
5 (without ICC)
U1001 1001* CAN COMM CIRCUIT — — — EC-195
1 or 2
(with ICC)
U1003 1003 CAN COMM CIRCUIT — 2 — — EC-196
U1024 1024 VVEL CAN COMM CIRCUIT — 1 × B EC-198
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
P0000 0000 FURTHER TESTING MAY BE RE- — — Flashing*8 — —
QUIRED.

ECM
DTC*1
Items SRT Permanent Reference A
CONSULT Trip MIL
ECM*3
GST*2
P0011 0011 INT/V TIM CONT-B1 — 2 × B EC-200 EC
P0021 0021 INT/V TIM CONT-B2 — 2 × B EC-200
P0031 0031 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) — 2 × B EC-204
P0032 0032 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) — 2 × B EC-204 C
P0037 0037 HO2S2 HTR (B1) — 2 × B EC-207
P0038 0038 HO2S2 HTR (B1) — 2 × B EC-207
D
P0051 0051 A/F SEN1 HTR (B2) — 2 × B EC-204
P0052 0052 A/F SEN1 HTR (B2) — 2 × B EC-204
P0057 0057 HO2S2 HTR (B2) — 2 × B EC-207 E
P0058 0058 HO2S2 HTR (B2) — 2 × B EC-207
P0075 0075 INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 — 2 × B EC-210
F
P0081 0081 INT/V TIM V/CIR-B2 — 2 × B EC-210
P0101 0101 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — 2 × B EC-213
P0102 0102 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — 1 × B EC-219 G
P0103 0103 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — 1 × B EC-219
P010B 010B MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B2 — 2 × B EC-213
H
P010C 010C MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B2 — 1 × B EC-219
P010D 010D MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B2 — 1 × B EC-219
P0111 0111 IAT SENSOR — 2 × A EC-225 I
P0112 0112 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — 2 × B EC-227
P0113 0113 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — 2 × B EC-227
P0116 0116 ECT SENSOR — 2 × A EC-229 J
P0117 0117 ECT SEN/CIRC — 1 × B EC-232
P0118 0118 ECT SEN/CIRC — 1 × B EC-232
K
P0122 0122 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 — 1 × B EC-235
P0123 0123 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 — 1 × B EC-235
P0125 0125 ECT SENSOR — 2 × B EC-239 L
P0127 0127 IAT SENSOR-B1 — 2 × B EC-241
P0128 0128 THERMSTAT FNCTN — 2 × A EC-243
M
P0130 0130 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) — 2 × A EC-246
P0131 0131 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) — 2 × B EC-250
P0132 0132 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) — 2 × B EC-253 N
P0137 0137 HO2S2 (B1) × 2 × A EC-256
P0138 0138 HO2S2 (B1) × 2 × A EC-262
O
P0139 0139 HO2S2 (B1) × 2 × A EC-270
P014C 014C A/F SENSOR1 (B1) × 2 × A EC-277
P014D 014D A/F SENSOR1 (B1) × 2 × A EC-277 P
P014E 014E A/F SENSOR1 (B2) × 2 × A EC-277
P014F 014F A/F SENSOR1 (B2) × 2 × A EC-277
P0150 0150 A/F SENSOR1 (B2) — 2 × A EC-246
P0151 0151 A/F SENSOR1 (B2) — 2 × B EC-250
P0152 0152 A/F SENSOR1 (B2) — 2 × B EC-253

ECM
DTC*1
CONSULT Trip MIL
ECM*3
GST*2
P0157 0157 HO2S2 (B2) × 2 × A EC-256
P0158 0158 HO2S2 (B2) × 2 × A EC-262
P0159 0159 HO2S2 (B2) × 2 × A EC-270
P015A 015A A/F SENSOR1 (B1) × 2 × A EC-277
P015B 015B A/F SENSOR1 (B1) × 2 × A EC-277
P015C 015C A/F SENSOR1 (B2) × 2 × A EC-277
P015D 015D A/F SENSOR1 (B2) × 2 × A EC-277
P0171 0171 FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 — 2 × B EC-283
P0172 0172 FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 — 2 × B EC-288
P0174 0174 FUEL SYS-LEAN-B2 — 2 × B EC-283
P0175 0175 FUEL SYS-RICH-B2 — 2 × B EC-288
P0181 0181 FTT SENSOR — 2 × A and B EC-292
P0182 0182 FTT SEN/CIRCUIT — 2 × B EC-296
P0183 0183 FTT SEN/CIRCUIT — 2 × B EC-296
P0196 0196 EOT SENSOR — 2 × A and B EC-299
P0197 0197 EOT SEN/CIRC — 2 × B EC-303
P0198 0198 EOT SEN/CIRC — 2 × B EC-303
P0222 0222 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 — 1 × B EC-305
P0223 0223 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 — 1 × B EC-305
P0227 0227 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B2 — 1 × B EC-235
P0228 0228 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B2 — 1 × B EC-235
P0300 0300 MULTI CYL MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × B EC-309
P0301 0301 CYL 1 MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × B EC-309
P0327 0327 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 — 2 — — EC-317
P0335 0335 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT — 2 × B EC-320
P0340 0340 CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 — 2 × B EC-324
P0345 0345 CMP SEN/CIRC-B2 — 2 × B EC-324
P0420 0420 TW CATALYST SYS-B1 × 2 × A EC-329
P0430 0430 TW CATALYST SYS-B2 × 2 × A EC-329
P0441 0441 EVAP PURG FLOW/MON × 2 × A EC-334
P0443 0443 PURG VOLUME CONT/V — 2 × A EC-340
P0444 0444 PURG VOLUME CONT/V — 2 × B EC-344
P0445 0445 PURG VOLUME CONT/V — 2 × B EC-344
P0447 0447 VENT CONTROL VALVE — 2 × B EC-347

ECM
DTC*1
CONSULT Trip MIL
ECM*3
GST*2
P0448 0448 VENT CONTROL VALVE — 2 × B EC-351 EC
P0451 0451 EVAP SYS PRES SEN — 2 × A EC-355
P0452 0452 EVAP SYS PRES SEN — 2 × B EC-359
P0453 0453 EVAP SYS PRES SEN — 2 × B EC-364 C
P0456 0456 EVAP VERY SML LEAK ×*7 2 × A EC-370
P0460 0460 FUEL LEV SEN SLOSH — 2 × A EC-376 D
P0461 0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR — 2 × B EC-378
P0462 0462 FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC — 2 × B EC-380
P0463 0463 FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC — 2 × B EC-380 E
P0500 0500 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A*6 — 2 × B EC-382

P0506 0506 ISC SYSTEM — 2 × B EC-385 F
P0507 0507 ISC SYSTEM — 2 × B EC-387
P050A 050A COLD START CONTROL — 2 × A EC-389
P050B 050B COLD START CONTROL — 2 × A EC-389 G
P050E 050E COLD START CONTROL — 2 × A EC-389
P0524 0524 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE — 2 × B EC-392
H
P0550 0550 PW ST P SEN/CIRC — 2 — — EC-396
P0603 0603 ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT — 2 × B EC-399
P0605 0605 ECM — 1 or 2 × or — B EC-401 I
P0607 0607 ECM — 1 × B EC-403
P0643 0643 SENSOR POWER/CIRC — 1 × B EC-404
J
P0705 0705 T/M RANGE SENSOR A — 2 × B TM-111
P0710 0710 FLUID TEMP SENSOR A — 2 × B TM-113
P0717 0717 INPUT SPEED SENSOR A — 2 × B TM-116 K
P0720 0720 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR* 6 — 2 × B TM-118
P0729 0729 6GR INCORRECT RATIO — 2 × B TM-122
L
P0730 0730 INCORRECT GR RATIO — 2 × B TM-125
P0732 0732 2GR INCORRECT RATIO — 2 × B TM-130 M
N
P0740 0740 TORQUE CONVERTER — 2 × B TM-142
P0744 0744 TORQUE CONVERTER — 2 × B TM-144 O
P0745 0745 PC SOLENOID A — 2 × B TM-146
P0750 0750 SHIFT SOLENOID A — 2 × B TM-147
P0775 0775 PC SOLENOID B — 2 × B TM-149 P
P0780 0780 SHIFT — 1 × B TM-151
P0795 0795 PC SOLENOID C — 2 × B TM-153
P0850 0850 P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT — 2 × B EC-407
P100A 100A VVEL SYSTEM-B1 — 2 × B EC-410
P100B 100B VVEL SYSTEM-B2 — 2 × B EC-410

ECM
DTC*1
CONSULT Trip MIL
ECM*3
GST*2
P1087 1087 VVEL SYSTEM-B1 — 1 × B EC-414
P1088 1088 VVEL SYSTEM-B2 — 1 × B EC-414
P1089 1089 VVEL POS SEN/CIRC-B1 — 1 × B EC-415
P1090 1090 VVEL ACTR MOT-B1 — 1 × B EC-419
P1091 1091 VVEL ACTR MOT PWR — 1 or 2 × B EC-423
P1092 1092 VVEL POS SEN/CIRC-B2 — 1 × B EC-415
P1093 1093 VVEL ACTR MOT-B2 — 1 × B EC-419
P1148 1148 CLOSED LOOP-B1 — 1 × A EC-427
P1168 1168 CLOSED LOOP-B2 — 1 × A EC-427
P1211 1211 TCS C/U FUNCTN — 2 — — EC-428
P1212 1212 TCS/CIRC — 2 — — EC-429
P1217 1217 ENG OVER TEMP — 1 × B EC-431
P1220 1220 FPCM — 1 — B EC-435
P1225 1225 CTP LEARNING-B1 — 2 — — EC-438
P1233 1233 ETC FNCTN/CIRC-B2 — 1 × B EC-442
P1236 1236 ETC MOT-B2 — 1 × B EC-447
P1238 1238 ETC ACTR-B2 — 1 × B EC-450
P1239 1239 TP SENSOR-B2 — 1 × B EC-453
P1290 1290 ETC MOT PWR-B2 — 1 × B EC-457
P1550 1550 BAT CURRENT SENSOR — 2 — — EC-460
P1556 1556 BAT TMP SEN/CIRC — 2 — — EC-477
P1557 1557 BAT TMP SEN/CIRC — 2 — — EC-477
EC-480
(without ICC)
P1564 1564 ASCD SW — 1 — —
EC-484
(with ICC)
P1568 1568 ICC COMMAND VALUE — 1 — — EC-488
EC-490
(without ICC)
P1572 1572 ASCD BRAKE SW — 1 — —
EC-495
(with ICC)
EC-502
(without ICC)
P1574 1574 ASCD VHL SPD SEN — 1 — —
EC-504
(with ICC)
P1606 1606 VVEL CONTROL MODULE — 1 or 2 × or — B EC-506
P1607 1607 VVEL CONTROL MODULE — 1 × B EC-507
P1608 1608 VVEL SENSOR POWER/CIRC — 1 × B EC-508

ECM
DTC*1
CONSULT Trip MIL
ECM*3
GST*2
P1610 1610 LOCK MODE — 2 — — SEC-59 EC
P1611 1611 ID DISCARD, IMM-ECM — 2 — — SEC-61
P1612 1612 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU — 2 — — SEC-62
P1730 1730 INTERLOCK — 2 × B TM-159 C
P1805 1805 BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT — 2 — — EC-511
D
P1806 1806 BRAKE VACUUM SEN — 2 × B BRC-146
P2096 2096 POST CAT FUEL TRIM SYS B1 — 2 × A EC-514
P2097 2097 POST CAT FUEL TRIM SYS B1 — 2 × A EC-514 E
F
P2100 2100 ETC MOT PWR-B1 — 1 × B EC-457
P2101 2101 ETC FNCTN/CIRC-B1 — 1 × B EC-442
P2103 2103 ETC MOT PWR — 1 × B EC-457 G
P2118 2118 ETC MOT-B1 — 1 × B EC-447
P2119 2119 ETC ACTR-B1 — 1 × B EC-450
H
P2122 2122 APP SEN 1/CIRC — 1 × B EC-519
P2123 2123 APP SEN 1/CIRC — 1 × B EC-519
P2127 2127 APP SEN 2/CIRC — 1 × B EC-523 I
P2128 2128 APP SEN 2/CIRC — 1 × B EC-523
P2132 2132 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B2 — 1 × B EC-305
P2133 2133 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B2 — 1 × B EC-305 J
P2135 2135 TP SENSOR-B1 — 1 × B EC-453
P2138 2138 APP SENSOR — 1 × B EC-528
K
P219A 219A AIR FUEL RATIO IMBALANCE B1 — 2 × A EC-533
P219B 219B AIR FUEL RATIO IMBALANCE B2 — 2 × A EC-533
P2713 2713 PC SOLENOID D — 2 × B TM-170 L
P2722 2722 PC SOLENOID E — 2 × B TM-172
P2731 2731 PC SOLENOID F — 2 × B TM-174
M
P2807 2807 PC SOLENOID G — 2 × B TM-176
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6. N
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
*4: Refer to EC-64, "Diagnosis Description", “PERMANENT DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (PERMANENT
DTC)”.
*5: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT. O
*6: When the fail-safe operations for both self-diagnoses occur, the MIL illuminates.
*7: SRT code will not be set if the self-diagnostic result is NG.
*8: When the ECM is in the mode that displays SRT status, MIL may blink. For the details, refer to “How to Dis- P
play SRT Status”.
Test Value and Test Limit INFOID:0000000011460487
The following is the information specified in Service $06 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5.
The test value is a parameter used to determine whether a system/circuit diagnostic test is OK or NG while
being monitored by the ECM during self-diagnosis. The test limit is a reference value which is specified as the
maximum or minimum value and is compared with the test value being monitored.

ECM
These data (test value and test limit) are specified by On Board Monitor ID (OBDMID), Test ID (TID), Unit and
Scaling ID and can be displayed on the GST screen.
The items of the test value and test limit will be displayed with GST screen which items are provided by the
ECM. (e.g., if bank 2 is not applied on this vehicle, only the items of bank 1 are displayed)
Test value and Test

limit
OBD- (GST display)
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Description
MID Unit and
TID Scaling
ID
Minimum sensor output voltage for test
P0131 83H 0BH
cycle
Maximum sensor output voltage for
P0131 84H 0BH
test cycle
P0130 85H 0BH
cycle
P0130 86H 0BH
test cycle
Response rate: Response ratio (lean
P0133 87H 04H
to rich)
Response rate: Response ratio (rich to
P0133 88H 04H
lean)
The amount of shift in air fuel ratio (too
P2A00 or P2096 89H 84H
lean)
P2A00 or P2097 8AH 84H
rich)
P0130 8BH 0BH Difference in sensor output voltage
P0133 8CH 83H Response gain at the limited frequency
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 O2 sensor slow response - Rich to
HO2S 01H P014C 8DH 04H
(Bank 1) lean bank 1 sensor 1
O2 sensor slow response - Rich to
P014C 8EH 04H
lean bank 1 sensor 1
O2 sensor slow response - Lean to rich
P014D 8FH 84H
bank 1 sensor 1
P014D 90H 84H
bank 1 sensor 1
O2 sensor delayed response - Rich to
P015A 91H 01H
P015A 92H 01H
O2 sensor delayed response - Lean to
P015B 93H 01H
rich bank 1 sensor 1
P015B 94H 01H
Response rate: Response ratio (lean
P0133 95H 04H
to rich)
P0133 96H 84H
lean)

ECM
Test value and Test
limit A
OBD- (GST display)
MID Unit and
TID Scaling EC
ID
P0138 07H 0CH
cycle
C
P0137 08H 0CH
test cycle
02H
(Bank 1) P0138 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage D
P0139 81H 0CH Difference in sensor output voltage
Rear O2 sensor delay response diag-
P0139 82H 11H
nosis E
P0143 07H 0CH
cycle
Heated oxygen sensor 3 Maximum sensor output voltage for F

03H P0144 08H 0CH
(Bank 1) test cycle
P0146 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage
P0145 81H 0CH Difference in sensor output voltage G
P0151 83H 0BH
cycle
Maximum sensor output voltage for H
P0151 84H 0BH
test cycle
P0150 85H 0BH
cycle I
P0150 86H 0BH
test cycle
HO2S Response rate: Response ratio (lean J

P0153 87H 04H
to rich)
P0153 88H 04H
lean) K
P2A03 or P2098 89H 84H
lean)
The amount of shift in air fuel ratio (too L
P2A03 or P2099 8AH 84H
rich)
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
05H
(Bank 2) P0150 8BH 0BH Difference in sensor output voltage
P0153 8CH 83H Response gain at the limited frequency M
O2 sensor slow response - Rich to
P014E 8DH 04H
O2 sensor slow response - Rich to N
P014E 8EH 04H
P014F 8FH 84H
bank 2 sensor 1 O
P014F 90H 84H
bank 2 sensor 1
O2 sensor delayed response - Rich to P
P015C 91H 01H
P015C 92H 01H
P015D 93H 01H

ECM
Test value and Test
limit
OBD- (GST display)
MID Unit and
TID Scaling
ID
P015D 94H 01H
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Response rate: Response ratio (lean
05H P0153 95H 04H
(Bank 2) to rich)
P0153 96H 84H
lean)
P0158 07H 0CH
cycle
P0157 08H 0CH
test cycle
HO2S 06H
(Bank 2) P0158 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage
Rear O2 sensor delay response diag-
P0159 82H 11H
nosis
P0163 07H 0CH
cycle
Heated oxygen sensor 3 Maximum sensor output voltage for

07H P0164 08H 0CH
(Bank2) test cycle
P0166 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage
P0420 80H 01H O2 storage index
Switching time lag engine exhaust in-
P0420 82H 01H
Three way catalyst function dex value
21H
(Bank1) Difference in 3rd O2 sensor output
P2423 83H 0CH
voltage
CATA- P2423 84H 84H O2 storage index in HC trap catalyst

LYST P0430 80H 01H O2 storage index
Switching time lag engine exhaust in-
P0430 82H 01H
Three way catalyst function dex value
22H
(Bank2) Difference in 3rd O2 sensor output
P2424 83H 0CH
voltage
P2424 84H 84H O2 storage index in HC trap catalyst
Low flow faults: EGR temp change rate
P0400 80H 96H
(short term)
Low flow faults: EGR temp change rate
P0400 81H 96H
(long term)
Low flow faults: Difference between
P0400 82H 96H max EGR temp and EGR temp under
EGR idling condition
31H EGR function
SYSTEM P0400 83H 96H Low flow faults: Max EGR temp
High Flow Faults: EGR temp increase
P1402 84H 96H
rate
P0402 85H FCH EGR differential pressure high flow
P0401 86H 37H EGR differential pressure low flow
P2457 87H 96H EGR temperature

ECM
Test value and Test
limit A
OBD- (GST display)
MID Unit and
TID Scaling EC
ID
VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC
P0011 80H 9DH
alignment check diagnosis)
C
VTC exhaust function diagnosis (VTC
P0014 81H 9DH
VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC D
P0011 82H 9DH
drive failure diagnosis)
P0014 83H 9DH
35H VVT Monitor (Bank1) E
P100A 84H 10H VEL slow response diagnosis
P1090 85H 10H VEL servo system diagnosis
VTC intake intermediate lock function F
P0011 86H 9DH diagnosis (VTC intermediate position
VTC intake intermediate lock system
Advanced: P052A G
87H 9DH diagnosis (VTC intermediate lock posi-
Retarded: P052B
VVT tion check diagnosis)
SYSTEM VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC
P0021 80H 9DH H
P0024 81H 9DH
VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC
I
P0021 82H 9DH
P0024 83H 9DH J
36H VVT Monitor (Bank2)
P100B 84H 10H VEL slow response diagnosis
P1093 85H 10H VEL servo system diagnosis
K
VTC intake intermediate lock function
P0021 86H 9DH diagnosis (VTC intermediate position
L
VTC intake intermediate lock system
Advanced: P052C
87H 9DH diagnosis (VTC intermediate lock posi-
Retarded: P052D
tion check diagnosis)
EVAP control system leak Difference in pressure sensor output M
39H P0455 80H 0CH
(Cap Off) voltage before and after pull down
EVAP control system leak Leak area index (for more than 0.04
3BH P0442 80H 05H
(Small leak) inch) N
Leak area index (for more than 0.02
P0456 80H 05H
inch)
EVAP
SYSTEM EVAP control system leak Maximum internal pressure of EVAP O
3CH P0456 81H FDH
(Very small leak) system during monitoring
Internal pressure of EVAP system at
P0456 82H FDH
the end of monitoring P
Difference in pressure sensor output
3DH Purge flow system P0441 83H 0CH voltage before and after vent control
valve close

ECM
Test value and Test
limit
OBD- (GST display)
MID Unit and
TID Scaling
ID
Low Input: P0031 Converted value of heater electric cur-
81H 0BH
41H A/F sensor 1 heater (Bank 1) High Input: P0032 rent to voltage
P0030 83H 0BH A/F sensor heater circuit malfunction
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heat- 80H 0CH
42H High Input: P0038 rent to voltage
er (Bank 1)
P0141 81H 14H Rear O2 sensor internal impedance
Heated oxygen sensor 3 heat- Converted value of heater electric cur-
O2 SEN- 43H P0043 80H 0CH
er (Bank 1) rent to voltage
SOR
HEATER Low Input: P0051 Converted value of heater electric cur-
81H 0BH
45H A/F sensor 1 heater (Bank 2) High Input: P0052 rent to voltage
P0036 83H 0BH A/F sensor heater circuit malfunction
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heat- 80H 0CH
46H High Input: P0058 rent to voltage
er (Bank 2)
P0161 81H 14CH Rear O2 sensor internal impedance
Heated oxygen sensor 3 heat- Converted value of heater electric cur-
47H P0063 80H 0CH
er (Bank 2) rent to voltage
Secondary air injection system incor-
P0411 80H 01H
rect flow detected
Bank1: P0491 Secondary air injection system insuffi-
81H 01H
Bank2: P0492 cient flow
Secondary air injection system pump
P2445 82H 01H
stuck off
SEC-
Secondary air injection system high
OND- 71H Secondary air system P2448 83H 01H
airflow
ARY AIR
Bank1: P2440 Secondary air injection system switch-
84H 01H
Bank2: P2442 ing valve stuck open
Secondary air injection system switch-
P2440 85H 01H
ing valve stuck open
Secondary air injection system pump
P2444 86H 01H
stuck on
P0171 or P0172 80H 2FH Long term fuel trim
Fuel injection system function The number of lambda control
81H P0171 or P0172 81H 24H
(Bank 1) clamped
FUEL P117A / P219A 82H 03H Cylinder A/F imbalance monitoring

SYSTEM P0174 or P0175 80H 2FH Long term fuel trim
Fuel injection system function The number of lambda control
82H P0174 or P0175 81H 24H
(Bank 2) clamped
P117B / P219B 82H 03H Cylinder A/F imbalance monitoring

ECM
Test value and Test
limit A
OBD- (GST display)
MID Unit and
TID Scaling EC
ID
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
P0301 80H 24H
the first cylinder
C
P0302 81H 24H
the second cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of D
P0303 82H 24H
the third cylinder
P0304 83H 24H
the fourth cylinder
E
P0305 84H 24H
the fifth cylinder
P0306 85H 24H
the sixth cylinder
F
P0307 86H 24H
the seventh cylinder
G
P0308 87H 24H
the eighth cylinder
P0300 88H 24H H
the multiple cylinders
P0301 89H 24H
the first cylinder
MISFIRE A1H Multiple cylinder misfires I
P0302 8AH 24H
the second cylinder
P0303 8BH 24H J
the third cylinder
P0304 8CH 24H
the fourth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of K
P0305 8DH 24H
the fifth cylinder
P0306 8EH 24H
the sixth cylinder L
P0307 8FH 24H
the seventh cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of M
P0308 90H 24H
the eighth cylinder
P0300 91H 24H
the single cylinder N
P0300 92H 24H
the single cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of O
P0300 93H 24H
the multiple cylinders

ECM
Test value and Test
limit
OBD- (GST display)
MID Unit and
TID Scaling
ID
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
P0301 0BH 24H Average) misfire counts for last 10 driv-
A2H No. 1 cylinder misfire ing cycles
Misfire counts for last/current driving
P0301 0CH 24H
cycles
P0302 0CH 24H
cycles
P0303 0CH 24H
cycles
P0304 0CH 24H
cycles
MISFIRE
P0305 0CH 24H
cycles
P0306 0CH 24H
cycles
P0307 0CH 24H
cycles
P0308 0CH 24H
cycles

VVEL CONTROL MODULE
VVEL CONTROL MODULE
A
Reference Value INFOID:0000000011282642
TERMINAL LAYOUT EC
JMBIA0857ZZ E
PHYSICAL VALUES
NOTE:
• VVEL control module is located behind the IPDM E/R. For this inspection, remove hoodledge cover (RH). F
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
• Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT.
G
Terminal No. Description
Value
Input/ Condition
+ -– Signal name (Approx.)
Output H
1 14 VVEL actuator motor pow- BATTERY VOLTAGE
(W) (B/W) er supply (bank 2) (11 - 14 V)
0 - 14 V I
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition J
• Idle speed
2 14 VVEL actuator motor JMBIA0854ZZ K

Output
(L/B) (B/W) (High lift) (bank 2)
0 - 14 V
[Engine is running] L
• When revving engine up to 2,000
rpm quickly
M
JMBIA0855ZZ
[Engine is running]
N
• Warm-up condition Approx.0.25 - 1.40 V
• Idle speed
3 4 VVEL control shaft posi-
Input [Engine is running]
(G) (W) tion sensor 1 (bank 1)
• Warm-up condition O
Approx.0.25 - 4.75 V
rpm quickly
Sensor ground P
4
— [VVEL control shaft posi- — — —
(W)
tion sensor 1 (bank 1)]

VVEL CONTROL MODULE
Value
Input/ Condition
Output
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition Approx.0.25 - 1.40 V
• Idle speed
(R) (B) tion sensor 1 (bank 2)
Approx.0.25 - 4.75 V
rpm quickly
Sensor ground
6
(B)
Sensor power supply
7 6
[VVEL control shaft posi- — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(SB) (B)
8 14 Power supply for VVEL BATTERY VOLTAGE
— [Ignition switch: ON]
(BG) (B/W) control module (11 - 14 V)
Sensor power supply
9 4
[VVEL control shaft posi- — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(LG) (W)
11 ENGINE communication Input/
— — —
(GR) line Output
0 - 14 V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
12 14 VVEL actuator motor JMBIA0854ZZ

Output
(G) (B/W) (High lift) (bank 1)
0 - 14 V
[Engine is running]
rpm quickly
JMBIA0855ZZ
13 14 VVEL actuator motor pow- BATTERY VOLTAGE

(Y) (B/W) er supply (bank 1) (11 - 14 V)
14 VVEL control module [Engine is running]
— — —
(B/W) ground • Idle speed

VVEL CONTROL MODULE
Value A
Input/ Condition
Output
0 - 14 V
EC
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed C
JMBIA0854ZZ
15 14 VVEL actuator motor (Low D
Output
(L/Y) (B/W) lift) (bank 2)
0 - 14 V
[Engine is running] E
rpm quickly
F
JMBIA0855ZZ
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 3.50 - 4.75 V G
• Idle speed
(R) (L) tion sensor 2 (bank 1)
• Warm-up condition H
0.25 - 4.75 V
rpm quickly
Sensor ground
17 I
(L)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 3.50 - 4.75 V J
• Idle speed
(G) (W) tion sensor 2 (bank 2)
• Warm-up condition K
0.25 - 4.75 V
rpm quickly
Sensor ground
19
L
(W)
Sensor power supply
20 19
[VVEL control shaft posi- — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V M
(BR) (W)
[Engine is running]
21 14 VVEL actuator motor relay
Input • Warm-up condition 0V N
(V) (B/W) abort signal
• Idle speed
Sensor power supply
22 17
[VVEL position sensor 2 — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(P) (L)
(bank 1)]
O
BATTERY VOLTAGE
23 14 [Ignition switch: OFF]
VVEL actuator motor relay Output (11 - 14 V)
(Y) (B/W) P
[Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0 V
24 ENGINE communication Input/
— — —
(L) line Output

VVEL CONTROL MODULE
Value
Input/ Condition
Output
0 - 14 V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
JMBIA0854ZZ
25 14 VVEL control motor (Low
Output
(BR) (B/W) lift) (bank 1)
0 - 14 V
[Engine is running]
rpm quickly
JMBIA0855ZZ
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

< WIRING DIAGRAM > [VQ37VHR]
WIRING DIAGRAM A
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000011282643
EC
JRBWD3215GB

JRBWD0449GB

EC
JRBWD3216GB

JRBWD0451GB

EC
JRBWD0452GB

JRBWD0453GB

EC
JRBWD3217GB

JRBWD0455GB

EC
JRBWD0456GB

JRBWD0457GB

EC
JRBWD0458GB

JRBWD0459GB

EC
JRBWD0460GB

JRBWD0461GB

EC
JRBWD0462GB

JRBWD0463GB

EC
JRBWD0464GB

JRBWD0465GB

EC
JRBWD0466GB

JRBWD0467GB

EC
JRBWD0468GB

JRBWD0469GB

EC
JRBWD0470GB

DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ37VHR]
BASIC INSPECTION
Work Flow INFOID:0000000011282644
OVERALL SEQUENCE
JSBIA0123GB

*1: Include 1st trip DTC. A

*2: Include 1st trip freeze frame data.
DETAILED FLOW
EC
1.GET INFORMATION FOR SYMPTOM
1. Get the detailed information from the customer about the symptom (the condition and the environment
when the incident/malfunction occurred) using the “Diagnostic Work Sheet”. (Refer to EC-151, "Diagnostic C
Work Sheet".)
2. Ask if the customer requests I/M examination.
D
Malfunction information, obtained>>GO TO 2.
No Malfunction information, but a request for I/M examination>>GO TO 13.
2.CHECK DTC E
1. Check DTC of “All DTC Reading”.
2. Perform the following procedure if DTC is displayed.
- Record DTC and freeze frame data. (Print them out with CONSULT or GST.) F
- Erase only DTC of “ENGINE”.
With CONSULT: Refer to “How to Erase DTC and 1st Trip DTC” in EC-75, "CONSULT Function".
Without CONSULT: Refer to “How to Erase Self-diagnostic Results” in EC-72, "On Board Diagnosis G
Function".
- Turn ignition switch OFF.
- Study the relationship between the cause detected by DTC and the symptom described by the customer.
H
(Symptom Table is useful. Refer to EC-569, "Symptom Table".)
3. Check related service bulletins for information.
Are any symptoms described and any DTCs detected?
I
Symptom is described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 3.
Symptom is described, DTC is not detected>>GO TO 4.
Symptom is not described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 5.
3.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM J
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer (except MIL ON).
Also study the normal operation and fail-safe related to the symptom. Refer to EC-574, "Description" and EC- K
104, "Fail safe".
Diagnosis Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.
L
>> GO TO 5.
4.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM M
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer.
Also study the normal operation and fail-safe related to the symptom. Refer to EC-574, "Description" and EC-
104, "Fail safe". N
Diagnosis Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.
O
>> GO TO 6.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for the displayed DTC, and then make sure that DTC is P
detected again.
If two or more DTCs are detected, refer to EC-106, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" and determine trouble
diagnosis order.
NOTE:
• Freeze frame data is useful if the DTC is not detected.

• Perform Component Function Check if DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE is not included on Service
Manual. This simplified check procedure is an effective alternative though DTC cannot be detected during
this check.
If the result of Component Function Check is NG, it is the same as the detection of DTC by DTC CONFIR-
MATION PROCEDURE.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Check according to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
6.PERFORM BASIC INSPECTION
Perform EC-164, "Work Procedure".
Do you have CONSULT?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 9.
7.PERFORM SPEC IN DATA MONITOR MODE
With CONSULT
Make sure that “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “MAS A/F SE-B2”, “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “A/F ALPHA-
B2” are within the SP value using CONSULT “SPEC” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE”. Refer to EC-
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-182, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is a malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM TABLE
Detect malfunctioning system according to EC-569, "Symptom Table" based on the confirmed symptom in
step 4, and determine the trouble diagnosis order based on possible causes and symptoms.
>> GO TO 10.
10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
Inspect according to Diagnosis Procedure of the system.
NOTE:
The Diagnosis Procedure in EC section described based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit inspection
is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnosis Procedure. For details, refer to GI-45, "Circuit Inspec-
tion".
Is a malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Monitor input data from related sensors or check voltage of related ECM terminals using CON-
SULT. Refer to EC-87, "Reference Value".
11.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART
1. Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
2. Reconnect parts or connectors disconnected during Diagnosis Procedure again after repair and replace-
ment.
3. Check DTC. If DTC is displayed, erase it.
With CONSULT: Refer to “How to Erase DTC and 1st Trip DTC” in EC-75, "CONSULT Function".
Without CONSULT: Refer to “How to Erase Self-diagnostic Results” in EC-72, "On Board Diagnosis
Function".
>> GO TO 12.

12.FINAL CHECK A
When DTC was detected in step 2, perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE or Component Function
Check again, and then make sure that the malfunction have been completely repaired.
When symptom was described from the customer, refer to confirmed symptom in step 3 or 4, and make sure
EC
that the symptom is not detected.
Is DTC detected and does symptom remain?
YES-1 >> DTC is detected: GO TO 10.
C
YES-2 >> Symptom remains: GO TO 6.
NO-1 >> No request for I/M examination from the customer: Before returning the vehicle to the customer,
always erase unnecessary DTC in ECM and TCM ( With CONSULT: Refer to “How to Read
DTC and 1st Trip DTC” in EC-75, "CONSULT Function", Without CONSULT: Refer to “How to D
Read Self-diagnostic Results” in EC-72, "On Board Diagnosis Function").
NO-2 >> I/M examination, requested from the customer: GO TO 13.
13. PREPARE FOR I/M EXAMINATION E
1. Set SRT codes. Refer to EC-169, "Description".

2. Erase permanent DTCs. Refer to EC-175, "Description".
F
>> INSPECTION END.

Diagnostic Work Sheet INFOID:0000000011282645 G
DESCRIPTION
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of H
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make trou-
bleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about an incident. It is I
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a cus-
tomer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the WORKSHEET SAMPLE
below in order to organize all the information for troubleshooting. J
Some conditions may cause the MIL to illuminate steady or blink and
DTC to be detected. Examples:
• Vehicle ran out of fuel, which caused the engine to misfire. K
SEF907L
• Fuel filler cap was left off or incorrectly screwed on, allowing fuel to
evaporate into the atmosphere.
L

WORKSHEET SAMPLE
MTBL0017

ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM
A
Description INFOID:0000000011282646
When replacing ECM, the following procedure must be performed. (For details, refer to EC-153, "Work Proce- EC
dure".)
PROGRAMMING OPERATION
NOTE: C
After replacing with a blank ECM, programming is required to write ECM information. Be sure to follow the pro-
cedure to perform the programming.
BEFORE REPLACEMENT D
When replacing ECM, perform “SAVING DATA FOR REPLC CPU” in “WORK SUPPORT” of “ENGINE” by
using CONSULT to save current ECM data before replacement.
AFTER REPLACEMENT E
After replacing ECM, the following items must be performed:
• Write data after replace CPU
• Accelerator pedal released position learning F
• Throttle valve closed position learning
• Idle air volume learning
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000011282647 G
1.SAVE ECM DATA

H
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. I
4. Select “SAVING DATA FOR REPLC CPU” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
5. Follow the instruction of CONSULT display.
NOTE: J
• Necessary data in ECM is copied and saved to CONSULT.
• Go to Step 2 regardless of with or without success in saving data.
K
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ECM PART NUMBER
Check ECM part number to see whether it is blank ECM or not. L
NOTE:
• Part number of blank ECM is 23703 - ×××××.
• Check part number when ordering ECM or the one included in the label on the container box. M
Is the ECM a blank ECM?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 5. N
3.SAVE ECM PART NUMBER
Read out the part number from the old ECM and save the number, following the programming instructions.
Refer to “CONSULT Operation Manual”. O
NOTE:
• The ECM part number is saved in CONSULT.
• Even when ECM part number is not saved in CONSULT, go to 4. P
>> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM ECM PROGRAMMING
After replacing ECM, perform the ECM programming. Refer to CONSULT Operation Manual”.
NOTE:
• Refer to EC-580, "Removal and Installation" for replacement of ECM.

• During programming, maintain the following conditions:
- Ignition switch: ON
- Electric load: OFF
- Brake pedal: Not depressed
- Battery voltage: 12 – 13.5 V (Be sure to check the value of battery voltage by selecting “BATTERY VOLT” in
“Data monitor” of CONSULT.)
>> GO TO 6.
5.REPLACE ECM
Replace ECM. Refer to EC-580, "Removal and Installation".
>> GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM INITIALIZATION OF IVIS (NATS) SYSTEM AND REGISTRATION OF ALL IVIS (NATS) IGNI-
TION KEY IDS
Refer to SEC-58, "Work Procedure".
>> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK ECM DATA STATUS
Check if the data is successfully copied from the ECM at Step 1 (before replacement) and saved in CONSULT.
Is the data saved successfully?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 9.
8.WRITE ECM DATA
With CONSULT
1. Select “WRITING DATA FOR REPLC CPU” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
NOTE:
The data saved by “SAVING DATA FOR REPLC CPU” is written to ECM.
>> GO TO 10.
9.PERFORM VIN REGISTRATION
Refer to EC-156, "Work Procedure".
>> GO TO 10.
10.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
>> GO TO 11.
11.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
>> GO TO 12.
12.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
>> END

ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING VVEL CONTROL MODULE
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING VVEL CONTROL MODULE
A
When replacing VVEL control module, the following procedure must be performed. EC
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000011282649
1.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING C

D
>> END

VIN REGISTRATION
VIN REGISTRATION
VIN Registration is an operation to registering VIN in ECM. It must be performed each time ECM is replaced.
NOTE:
Accurate VIN which is registered in ECM may be required for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M).
1.CHECK VIN
Check the VIN of the vehicle and note it. Refer to GI-34, "Information About Identification or Model Code".
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM VIN REGISTRATION
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and engine stopped.
2. Select “VIN REGISTRATION” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode.
>> END

ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
A
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning is a function of ECM to learn the fully released position of the EC
accelerator pedal by monitoring the accelerator pedal position sensor output signal. It must be performed each
time the harness connector of the accelerator pedal position sensor or ECM is disconnected.
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000011282653 C
1.START
1. Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released. D
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. E
>> END F

THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning is a function of ECM to learn the fully closed position of the throttle
valve by monitoring the throttle position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time harness connec-
tor of electric throttle control actuator or ECM is disconnected or electric throttle control actuator is cleaned.
1.START
With CONSULT
2. Select “CLSD THL POS LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode.
3. Follow the instructions on the CONSULT display.
5. Check that throttle valve moves during the above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound.
Without CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
NOTE:
Coolant temperature is less than 25°C (77°F) before engine starts.
2. Warm up the engine until engine coolant temperature reaches 65°C (149°F).
4. Check that throttle valve moves during the above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound.
>> END

IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
A
Idle Air Volume Learning is a function of ECM to learn the idle air volume that keeps engine idle speed within EC
the specific range. It must be performed under the following conditions:
• Each time electric throttle control actuator or ECM is replaced.
• Each time VVEL actuator sub assembly or VVEL control module is replaced.
• Idle speed or ignition timing is out of specification. C
D
1.PRECONDITIONING
Make sure that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
Learning will be cancelled if any of the following conditions are missed for even a moment. E
• Battery voltage: More than 12.9 V (At idle)
• Engine coolant temperature: 70 - 105°C (158 - 221°F)
• Electric load switch: OFF F
(Air conditioner, headlamp, rear window defogger)
On vehicles equipped with daytime light systems, if the parking brake is applied before the engine is
started the headlamp will not be illuminated. G
• Steering wheel: Neutral (Straight-ahead position)
• Vehicle speed: Stopped
• Transmission: Warmed-up
• With CONSULT: Drive vehicle until “ATF TEMP SE 1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “A/T” system indicates H
less than 0.9V.
• Without CONSULT: Drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
Do you have CONSULT? I
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING J
With CONSULT
1. Perform Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning. Refer to EC-157, "Work Procedure". K
2. Perform Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning. EC-158, "Work Procedure".
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Select “IDLE AIR VOL LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode.
5. Touch “START” and wait 20 seconds. L
Is “CMPLT” displayed on CONSULT screen?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 5. M
Without CONSULT N
NOTE:
• It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
• It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has
O
a malfunction.
1. Perform Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning. Refer to EC-157, "Work Procedure".
2. Perform Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning. EC-158, "Work Procedure".
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. P
5. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
6. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
- Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
- Fully release the accelerator pedal.
7. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal for approx. 20 seconds until the MIL stops blinking
and illuminates.

8. Fully release the accelerator pedal within 3 seconds after the MIL illuminates.
10. Wait 20 seconds.
SEC897C
>> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK IDLE SPEED AND IGNITION TIMING
2. Let it idle for 20 seconds.
3. Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idle speed and ignition timing are within the
specifications. Refer to EC-583, "Idle Speed" and EC-583, "Ignition Timing".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART-I
Check the following
• Check that throttle valve is fully closed.
• Check PCV valve operation.
• Check that downstream of throttle valve is free from air leakage.
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART-II
Engine component parts and their installation condition are questionable. Check and eliminate the cause of
the incident.
It is useful to perform “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE”. Refer to EC-181, "Description".
If any of the following conditions occur after the engine has started, eliminate the cause of the incident and
perform Idle Air Volume Learning again:
• Engine stalls.
• Erroneous idle.
>> INSPECTION END

VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR ADJUSTMENT
A
VVEL control shaft position sensor adjustment is an operation to adjust the initial position angle that is the EC
basis for the VVEL control shaft position sensor.
It must be performed each time VVEL actuator sub assembly is replaced.
CAUTION:
• It must be performed only on the replaced bank side. C
• It must not be performed except when VVEL actuator sub assembly is replaced. If by any chance the
adjustment is performed, replace VVEL actuator sub assembly.
D
1.START
E
YES >> GO TO 2. F
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.PERFORM VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR ADJUSTMENT
With CONSULT G
2. Select “VVEL POS SEN ADJ PREP” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT.
3. Touch “Start” and wait a few seconds. H
4. Make sure the “CMPLT” is displayed on CONSULT screen.
5. Select “VVEL POSITION SEN- B1” or “VVEL POSITION SEN- B2” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CON-
SULT.
I
6. Loosen the VVEL control shaft position sensor mounting bolt .
7. Turn the VVEL control shaft position sensor right and left
while monitoring the output voltage of “VVEL POSITION SEN-
B1” or “VVEL POSITION SEN-B2” and adjust the output voltage J
to be within the standard value.
Voltage : 500 ± 48 mV K
8. Tighten the VVEL control shaft position sensor mounting bolt.
: 7.0 N•m (0.71 kg-m, 62 in-lb) L

JMBIA0740ZZ
9. Reconfirm that the output voltage of “VVEL POSITION SEN- B1” or “VVEL POSITION SEN- B2” is within
the standard value. M
Voltage : 500 ± 48 mV
NOTE: N
If it varies from the standard value after the bolt is tightened, perform steps 6 to 8 again.
12. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. O
13. Perform idle air volume learning. Refer to EC-159, "Work Procedure".
>> INSPECTION END P

Without CONSULT
1. Disconnect VVEL control shaft position sensor harness connector.
2. Remove VVEL actuator motor relay.
3. Turn ignition switch ON, wait at least 5 seconds and then turn OFF.

5. Install VVEL actuator motor relay.
7. Loosen the VVEL control shaft position sensor mounting bolt .
8. Turn the VVEL control shaft position sensor right and left
while monitoring the output voltage between the VVEL control
module terminals with a tester and adjust the output voltage to
be within the standard value.
JMBIA0740ZZ
VVEL control module

+ – Voltage
Bank Connector
Terminal Terminal
1 3 4
E36 500 ± 48 mV
2 5 6
9. Tighten the VVEL control shaft position sensor mounting bolt.
: 7.0 N•m (0.71 kg-m, 62 in-lb)
10. Reconfirm that the output voltage of VVEL control shaft position sensor is within the standard value.
VVEL control module

+ – Voltage
Bank Connector
Terminal Terminal
1 3 4
E36 500 ± 48 mV
2 5 6
NOTE:
If it varies from the standard value after the bolt is tightened, perform steps 7 to 9 again.
14. Perform idle air volume learning. Refer to EC-159, "Work Procedure".
>> INSPECTION END

MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR
A
This describes how to erase the mixture ratio self-learning value. For the actual procedure, follow the instruc- EC
tions in “Diagnosis Procedure”.
C
1.START
With CONSULT
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. D
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT.
3. Clear mixture ratio self-learning value by touching “CLEAR”.
With GST E
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (bank 1) harness connector.
F
4. Restart engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
5. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor (bank 1) harness connector.
6. Select Service $03 with GST. Make sure DTC P0102 is detected.
7. Select Service $04 with GST to erase the DTC P0102. G
>> END
H

BASIC INSPECTION
BASIC INSPECTION
1.INSPECTION START
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction, or a current need for
scheduled maintenance.
2. Open engine hood and check the following:
- Harness connectors for improper connections
- Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut
- Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections
- Hoses and ducts for leaks
- Air cleaner clogging
- Gasket
3. Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied.
- Headlamp switch is OFF.
- Air conditioner switch is OFF.
- Rear window defogger switch is OFF.
SEF983U
- Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
4. Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature
indicator points the middle of gauge.
Ensure engine stays below 1,000 rpm.
SEF976U
5. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no

load.
6. Make sure that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT or GST.
Are any DTCs detected?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
SEF977U
2.REPAIR OR REPLACE
Repair or replace components as necessary according to corresponding Diagnosis Procedure.
>> GO TO 3
3.CHECK IDLE SPEED
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load.

BASIC INSPECTION
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no
load, then run engine at idle speed for about 1 minute. A
3. Check idle speed.
For procedure, refer to EC-575, "Inspection".
For specification, refer to EC-583, "Idle Speed".
EC
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 4.
C
PBIA8513J
4.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING D
1. Stop engine.
2. Perform EC-157, "Work Procedure".
E
>> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING F
G
>> GO TO 6.
Perform EC-159, "Work Procedure". H
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning. Then GO TO 4. I
7.CHECK IDLE SPEED AGAIN
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. J
K
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 8.
L
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the Following.
• Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-327, "Component Inspection". M
• Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-323, "Component Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 9. N
NO >> Repair or replace. Then GO TO 4.
9.CHECK ECM FUNCTION
O
1. Substitute with a non-malfunctioning ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of the incident,
although this is rare.)
2. Perform initialization of IVIS (NATS) system and registration of all IVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to
EC-153, "Work Procedure". P
>> GO TO 4.
10.CHECK IGNITION TIMING
1. Run engine at idle.

BASIC INSPECTION
2. Check ignition timing with a timing light.
:Timing indicator

For specification, refer to EC-583, "Ignition Timing".
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> GO TO 11.
JMBIA0054ZZ

1. Stop engine.
>> GO TO 12.
>> GO TO 13.
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning. Then GO TO 4.
14.CHECK IDLE SPEED AGAIN
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> GO TO 17.
15.CHECK IGNITION TIMING AGAIN
1. Run engine at idle.
2. Check ignition timing with a timing light.
:Timing indicator

For specification, refer to EC-583, "Ignition Timing".
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> GO TO 16.
JMBIA0054ZZ
16.CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION

Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-56, "Removal and Installation".
YES >> GO TO 17.
NO >> Repair the timing chain installation. Then GO TO 4.

BASIC INSPECTION
17.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A

Check the following.
• Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-327, "Component Inspection".
• Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-323, "Component Inspection".
EC
YES >> GO TO 18.
NO >> Repair or replace. Then GO TO 4.
C
18.CHECK ECM FUNCTION
1. Substitute with a non-malfunctioning ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of the incident,
although this is rare.) D
2. Perform initialization of IVIS (NATS) system and registration of all IVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to
EC-153, "Work Procedure".
E
>> GO TO 4.
19.INSPECTION END
F
If ECM is replaced during this BASIC INSPECTION procedure, go to EC-153, "Work Procedure".
>> INSPECTION END G

FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE

1.FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE
With CONSULT
2. Select ENGINE using CONSULT.
3. Perform “FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode.
4. Start engine.
5. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure.
Without CONSULT
1. Remove fuel pump fuse.
NOTE:
• For the fuse number, refer to EC-125, "Wiring Diagram".
• For the fuse arrangement, refer to PG-99, "Fuse, Connector and Terminal Arrangement".
2. Start engine.
5. Reinstall fuel pump fuse after servicing fuel system.
>> INSPECTION END

FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
1.FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
1. Release fuel pressure to zero.
2. Install the inline fuel quick disconnected fitting (A) between fuel
damper and injector tube.
CAUTION:
Before disconnecting fuel line, release fuel pressure from
fuel line to eliminate danger.
NOTE:
• Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line
because the fuel may spill out. The fuel pressure cannot
be completely released because this models do not have
fuel return system.
• Use Fuel Pressure Gauge Kit (J-44321) to check fuel pres- JMBIA0123ZZ
sure.
3. Connect pressure gauge (B) to fuel pressure check adapter.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and check for fuel leakage.
5. Start engine and check for fuel leakage.
6. Read the indication of fuel pressure gauge.
At idling : Approximately 350 kPa (3.5 bar, 3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi)

NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL HOSE AND FUEL TUBE
If result is unsatisfactory, check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging.
YES >> Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”. Refer to FL-8, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace.

HOW TO SET SRT CODE
HOW TO SET SRT CODE
A
OUTLINE EC
In order to set all SRTs, the self-diagnoses as in the “SRT ITEM” table must have been performed at least
once. Each diagnosis may require actual driving for a long period of time under various conditions.
SRT ITEM C
The table below shows required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.
SRT item*1 D
Required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT” Corresponding DTC No.
(CONSULT indication)
CATALYST Three way catalyst function P0420, P0430
EVAP SYSTEM EVAP control system purge flow monitoring P0441
E
EVAP control system P0456

HO2S Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 P014C, P014D, P014E,
F
P014F, P015A, P015B,
P015C, P015D
Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0137, P0157
G
EGR/VVT SYSTEM Intake value timing control function P0011, P0021 H
*1: Though displayed on the CONSULT screen, “HO2S HTR” is not SRT item.
SRT SERVICE PROCEDURE
I
If a vehicle has failed the state emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, review
the flowchart diagnostic sequence, referring to the following flowchart.

HOW TO SET SRT CODE
JSBIA0400GB
SRT Set Driving Pattern INFOID:0000000011282665
CAUTION:

HOW TO SET SRT CODE
Always drive the vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws.
A
EC
JSBIA1436GB
*1: Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH), then release the accelerator pedal P
and keep it released for more than 10 seconds. Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h
(56 MPH) again.
*2: Checking the vehicle speed with GST is advised.
• The time required for each diagnosis varies with road surface conditions, weather, altitude, individual driving
habits, etc.
Zone A refers to the range where the time, required for the diagnosis under normal conditions*, is the short-
est.

HOW TO SET SRT CODE
Zone B refers to the range where the diagnosis can still be performed if the diagnosis is not completed within
zone A.
*: Normal conditions refer to the following:
• Sea level
• Flat road
• Ambient air temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
• Diagnosis is performed as quickly as possible under normal conditions.
Under different conditions [For example: ambient air temperature other than 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)], diagno-
sis may also be performed.
1.CHECK DTC
Check DTC.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Repair malfunction(s) and erase DTC. Refer to EC-108, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SRT STATUS
WITH CONSULT
Select “SRT STATUS” in “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT.
WITHOUT CONSULT
Perform “SRT status” mode with EC-72, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
WITH GST
Select Service $01 with GST.
Is SRT code(s) set?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO-1 >> With CONSULT: GO TO 3.
NO-2 >> Without CONSULT: GO TO 4.
3.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Select “SRT WORK SUPPORT” in “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT.
2. For SRT(s) that is not set, perform the corresponding “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” according to
the “Performance Priority” in the “SRT ITEM” table. Refer to EC-169, "Description".
3. Check DTC.
YES >> Repair malfunction(s) and erase DTC. Refer to EC-108, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 11.
4.PERFORM ROAD TEST
• Check the “Performance Priority” in the “SRT ITEM” table. Refer to EC-169, "Description".
• Perform the most efficient SRT set driving pattern to set the SRT properly. Refer to EC-170, "SRT Set Driv-
ing Pattern".
In order to set all SRTs, the SRT set driving pattern must be performed at least once.
>> GO TO 5.
5.PATTERN 1
1. Check the vehicle condition;
- Engine coolant temperature is −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F).
- Fuel tank temperature is more than 0°C (32°F).
3. Keep engine idling until the engine coolant temperature is greater than 70°C (158°F)
NOTE:
ECM terminal voltage is follows;
• Engine coolant temperature
- −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F): 3.0 - 4.3 V
- 70°(158°F): Less than 1.4 V

HOW TO SET SRT CODE
• Fuel tank temperature: Less than 4.1 V
Refer to EC-87, "Reference Value". A
>> GO TO 6.
6.PATTERN 2 EC
1. Drive the vehicle. And depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH), then
release the accelerator pedal and keep it released for more than 10 seconds.
C
2. Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH) again
NOTE:
• Checking the vehicle speed with GST is advised.
• When steady-state driving is performed again even after it is interrupted, each diagnosis can be conducted. D
In this case, the time required for diagnosis may be extended.
>> GO TO 7. E
7.PATTERN 3
• Operate vehicle following the driving pattern shown in the figure. F
• Release the accelerator pedal during deceleration of vehicle speed
from 90 km/h (56 MPH) to 0 km/h (0 MPH).
G
>> GO TO 8.
PBIB2244E
I
8.PATTERN 4
• Operate vehicle following the driving pattern shown in the figure.
- Drive the vehicle in a proper gear at 60 km/h (38 MPH) and main- J
tain the speed.
- Release the accelerator pedal fully at least 5 seconds.
- Repeat the above two steps at least 5 times. K
>> GO TO 9.
L
JSBIA0160GB
M
9.PATTERN 5
• The accelerator pedal must be held very steady during steady-state driving.
• If the accelerator pedal is moved, the test must be conducted again. N
>> GO TO 10.
10.PATTERN 6 O
Start engine and wait at least 2 hours. Then turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 90 minutes.
P
>> GO TO 11.
11.CHECK SRT STATUS
WITH CONSULT
WITHOUT CONSULT
Perform “SRT status” mode with EC-72, "On Board Diagnosis Function".

HOW TO SET SRT CODE
WITH GST
Select Service $01 with GST.
Is SRT(s) set?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Call TECH LINE or take appropriate action.
12.CHECK PERMANENT DTC
NOTE:
Permanent DTC cannot be checked with a tool other than CONSULT or GST.
WITH CONSULT
WITH GST
Select Service $0A with GST.
Is permanent DTC(s) detected?
YES >> Go to EC-175, "Description".
NO >> END

HOW TO ERASE PERMANENT DTC
A
When a DTC is stored in ECM EC

When a DTC is stored in ECM and MIL is ON, a permanent DTC is erased with MIL shutoff if the same mal-
function is not detected after performing the driving pattern for MIL shutoff three times in a raw.
C
H
JSBIA0063GB
*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: MIL will turn off after vehicle is driven
tected in two consecutive trips, MIL 3 times (pattern B) without any mal- I
will illuminate. functions.
When a DTC is not stored in ECM

J
The erasing method depends on a permanent DTC stored in ECM. Refer to the following table.
NOTE:
If the applicable permanent DTC includes multiple groups, perform the procedure of Group B first. If the per-
manent DTC is not erased, perform the procedure of Group A. K
×: Applicable —: Not applicable
Driving pattern
Group* Perform “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” for applicable DTCs. L
B D
A × — —
B — × ×
M
*: For group, refer to EC-108, "DTC Index".
Permanent DTC item
For permanent DTC items, MIL turns ON. Refer to EC-108, "DTC Index". N

Permanent DTC service procedure
JSBIA0401GB
Work Procedure (Group A) INFOID:0000000011282668
JSBIA0064GB

*1: When the same malfunction is de- A

tected in two consecutive trips, MIL
will illuminate.
1.CHECK DTC EC
Check DTC.
C
YES >> Repair malfunction(s) and erase DTC. Refer to EC-72, "On Board Diagnosis Function", EC-75,
"CONSULT Function".
NO >> GO TO 2.
D
With CONSULT
F
5. Select “PERMANENT DTC STATUS” mode with CONSULT.
With GST
2. Turn ignition switch ON. G
5. Select Service $0A with GST. H
Is any permanent DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> END I
Perform “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” for DTCs which are the same as permanent DTCs stored in
J
ECM. Refer to EC-108, "DTC Index".
>> GO TO 4.
K
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. L
4. Turn ignition switch ON. M
With GST
2. Turn ignition switch ON. N
5. Select Service $0A with GST. O
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO >> END P

Work Procedure (Group B) INFOID:0000000011282669
JSBIA0414GB
*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: After experiencing driving pattern B *3: Indication does not change unless
tected in two consecutive trips, MIL and D, permanent DTC is erased. the ignition switch is turned from ON
will illuminate. to OFF twice even after experiencing
driving pattern B or D.
NOTE:
Drive the vehicle according to only driving patterns indicating “INCMP” in driving patterns B and D on the
“PERMANENT DTC STATUS” screen.
1.CHECK DTC
Check DTC.
YES >> Repair malfunction(s) and erase DTC. Refer to EC-72, "On Board Diagnosis Function", EC-75,
"CONSULT Function".
NO >> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
With GST

5. Select Service $0A with GST. A
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> END EC
3.DRIVE DRIVING PATTERN B
CAUTION:
C
• Always drive at a safe speed.
• Never erase self-diagnosis results.
• If self-diagnosis results are erased during the trip of driving pattern B or D, the counter of driving
pattern B and D is reset. D
With CONSULT
2. Use “PERMANENT DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT to drive the vehicle according to driv- E
ing pattern B. Refer to EC-75, "CONSULT Function", EC-69, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pat-
tern".
With GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. F
2. Drive the vehicle according to driving pattern B. Refer to EC-69, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving
Pattern".
G
>> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK PERMANENT DTC H
With CONSULT
2. Turn ignition switch ON. I
With GST J
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. K
5. Select Service $0A with GST.
Is any permanent DTC detected? L
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> END
5.DRIVE DRIVING PATTERN D M
CAUTION:
• Always drive at a safe speed.
• Never erase self-diagnosis results. N
• If self-diagnosis results are erased during the trip of driving pattern B or D, the counter of driving
pattern B and D is reset.
1. Drive the vehicle according to driving pattern D. Refer to EC-69, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving O
Pattern".
>> GO TO 6. P
With CONSULT

With GST
5. Select Service $0A with GST.
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO >> END

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ37VHR]
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS A
EC
The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in “SPEC” in “DATA MONI-
TOR” mode of CONSULT during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in “SPEC” in
“DATA MONITOR” mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When the value C
in “SPEC” in “DATA MONITOR” mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may have one
or more malfunctions.
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not illuminate D
the MIL.
The SP value will be displayed for the following three items:
• B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board correc-
tion) E
• A/F ALPHA-B1/B2 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle)
• MAS A/F SE-B1/B2 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor)
F
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000011282671
1.PRECONDITIONING
G
Make sure that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
TESTING CONDITION
• Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,107 miles)
H
• Barometric pressure: 98.3 - 104.3 kPa (1.003 - 1.064 kg/cm2, 14.25 - 15.12 psi)
• Atmospheric temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
• Engine coolant temperature: 75 - 95°C (167 - 203°F)
• Transmission: Warmed-up I
• After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle until “ATF TEMP 1” (A/T fluid
temperature sensor signal) indicates more than 60°C (140°F).
• Electrical load: Not applied J
- Rear window defogger switch, air conditioner switch, lighting switch are OFF. Steering wheel is straight
ahead.
• Engine speed: Idle
K
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SPEC IN DATA MONITOR MODE L
With CONSULT
NOTE:
Perform “SPEC” in “DATA MONITOR” mode in maximum scale display. M
2. Select “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”, “MAS A/F SE-B1” and “MAS A/F SE-B2” in
“SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
N
3. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value.
YES >> INSPECTION END O
NO >> Go to EC-182, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011282672
OVERALL SEQUENCE
JMBIA1468GB

EC
JMBIA0056GB
DETAILED PROCEDURE P
1.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
2. Confirm that the testing conditions are met. Refer to EC-181, "Component Function Check".
3. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that
each indication is within the SP value.

NOTE:
Check “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” for approximately 1 minute because they may fluctuate. It is NG
if the indication is out of the SP value even a little.
YES >> GO TO 17.
NO-1 >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 2.
NO-2 >> More than the SP value: GO TO 3.
2.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> More than the SP value: GO TO 19.
SP value.
YES >> GO TO 6.
1. Stop the engine.
2. Disconnect PCV hose, and then plug it.
3. Start engine.
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 6.
5.CHANGE ENGINE OIL
1. Stop the engine.
2. Change engine oil.
NOTE:
This symptom may occur when a large amount of gasoline is mixed with engine oil because of driving
conditions (such as when engine oil temperature does not rise enough since a journey distance is too
short during winter). The symptom will not be detected after changing engine oil or changing driving con-
ditions.
>> INSPECTION END

6.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
Check fuel pressure. (Refer to EC-168, "Work Procedure".)
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO-1 >> Fuel pressure is too high: Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly” and then GO TO 8.
NO-2 >> Fuel pressure is too low: GO TO 7.
Check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging.
YES >> Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly” and then GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace and then GO TO 8.
1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that A
YES >> INSPECTION END EC
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST
C
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
2. Make sure that the each cylinder produces a momentary engine speed drop.
D
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> GO TO 10.
10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART E
Check the following bellow.
• Ignition coil and its circuit (Refer to EC-556, "Component Function Check".)
• Fuel injector and its circuit (Refer to EC-548, "Component Function Check".) F
• Intake air leakage
• Low compression pressure (Refer to EM-16, "Inspection".)
G
YES >> Replace fuel injector and then GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part and then GO TO 11.
11.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” H
1. Start engine.
each indication is within the SP value. I
NO >> GO TO 12. J
12.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 FUNCTION
Perform all DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE related with A/F sensor 1.
• For DTC P0130, P0150, refer to EC-246, "DTC Description". K
• For DTC P0131, P0151, refer to EC-250, "DTC Description".
• For DTC P0132, P0152, refer to EC-253, "DTC Description".
• For DTC P014C, P014D, P014E, P014F, P015A, P015B, P015C, P015D, refer to EC-277, "DTC Descrip- L
tion".
• For DTC P2096, P2097, P2098, P2099, refer to EC-514, "DTC Description".
Are any DTCs detected? M
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> GO TO 15.
13.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT N
Perform Diagnosis Procedure according to corresponding DTC.
O
>> GO TO 14.
1. Start engine. P
NO >> GO TO 15.
15.DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR
1. Stop the engine.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage, and then reconnect it.
>> GO TO 16.
1. Start engine.
NO >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-569, "Symptom Table".
SP value.
1. Check for the cause of large engine friction. Refer to the following.
- Engine oil level is too high
- Engine oil viscosity
- Belt tension of power steering, alternator, A/C compressor, etc. is excessive
- Noise from engine
- Noise from transmission, etc.
2. Check for the cause of insufficient combustion. Refer to the following.
- Valve clearance malfunction
- Intake valve timing control function malfunction
- Camshaft sprocket installation malfunction, etc.
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 30.

19.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
• Crushed air ducts
• Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
• Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
• Improper specification of intake air system
YES >> GO TO 21.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 20.
20.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”, AND “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”, and “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and
make sure that each indication is within the SP value.
NO >> “B/FUEL SCHDL” is more, “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” are less than the SP value: GO TO
21.
21.DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR
1. Stop the engine.
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage and
then reconnect it again.

>> GO TO 22.
22.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” A
1. Start engine.
EC
YES >> Detect malfunctioning part of mass air flow sensor circuit and repair it. Refer to EC-220, "Diagno-
C
sis Procedure". Then GO TO 29.
NO >> GO TO 23.
23.CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “MAS A/F SE-B2” D
Select “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “MAS A/F SE-B2” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the
indication is within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value? E
YES >> GO TO 24.
NO >> More than the SP value: Replace malfunctioning mass air flow sensor, and then GO TO 29.
24.REPLACE ECM F
1. Replace ECM.
2. Go to EC-153, "Work Procedure".
G
>> GO TO 29.
25.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM H
Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
• Crushed air ducts
• Malfunctioning seal in air cleaner element I
• Uneven dirt in air cleaner element
• Improper specification in intake air system
Is the inspection result normal? J
YES >> GO TO 27.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 26.
26.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL” K
SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value? L
NO >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 27.
27.CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “MAS A/F SE-B2” M
Select “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “MAS A/F SE-B2” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that each
indication is within the SP value. N
YES >> GO TO 28.
NO >> Less than the SP value: Replace malfunctioning mass air flow sensor, and then GO TO 30. O
Check for the cause of air leak after the mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
• Disconnection, looseness, and cracks in air duct P
• Looseness of oil filler cap
• Disconnection of oil level gauge
• Open stuck, breakage, hose disconnection, or cracks in PCV valve
• Disconnection or cracks in EVAP purge hose, stuck open EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve
• Malfunctioning seal in rocker cover gasket
• Disconnection, looseness, or cracks in hoses, such as a vacuum hose, connecting to intake air system parts

• Malfunctioning seal in intake air system, etc.
>> GO TO 30.
29.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”, AND “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”, and “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and
make sure that each indication is within the SP value.
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and then make sure that the indication is
within the SP value.

A
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION EC

2. Check ground connection M111. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-45, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I D
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.

2. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ground. E
ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal F
F7 8
123
G
124 Ground Existed
M37
127
128 H
3. Also check harness for short to power.
YES >> GO TO 4. I
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART J
• Harness connectors F20, M36
• Harness for open or short between ECM and ground
K
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

4.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I L
1. Reconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground. M
ECM
+ – Voltage N
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F8 53 M37 128 Battery voltage
O
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5. P
• Harness connectors E10, F12
• IPDM E/R harness connector E123
• 10 A fuse (No. 50)
• Harness for open or short between ECM and fuse

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as follows.
ECM
+ – Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
After turning ignition switch OFF, battery voltage will exist
M37 125 128
for a few seconds, then drop to approximately 0 V.
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 9.
7.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
2. Check the voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.
IPDM E/R
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E123 59 Ground Battery voltage
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-38, "Removal and Installation".
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END

9.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as follows.
ECM
+ – Voltage
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> GO TO 10.
10.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-V
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
ECM IPDM E/R

Continuity
F7 24 E124 72 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

YES >> GO TO 14. A
NO >> GO TO 11.
EC
• Harness or connectors E10, F12
• Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R
C
12.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-VI D
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector. E
ECM IPDM E/R

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F
M37 125 E120 13 Existed
G
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> GO TO 13. H
• Harness or connectors E25, M40 I
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. J
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident". K
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-38, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. L

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT (VVEL CONTROL MODULE)
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

2. Check ground connection E134. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-45, "Circuit Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK VVEL CONTROL MODULE GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect VVEL control module harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between VVEL control module harness connector and ground.
VVEL control module

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
E36 14 Ground Existed
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to power in harness connectors.
3.CHECK VVEL CONTROL MODULE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Reconnect VVEL control module harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between VVEL control module harness connector and ground.
VVEL control module

+ – Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
After turning ignition switch OFF, battery voltage will exist
E36 8 14
for a few seconds, then drop to approximately 0 V.
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK VVEL CONTROL MODULE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
4. Check the continuity between VVEL control module harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
VVEL control module IPDM E/R

Continuity
E36 8 E123 59 Existed
YES >> EC-189, "Diagnosis Procedure"
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-38, "Removal and Installation". A
EC

U0101 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
DTC Description INFOID:0000000011282676
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detecting condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
LOST COMM (TCM) When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication signal of
U0101
(Lost communication with TCM) OBD (emission related diagnosis) with TCM for 2 seconds or more.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• CAN communication line between TCM and ECM(CAN communication line is open or shorted)
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EC-194, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Go to LAN-24, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".

A
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- EC
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C
D
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

E
CAN COMM CIRCUIT When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication signal oth-
U1001 F
(CAN communication circuit) er than OBD (emission related diagnosis) for 2 seconds or more.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (CAN communication line is open or shorted) G
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
H
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds. I
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EC-195, "Diagnosis Procedure". J
K
Go to LAN-24, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".

tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. ECM and
VVEL control module are connected with two communication lines (CAN H line and CAN L line) and transmit/
receive data. ECM shares information and links with the VVEL control module during operation.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CAN communication signal other than OBD (emission related diagnosis) is
CAN COMM CIRCUIT
U1003 not received between VVEL control module and ECM for 2 seconds or
(CAN communication circuit)
more.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (VVEL CAN communication line is open or shorted)
• ECM
• VVEL control module
FAIL-SAFE
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode

Can communication circuit

1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC U1003 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the confirmation procedure (trouble diagnosis) for
DTC P0607.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-403, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.
>> GO TO 3.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-196, "Diagnosis Procedure".

DTC P0607.

NO >> GO TO 2. A
2.CHECK VVEL CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
EC
4. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and VVEL control module harness connector.
C
ECM VVEL control module
Continuity
D
54 24
F8 E36 Existed
55 11
5. Also check harness for short to ground and power. E
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3. F
Check the following. G
• Harness connector E10, F12, F5, F6
• Harness for open or short between ECM and VVEL control module
H
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident". I
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace. J
5.REPLACE VVEL CONTROL MODULE

1. Replace VVEL control module. K
>> GO TO 6. L
M
3. Erase DTC.
4. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-196, "DTC Description". N
5. Check DTC.
Is the DTC U1003 displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 7. O
7.REPLACE ECM
P
1. Replace ECM.
>> INSPECTION END

tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. ECM and
VVEL control module are connected with two communication lines (CAN H line and CAN L line) and transmit/
receive data. ECM shares information and links with the VVEL control module during operation.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

• When VVEL control module cannot transmit/receive can communication
VVEL CAN COMM CIRCUIT
signal from ECM.
U1024 [VVEL (Variable Valve Event & Lift) CAN
• When detecting error during the initial diagnosis of CAN controller of
COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT]
VVEL control module.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (CAN communication line is open or shorted)
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE

Can communication circuit

DTC P0607.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 3.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

DTC P0607.

NO >> GO TO 2. A
2.CHECK VVEL CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
EC
4. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and VVEL control module harness connector.
C
ECM VVEL control module
Continuity
D
54 24
F8 E36 Existed
55 11
5. Also check harness for short to ground and power. E
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3. F
Check the following. G
• Harness connector E10, F12, F5, F6
H
>> Harness for open or short between ECM and VVEL control module
YES >> GO TO 5.

1. Replace VVEL control module. K
>> GO TO 6. L
M
3. Erase DTC.
See EC-198, "DTC Description". N
Is the DTC U1024 displayed again?

YES >> GO TO 7. O
7.REPLACE ECM
P
1. Replace ECM.
>> INSPECTION END

P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

INT/V TIM CONT-B1
P0011 (“A” camshaft position - timing over-ad-
vanced or system performance bank 1)
There is a gap between angle of target and phase-control angle degree.
INT/V TIM_CONT-B2
P0021 (“A” camshaft position - timing over-ad-
vanced or system performance bank 2)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
DTC P0011
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
• Intake valve control solenoid valve
• Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up portion of the camshaft
• Timing chain installation
• Foreign matter caught in the oil groove for intake valve timing control
DTC P0021
FAIL-SAFE

The signal is not energized to the intake valve timing control solenoid valve and the valve control
Intake valve timing control
does not function.

If DTC P0011 or P0021 is displayed with DTC P0075, P0081 or P0524, first perform the confirmation proce-
dure for DTC P0075, P0081, or P0524.
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable.
• DTC P0075: Refer to EC-210, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10 V and 16 V at
idle.

>> GO TO 3. A
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT. EC
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 6 consecutive seconds. Hold the accelerator pedal as steady
as possible.
C
ENG SPEED 525 - 2,000 rpm
COOLAN TEMP/S More than 60°C (140°F)
D
Selector lever P or N position
4. Let engine idle for 10 seconds.
5. Check 1st trip DTC. E
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-201, "Diagnosis Procedure"
NO >> GO TO 4. F
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
1. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
G
2. Maintain the following conditions for at least 20 consecutive seconds.
ENG SPEED 1,400 - 3,175 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.)

H
Selector lever 1st or 2nd position
Driving vehicle uphill I
Driving location (Increased engine load will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.)
CAUTION: J
Always drive at a safe speed.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? K
L

M
If DTC P0011 or P0021 is displayed with DTC P0075, P0081 or P0524, first perform the confirmation proce-
dure for DTC P0075, P0081, or P0524.
N
• DTC P0524: Refer to EC-392, "DTC Description". O
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK OIL PRESSURE WARNING
P
1. Start engine.

2. Check oil pressure warning and confirm it is not displayed.
Is oil pressure warning displayed?
YES >> Go to LU-9, "Inspection".
NO >> GO TO 3.
PBIA8559J
3.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Refer to EC-203, "Component Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-55, "Exploded
View".
4.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EM-131, "Exploded View".
5.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning camshaft position sensor (PHASE). Refer to EM-55, "Exploded View".
6.CHECK CAMSHAFT (INTAKE)
• Accumulation of debris on the signal plate of camshaft front end
• Chipping signal plate of camshaft front end
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft
front end or replace camshaft. Refer to EM-104,
"Exploded View".
JMBIA0962ZZ

Check service records for any recent repairs that may cause timing chain misaligned.
Are there any service records that may cause timing chain misaligned?
YES >> Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-56, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK LUBRICATION CIRCUIT
Perform “Inspection of Camshaft Sprocket (INT) Oil Groove”. Refer to EM-114, "Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Clean lubrication line.
A
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000011282689
EC
1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. C
2. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminals as follows.
D
Terminals Resistance (Ω)
1 and 2 7.0 - 7.7 [at 20°C (68°F)]
∞ E
1 or 2 and ground
(Continuity should not exist)
YES >> GO TO 2. F
View".
2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-II G
1. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve.

2. Provide 12 V DC between intake valve timing control solenoid
H
valve terminals 1 and 2, and then interrupt it. Make sure that the
plunger moves as shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
Do not apply 12 V DC continuously for 5 seconds or more. I
Doing so may result in damage to the coil in intake valve
timing control solenoid valve.
NOTE:
J
Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing control
solenoid valve is removed.
Is the inspection result normal? JMBIA0079ZZ
K
View".
L

P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

The current amperage in the A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal
A/F SEN1 HTR (B1)
range.
P0031 [Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater (bank 1)
(An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM through the A/F sensor
control circuit low]
1 heater.)
A/F SEN1 HTR (B1)
range.
(An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM through the A/F sensor
control circuit high]
1 heater.)
A/F SEN1 HTR (B2)
range.
(An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM through the A/F sensor
control circuit low]
1 heater.)
A/F SEN1 HTR (B2)
range.
(An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM through the A/F sensor
control circuit high]
1 heater.)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
DTC P0031
• Harness or connectors (The A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is open or shorted.)
• A/F sensor 1 heater
DTC P0032
• Harness or connectors (The A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is shorted.)
DTC P0051
• Harness or connectors (The A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is open or shorted.)
DTC P0052
• Harness or connectors (The A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is shorted.)
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10.5 V and 16 V at
idle.
>> GO TO 2.
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds.

Is 1st trip DTC detected? A
NG >> INSPECTION END
EC
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION C

Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT E
1. Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground. F
A/F sensor 1
DTC Ground Voltage G
Bank Connector Terminal
P0031, P0032 1 F38 4
Ground Battery voltage
P0051, P0052 2 F56 4 H
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3. I
J
• 15 A fuse (No. 48)
• Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse K
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

L
4.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. M
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
A/F sensor 1 ECM

DTC Continuity N
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0031, P0032 1 F38 3 1
F7 Existed
P0051, P0052 2 F56 3 5 O
P
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
YES >> GO TO 7.

NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
CAUTION:
• Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant
(commercial service tool).
>> INSPECTION END

Perform GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
>> Repair or replace.

1.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1

2. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
3. Check resistance between A/F sensor 1 terminals as follows.
Terminal Resistance (Ω)

3 and 4 1.80 - 2.44 [at 25°C (77°F)]
3 and 1, 2 ∞
4 and 1, 2 (Continuity should not exist)

NO >> GO TO 2.
CAUTION:
• Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Heated Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubri-
cant (commercial service tool).
>> INSPECTION END

P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
A
DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

(Trouble diagnosis content) C
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is out
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
of the normal range.
P0037 (HO2S heater control circuit low bank 1
(An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM through the heated oxy-
sensor 2) D
gen sensor 2 heater.)
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
P0038 (HO2S heater control circuit high bank 1
(An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM through the heated ox- E
sensor 2)
ygen sensor 2 heater.)
HO2S2 HTR (B2)
of the normal range. F
P0057 (HO2S heater control circuit low bank 2
(An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM through the heated oxy-
sensor 2)
gen sensor 2 heater.)
HO2S2 HTR (B2) G
P0058 (HO2S heater control circuit high bank 2
(An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM through the heated ox-
sensor 2)
ygen sensor 2 heater.)
H
POSSIBLE CAUSE
DTC P0037
• Harness or connectors (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is open or shorted.) I
• Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
DTC P0038
• Harness or connectors (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is shorted.) J
DTC P0057
• Harness or connectors (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is open or shorted.) K
DTC P0058 L
• Harness or connectors (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is shorted.)
FAIL-SAFE M
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING N
O
TESTING CONDITION: P
idle.
>> GO TO 2.

P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
6. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
Is 1st tip DTC detected?

YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HO2S2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 (HO2S2) harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between HO2S2 harness connector and ground.
HO2S2
DTC Ground Voltage
P0037, P0038 1 F23 2
P0057, P0058 2 F22 2
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
• 15 A fuse (No. 48)
• Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and fuse
4.CHECK HO2S2 OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
HO2S2 ECM
DTC Continuity
P0037, P0038 1 F23 3 17
F7 Existed
P0057, P0058 2 F22 3 33
YES >> GO TO 5.

P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER A

YES >> GO TO 7. EC
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
C
Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. D
• Before installing new heated oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
cant (commercial service tool). E
>> INSPECTION END

7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT F
G
>> INSPECTION END
H
1.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector. I
3. Check resistance between HO2S2 terminals as follows.
Terminal Resistance (Ω) J

2 and 3 3.4 - 4.4 [at 25°C (77°F)]
1 and 2, 3, 4 ∞ K
4 and 1, 2, 3 (Continuity should not exist)

YES >> INSPECTION END L
NO >> GO TO 2.
M
CAUTION:
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. N
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant
(commercial service tool). O
>> INSPECTION END

P

P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1
P0075
(Intake valve control solenoid circuit bank 1) An improper voltage is sent to the ECM through intake valve timing control
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B2 solenoid valve.
P0081
(Intake valve control solenoid circuit bank 2)

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
1. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
DTC P0075
• Harness or connectors (Intake valve timing control solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.)
• Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
DTC P0081
• Harness or connectors (Intake valve timing control solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.)
• Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect intake valve timing (IVT) control solenoid valve harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector and ground.
IVT control solenoid valve

DTC Ground Voltage
P0075 1 F47 2
P0081 2 F53 2
YES >> GO TO 3.

NO >> GO TO 2.

EC
• Harness for open or short between intake valve timing control solenoid valve and IPDM E/R
C
3.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. D
3. Check the continuity between intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector. E
IVT control solenoid valve ECM

DTC Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F
P0075 1 F47 1 18
F7 Existed
P0081 2 F53 1 29
G
YES >> GO TO 4. H
4.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-211, "Component Inspection". I
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-55, "Exploded J
View".
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT K
>> INSPECTION END L
1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-I M

N
3. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminals as follows.

O
1 and 2 7.0 - 7.7 [at 20°C (68°F)]
∞
1 or 2 and ground
P
YES >> GO TO 2.
View".
2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-II

valve terminals 1 and 2, and then interrupt it. Make sure that the
CAUTION:
Do not apply 12 V DC continuously for 5 seconds or more.
NOTE:
Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing control

View".

P0101, P010B MAF SENSOR
A

MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1
P0101 (Mass or volume air flow “A” circuit range/ • A high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM under light load driving
performance) condition.
D
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B2 • A low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM under heavy load driving
P010B (Mass or volume air flow “B” circuit range/ condition.
performance)
E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
DTC P0101
• Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) F
• Mass air flow sensor (bank 1)
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
• Intake air leaks G
• Intake air temperature sensor
DTC P010B
• Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) H
• Mass air flow sensor (bank 2)
• Intake air leaks I
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
J
If DTC P0101 or P010B is displayed with other DTC, first perform the confirmation procedure (trouble diagno- K
sis) for other DTC.
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-108, "DTC Index". L
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
M
If engine will not start or stops soon, wait at least 10 seconds with engine stopped (Ignition switch ON) instead N
of running engine at idle speed.
>> GO TO 3. O
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. P
2. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 seconds under the following conditions:
CAUTION:
Selector lever Suitable position

Vehicle speed 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more

NOTE:
• The gear must be fixed while driving the vehicle.
• Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during cruising.
YES >> Proceed to EC-214, "Diagnosis Procedure".

If DTC P0101 or P010B is displayed with other DTC, first perform the confirmation procedure (trouble diagno-
sis) for other DTC.
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-108, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
Check the following items to see the installation condition and the connection condition of the joint.
• Air duct
• Vacuum hoses
• Intake air passage between air duct and intake manifold
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Reconnect or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between mass air flow sensor harness connector and ground.
+
DTC Mass air flow sensor – Voltage
P0101 1 F35
5 Ground Battery voltage
P010B 2 F65
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
• Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM
• Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and IPDM E/R
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

5.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check the continuity between mass air flow sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Mass air flow sensor ECM A

DTC Continuity
P0101 1 F35 4 68
F8 Existed EC
P010B 2 F65 4 94
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT D
1. Check the continuity between mass air flow sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
E
Mass air flow sensor ECM
DTC Continuity
P0101 1 F35 3 77 F
F8 Existed
P010B 2 F65 3 79
G
YES >> GO TO 7.
H
7.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Check intake air temperature sensor. Refer to EC-228, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? I
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) (bank 1). Refer to EM-30,
"Exploded View". J
8.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-358, "Component Inspection". K
YES-1 (DTC P0101 is detected)>>GO TO 9.
YES-2 (DTC P010B is detected)>>GO TO 10. L
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to FL-16, "Exploded View".
9.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR (BANK 1)
Check mass air flow sensor (bank 1). Refer to EC-215, "Component Inspection". M
YES >> Check intermittent Incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (bank 1). Refer to EM-30, "Exploded View". N
10.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR (BANK 2)

Check mass air flow sensor (bank 2). Refer to EC-215, "Component Inspection". O
YES >> Check intermittent Incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (bank 2). Refer to EM-30, "Exploded View". P
1.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-I

With CONSULT

4. Connect CONSULT and select “DATA MONITOR” mode.
5. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and “MAS A/F SE-B2”, and check the indication.
Monitor item Condition Indication (V)

Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4
MAS A/F SE-B1 Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.7 - 1.2
MAS A/F SE-B2 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.3 - 1.7
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.7 - 1.2 to Approx. 2.4*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Without CONSULT
4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.
ECM
+ – Condition Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal Terminal
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operat-
77 0.7 - 1.2
ing temperature.)
[MAF sensor (bank 1) 68
signal] 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal
1.3 - 1.7
operating temperature.)
F8
79 0.7 - 1.2
ing temperature.)
1.3 - 1.7
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR THE CAUSE OF UNEVEN AIR FLOW THROUGH MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
2. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
- Crushed air ducts
- Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
- Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
- Intake valve deposits
- Improper specification of intake air system parts
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-II
With CONSULT
1. Repair or replace malfunctioning part.

Monitor item Condition Indication (V) A

EC
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm. C
Without CONSULT
ECM E
Connector
Terminal Terminal
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4 F
77 0.7 - 1.2
ing temperature.)
[MAF sensor (bank 1) 68 G
1.3 - 1.7
F8 H
79 0.7 - 1.2
ing temperature.)
[MAF sensor (bank 2) 94 I
1.3 - 1.7
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.7 - 1.2 to Approx. 2.4* J
YES >> INSPECTION END K
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-III
L
With CONSULT
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. M
N
O
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.7 - 1.2 to Approx. 2.4* P
Without CONSULT

ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal
77 0.7 - 1.2
ing temperature.)
1.3 - 1.7
F8
79 0.7 - 1.2
ing temperature.)
1.3 - 1.7
NO >> Clean or replace malfunctioning mass air flow sensor.

P0102, P0103, P010C, P010D MAF SENSOR
A

MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1
P0102 An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
(Mass or volume air flow “A” circuit low input)
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 D
P0103 An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
(Mass or volume air flow “A” circuit high input)
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B2
P010C An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
(Mass or volume air flow “B” circuit low input)
E
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B2
P010D An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
(Mass or volume air flow “B” circuit high input)
POSSIBLE CAUSE F
DTC P0102
• Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Intake air leaks G
• Mass air flow sensor
DTC P0103 H
DTC P010C I
• Intake air leaks
J
DTC P010D
K
FAIL-SAFE
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode L

Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.

M
1.PRECONDITIONING
before conducting the next test. N
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. O
Which DTC is detected?
P0102, P010C>>GO TO 2.
P0103, P010D>>GO TO 3. P
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0102 AND P010C
1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0103 AND P010D-I

2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0103 AND P010D-II
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1.INSPECTION START
Confirm the detected DTC.
P0102, P010C>>GO TO 2.
P0103, P010D>>GO TO 3.
Check the following for connection.
• Air duct
• Vacuum hoses
• Intake air passage between air duct to intake manifold
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Reconnect the parts.
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect mass air flow (MAF) sensor harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between MAF sensor harness connector and ground.
MAF sensor
DTC Ground Voltage
P0102, P0103 1 F35 5
P010C, P010D 2 F65 5
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
• Harness connectors E25, M40
• Harness connectors M36, F20

• Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM
• Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and IPDM E/R A
6.CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT EC

C
3. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
MAF sensor ECM

DTC Continuity D
P0102, P0103 1 F35 4 68
F8 Existed
P010C, P010D 2 F65 4 94 E
F
YES >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT G
1. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
MAF sensor ECM H

DTC Continuity
P0102, P0103 1 F35 3 77
F8 Existed I
P010C, P010D 2 F65 3 79
YES >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR K

Is the inspection result normal? L
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning mass air flow sensor. Refer to EM-30, "Exploded View".
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT M
N
>> INSPECTION END
O
1.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-I
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. P


Without CONSULT
ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal
77 0.7 - 1.2
ing temperature.)
1.3 - 1.7
F8
79 0.7 - 1.2
ing temperature.)
1.3 - 1.7
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR THE CAUSE OF UNEVEN AIR FLOW THROUGH MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
2. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
- Crushed air ducts
- Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
- Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
- Intake valve deposits
- Improper specification of intake air system parts
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-II
With CONSULT

Monitor item Condition Indication (V) A

EC
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm. C
Without CONSULT
ECM E
Connector
Terminal Terminal
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4 F
77 0.7 - 1.2
ing temperature.)
[MAF sensor (bank 1) 68 G
1.3 - 1.7
F8 H
79 0.7 - 1.2
ing temperature.)
[MAF sensor (bank 2) 94 I
1.3 - 1.7
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.7 - 1.2 to Approx. 2.4* J
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-III
L
With CONSULT
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. M
N
O
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.7 - 1.2 to Approx. 2.4* P
Without CONSULT

ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal
77 0.7 - 1.2
ing temperature.)
1.3 - 1.7
F8
79 0.7 - 1.2
ing temperature.)
1.3 - 1.7
NO >> Clean or replace malfunctioning mass air flow sensor.

P0111 IAT SENSOR
P0111 IAT SENSOR
A

The comparison result of signals transmitted to ECM from each tempera-
IAT SENSOR 1 B1
ture sensor (IAT sensor, ECT sensor, FTT sensor, and EOT sensor) shows
P0111 (Intake air temperature sensor 1 circuit
that the voltage signal of the IAT sensor is higher/lower than that of other
range/performance bank 1) D
temperature sensors when the engine is started with its cold state.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (High or low resistance in the IAT sensor circuit) E
• IAT sensor
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable F
1.INSPECTION START G
Is it necessary to erase permanent DTC?

YES >> GO TO 3. H
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK I
NOTE:
Use the component function check to check the overall function of the IAT sensor circuit. During this check, a
1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
J
3. Check resistance between mass air flow sensor (bank 1) terminals as follows.
K
Terminals Condition Resistance (kΩ)
1 and 2 Temperature [°C (°F)] 25 (77) 1.800 – 2.200
L
YES-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
YES-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END M
NO >> Proceed to EC-226, "Diagnosis Procedure".
3.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always perform the following proce- N
dure before conducting the next test.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. O
TESTING CONDITION:
• Before performing the following procedure, do not add fuel.
• Before performing the following procedure, check that fuel level is between 1/4 and 4/4. P
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V or more at idle.
>> GO TO 4.
1. Start engine and let it idle for 60 minutes.
2. Move the vehicle to a cool place.

P0111 IAT SENSOR
NOTE:
Cool the vehicle in an environment of ambient air temperature between −10°C (14°F) and 35°C (95°F).
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and soak the vehicle for 12 hours.
CAUTION:
Never turn ignition switch ON during soaking.
NOTE:
The vehicle must be cooled with the hood open.
4. Start engine and let it idle for 5 minutes or more.
CAUTION:
Never turn ignition switch OFF during idling.
1.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE (IAT) SENSOR

Check intake air temperature sensor. Refer to EC-226, "Component Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 2.
"Exploded View".
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END

1.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE (IAT) SENSOR


1 and 2 Temperature [°C (°F)] 25 (77) 1.800 – 2.200
"Exploded View".

P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
A

IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1
P0112 (Intake air temperature sensor 1 circuit low An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
bank 1)
D
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1
P0113 (Intake air temperature sensor 1 circuit high An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
bank 1)
E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
DTC P0112
• Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) F
DTC P0113
G
FAIL-SAFE H
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING I
J
K
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE L
Is 1st trip DTC detected? M
N

O
P
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect mass air flow (MAF) sensor (intake air temperature sensor is built-into) harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between mass air flow sensor (bank 1) harness connector and ground.

MAF sensor (bank 1)

Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
F35 2 Ground Approx. 5
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check the continuity between mass air flow sensor (bank 1) harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
MAF sensor (bank 1) ECM

Continuity
F35 1 F8 68 Existed
YES >> GO TO 4.
YES >> GO TO 5.
"Exploded View".
>> INSPECTION END



1 and 2 Temperature [°C (°F)] 25 (77) 1.800 - 2.200
"Exploded View".

P0116 ECT SENSOR
P0116 ECT SENSOR
A

The comparison result of signals transmitted to ECM from each tempera-
ECT SENSOR
ture sensor (IAT sensor, ECT sensor, FTT sensor, and EOT sensor) shows
P0116 (Engine coolant temperature sensor 1 cir-
that the voltage signal of the ECT sensor is higher/lower than that of other
cuit range/performance) D
temperature sensors when the engine is started with its cold state.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (High or low resistance in the ECT sensor circuit) E
• ECT sensor
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable F
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY G
If DTC P0116 is displayed with DTC P0117, or P0118, first perform the confirmation procedure for DTC P0117,
or P0118.
Is applicable DTC detected? H
• DTC P0118: Refer to EC-232, "DTC Description". I
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.INSPECTION START
J

YES >> GO TO 4.
K
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
NOTE: L
Use the component function check to check the overall function of the ECT sensor circuit. During this check, a
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. M
2. Disconnect ECT sensor harness connector.
3. Remove ECT sensor. Refer to CO-27, "Exploded View".
4. Check resistance between ECT sensor terminals by heating
with hot water as shown in the figure. N

O
20 (68) 2.10 - 2.90
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 P
YES-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to JMBIA0080ZZ
GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
YES-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
4.PRECONDITIONING
P0116 ECT SENSOR
TEST CONDITION:
• Before performing the following procedure, check that fuel level is between 1/4 and 4/4.
>> GO TO 5.
NOTE:
CAUTION:
NOTE:
CAUTION:

If DTC P0116 is displayed with DTC P0117, or P0118, first perform the confirmation procedure for DTC P0117,
or P0118.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR
Check ECT sensor. Refer to EC-230, "Component Inspection".
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Replace ECT sensor. Refer to CO-27, "Exploded View".
>> INSPECTION END

1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

2. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
3. Remove engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to CO-27, "Exploded View".

P0116 ECT SENSOR
4. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor
terminals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure. A

20 (68) 2.10 - 2.90 EC
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
C
YES >> INSPECTION END JMBIA0080ZZ
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to D
CO-27, "Exploded View".

P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

ECT SEN/CIRC
P0117 (Engine coolant temperature sensor 1 cir- An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
cuit low)
ECT SEN/CIRC
P0118 (Engine coolant temperature sensor 1 cir- An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
cuit high)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
DTC P0117
• Engine coolant temperature sensor
DTC P0118
• Engine coolant temperature sensor
FAIL-SAFE

Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the following condition.
CONSULT displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Condition
(CONSULT display)
Engine coolant temperature sensor Just as ignition switch is turned ON or START 40°C (104°F)
circuit Approx 4 minutes or more after engine starting 80°C (176°F)
40 – 80°C (104 – 176°F)
When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling fan
operates while engine is running.

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

A
2. Check ground connection M111. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-45, "Circuit Inspection". EC
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. C
2.CHECK ECT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor harness connector. D
3. Check the voltage between ECT sensor harness connector and ground.
E
ECT sensor
Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
F33 1 Ground Approx. 5 F
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3. G

Check the following. H
• Harness for open or short between engine coolant temperature sensor and ECM
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. I
4.CHECK ECT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. J
3. Check the continuity between ECT sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
K
ECT sensor ECM
Continuity
F33 2 F8 84 Existed L
YES >> GO TO 5. M
5.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR N
YES >> GO TO 6. O
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to CO-27, "Exploded View".
P
>> INSPECTION END


terminals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure.

20 (68) 2.10 - 2.90
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to

P0122, P0123, P0227, P0228 TP SENSOR
P0122, P0123, P0227, P0228 TP SENSOR
A

TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1
P0122 (Throttle/Pedal position sensor/switch “A” An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor 2 is sent to ECM.
circuit low)
D
TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1
P0123 (Throttle/Pedal position sensor/switch “A” An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor 2 is sent to ECM.
circuit high)
E
TP SEN 2/CIRC-B2
P0227 (Throttle/Pedal position sensor/switch “C” An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor 2 is sent to ECM.
circuit low)
TP SEN 2/CIRC-B2 F
P0228 (Throttle/Pedal position sensor/switch “C” An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor 2 is sent to ECM.
circuit high)
POSSIBLE CAUSE G
DTC P0122
• Harness or connectors (TP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.) H
• Electric throttle control actuator (TP sensor 2)
DTC P0123
• Harness or connectors (TP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.) I
DTC P0227
• Harness or connectors (TP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.) J
DTC P0228
• Harness or connectors (TP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.) K
FAIL-SAFE L
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order
M
for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
Throttle position sensor The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condi-
tion.
Therefore, the acceleration will be poor. N
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY O
If DTC P0122, P0123, P0227 or P0228 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the confirmation procedure
(trouble diagnosis) for DTC P0643.
Is applicable DTC detected? P
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING

P0122, P0123, P0227, P0228 TP SENSOR
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 3.
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

NO >> GO TO 2.
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground.
Electric throttle control actuator

DTC Ground Voltage (V)
P0122, P0123 1 F31 6
Ground Approx. 5
P0227, P0228 2 F30 1
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
Electric throttle control actuator ECM

DTC Continuity
P0122, P0123 1 F31 3 40
F7 Existed
P0227, P0228 2 F30 4 48

P0122, P0123, P0227, P0228 TP SENSOR
YES >> GO TO 5. A
5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
EC
nector.
C
DTC Continuity
P0122, P0123 1 F31 5 34 D
F7 Existed
P0227, P0228 2 F30 3 35
E
YES >> GO TO 6.
F
6.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR H
1. Replace malfunctioning electric throttle control actuator.

2. Go to EC-238, "Special Repair Requirement".
I
>> INSPECTION END

8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT J
K
>> INSPECTION END
L
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. M
5. Set selector lever to D position. N

P0122, P0123, P0227, P0228 TP SENSOR
ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal
Fully released More than 0.36
30 [TP sensor 1 (bank 1)] 40
Fully depressed Less than 4.75
F7 Accelerator pedal
Fully released Less than 4.75
Fully depressed More than 0.36
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
>> INSPECTION END

Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000011282720

Refer to EC-158, "Work Procedure"
>> GO TO 2.
>> END

P0125 ECT SENSOR
P0125 ECT SENSOR
A

ECT SENSOR • Voltage sent to ECM from the sensor is not practical, even when some
P0125 (Insufficient coolant temperature for closed time has passed after starting the engine.
loop fuel control) • Engine coolant temperature is insufficient for closed loop fuel control.
D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (High resistance in the circuit)
• Engine coolant temperature sensor E
• Thermostat
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable F
If DTC P0125 is displayed with DTC P0117 or P0118, first perform the confirmation procedure for DTC P0117
or P0118.
Is applicable DTC detected? H
• DTC P0118: Refer to EC-232, "DTC Description". I
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
J
2. Turn ignition switch ON. K
>> GO TO 3. L
3.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR FUNCTION
3. Check that “COOLAN TEMP/S” is above −10°C (14°F).
Is the temperature above −10°C (14°F)?
N
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE O
1. Start engine and run it for 65 minutes at idle speed.
If “COOLAN TEMP/S” increases to more than −10°C (14°F) within 65 minutes, stop engine because
the test result will be OK. P
CAUTION:
Be careful not to overheat engine.

P0125 ECT SENSOR

or P0118.
NO >> GO TO 2.
YES >> GO TO 3.
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK THERMOSTAT OPERATION
When the engine is cold [lower than 70°C (158°F)] condition, grasp lower radiator hose and confirm the engine
coolant does not flow.
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace thermostat. Refer to CO-25, "Removal and Installation".
>> INSPECTION END



20 (68) 2.10 - 2.90
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260

P0127 IAT SENSOR
P0127 IAT SENSOR
A

IAT SENSOR-B1 Rationally incorrect voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM, compared with
P0127
(Intake air temperature too high) the voltage signal from engine coolant temperature sensor.
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
• Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
E
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F
1.PRECONDITIONING
G
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. H
TESTING CONDITION:
This test may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road
test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle. I
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE J
1. Wait until engine coolant temperature is less than 96°C (205°F)
- Turn ignition switch ON.
- Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT. K
- Check the engine coolant temperature.
- If the engine coolant temperature is not less than 96°C (205°F), turn ignition switch OFF and cool down
engine. L
NOTE:
Perform the following steps before engine coolant temperature is above 96°C (205°F).
3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT. M
4. Start engine.
5. Hold vehicle speed at more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 100 consecutive seconds.
CAUTION: N
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? O
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011282725 P

YES >> GO TO 2.

P0127 IAT SENSOR
YES >> GO TO 3.
"Exploded View".
>> INSPECTION END



"Exploded View".

P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION
A

Engine coolant temperature has not risen enough to open the thermostat even though the engine has run long
enough.
This is due to a leak in the seal or the thermostat being stuck open. C

D
THERMSTAT FNCTN
The engine coolant temperature does not reach to specified temperature
P0128 [Coolant thermostat (coolant temperature
even though the engine has run long enough.
below thermostat regulating temperature)]
E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Thermostat
• Leakage from sealing portion of thermostat
• Engine coolant temperature sensor F
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable G
NOTE:
Never refuel before and during the following procedure. H
If DTC P0128 is displayed with DTC P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305 or P0306, first perform the
I
confirmation procedure for DTC P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305 or P0306.
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. J
• DTC P0303: Refer to EC-309, "DTC Description". K
• DTC P0306: Refer to EC-309, "DTC Description". L
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING-I
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure M
>> GO TO 3. O
3.PRECONDITIONING-II
With CONSULT
P
2. Check the following conditions:
Ambient temperature −10°C (14°F) or more

A/C switch OFF
Blower fan switch OFF

3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
4. Check the following conditions:
COOLAN TEMP/S −10°C – 52°C (14 – 126°F)

Is the condition satisfied?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> 1. Satisfy the condition.
2. GO TO 4.
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
2. Drive the vehicle until the following condition is satisfied.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at safe speed.
- STEP 1
Drive the vehicle under the conditions instructed below until the difference between “COOLAN TEMP/S” and
“FUEL T/TMP SE” becomes at least 25°C (45°F).
COOLAN TEMP/S 71°C (159°F) or less

FUEL T/TMP SE Less than the value calculated by subtracting
25°C (45°F) from “COOLAN TEMP/S”.*
*: Example
COOLAN TEMP/S FUEL T/TMP SE

70°C (158°F) 45°C (113°F) or less
65°C (149°F) 40°C (104°F) or less
60°C (140°F) 35°C (95°F) or less
- STEP 2
Drive the vehicle at 50 km/h (32 MPH) or more with the difference between “COOLAN TEMP/S” and “FUEL
T/TMP SE” maintained at 25°C (45°F) or more.
NOTE:
Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during cruising.
- STEP 3
Drive the vehicle at 50 km/h (32 MPH) or more until “COOLAN TEMP/S” increases by 6°C (11°F).
NOTE:
Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during cruising.
Is the condition satisfied?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
1. Drive the vehicle until the following condition is satisfied.
COOLAN TEMP/S 71°C (159°F) or more

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at safe speed.

A
If DTC P0128 is displayed with DTC P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305 or P0306, first perform the
confirmation procedure for DTC P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305 or P0306. EC
• DTC P0300: Refer to EC-309, "DTC Description". C
• DTC P0303: Refer to EC-309, "DTC Description". D
E
NO >> GO TO 2.
Refer to EC-245, "Component Inspection". F
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to CO-27, "Exploded View". G
3.CHECK THERMOSTAT
Check thermostat. Refer to CO-26, "Inspection". H
NO >> Replace thermostat. Refer to CO-25, "Exploded View". I
1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR J

3. Remove engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to CO-27, "Exploded View". K
L
20 (68) 2.10 - 2.90
M
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260

Is the inspection result normal? N
CO-27, "Exploded View". O

P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

To judge malfunctions, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 sig-
nal fluctuates according to fuel feedback control.

The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is con-
A
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) stantly in a range other than approx. 2.2 V.
P0130
[Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (bank 1) circuit] The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is con-
B
stantly approx. 2.2 V.
The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is con-
A
A/F SENSOR1 (B2) stantly in a range other than approx. 2.2 V.
P0150
[Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (bank 2) circuit] The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is con-
B
stantly approx. 2.2 V.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
DTC P0130 - A
• Harness or connectors (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
• A/F sensor 1
DTC P0130 - B
• A/F sensor 1
DTC P0150 - A
• A/F sensor 1
DTC P0150 - B
• A/F sensor 1
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
2. Let engine idle for 2 minutes.

3.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 FUNCTION A

2. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
EC
3. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” indication.
Does the indication fluctuate around 2.2 V?
YES >> GO TO 4.
C
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B-I
1. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1) P1276” (for DTC P0130) or “A/F SEN1 (B2) P1286” (for DTC P0150) of “A/F D
SEN1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT.
2. Touch “START”.
3. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT screen. E
ENG SPEED 1,100 - 3,200 rpm

VHCL SPEED SE More than 64 km/h (40 mph) F
B/FUEL SCHDL 1.0 - 8.0 msec
Selector lever D position
G
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 20 seconds, retry from step 2.
CAUTION:
H
Is “TESTING” displayed on CONSULT screen?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Check A/F sensor 1 function again. GO TO 3.
I
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B-II
Release accelerator pedal fully.
NOTE: J
Never apply brake when releasing the accelerator pedal.
Which does “TESTING” change to?
COMPLETED>>GO TO 6. K
OUT OF CONDITION>>Retry DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE. GO TO 4.
6.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B-III
L
Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULT”.
Which is displayed on CONSULT screen?
OK >> INSPECTION END
M
NG >> Proceed to EC-248, "Diagnosis Procedure".
7.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION B
NOTE: N
Use component function check to check the overall function of the A/F sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a
With GST O
2. Drive the vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) for a few minutes in the suitable gear position.
3. Shift the selector lever to D position, then release the accelerator pedal fully until the vehicle speed
decreases to 50 km/h (30 MPH). P
CAUTION:
NOTE:
Never apply brake when releasing the accelerator pedal.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for five times.
5. Stop the vehicle and turn ignition switch OFF.

8. Restart engine.
10. Stop the vehicle and connect GST to the vehicle.

YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
3. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground.
A/F sensor 1
DTC Ground Voltage
P0130 1 F38 4
P0150 2 F56 4
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
• 15 A fuse (No. 48)
• Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse

4.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
A/F sensor 1 ECM

DTC Continuity
1 57
P0130 1 F38
2 61
F8 Existed
1 65
P0150 2 F56
2 66
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector
and ground.

A/F sensor 1 A
DTC Ground Continuity
1
P0130 1 F38 EC
2
Ground Not existed
1
P0150 2 F56
2 C
ECM
DTC Ground Continuity D
57
P0130 1
61 E
F8 Ground Not existed
65
P0150 2
66
F
YES >> GO TO 5. G
Perform GI-42, "Intermittent Incident". H
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace. I
Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. J
CAUTION:
• Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread K
Cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize Lubricant
L
>> INSPECTION END

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

To judge malfunctions, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 sig-
nal is not inordinately low.

A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
P0131 [Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (bank 1) circuit
low voltage] • The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is con-
A/F SENSOR1 (B2) stantly approx. 0 V.
low voltage]
POSSIBLE CAUSE
DTC P0131
• A/F sensor 1
DTC P0151
• A/F sensor 1
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V at idle.
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK A/F SENSOR FUNCTION
2. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT
3. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” indication.
Is the indication constantly approx. 0 V?
NO >> GO TO 3.
4. Restart engine.
5. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine.
CAUTION:
6. Maintain the following conditions for about 20 consecutive seconds.

ENG SPEED 1,000 - 3,200 rpm A

VHCL SPEED SE More than 40 km/h (25 mph)
EC
NOTE:
• Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during cruising. C
• If this procedure is not completed within 1 minute after restarting engine at step 4, return to step
1.
D
E
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION F

YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT H

I
A/F sensor 1
DTC Ground Voltage J
P0130 1 F38 4
P0150 2 F56 4 K
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3. L

Check the following. M
• 15 A fuse (No. 48)
• Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse N

O
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. P

A/F sensor 1 ECM

DTC Continuity
1 57
P0130 1 F38
2 61
F8 Existed
1 65
P0150 2 F56
2 66
and ground.
A/F sensor 1
1
P0130 1 F38
2
Ground Not existed
1
P0150 2 F56
2
ECM
57
P0130 1
61
65
P0150 2
66
YES >> GO TO 5.
YES >> GO TO 6.
CAUTION:
>> INSPECTION END

A

To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1
signal is not inordinately high.
C
A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
D
high voltage] • The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is con-
A/F SENSOR1 (B2) stantly approx. 5 V.
P0152 [Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (bank 2) circuit E
high voltage]
POSSIBLE CAUSE
F
DTC P0132
• A/F sensor 1 G
DTC P0152
• A/F sensor 1 H
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
I
1.PRECONDITIONING
J
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V at idle. L
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK A/F SENSOR FUNCTION M
2. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
3. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” indication. N
Is the indication constantly approx. 5V?
NO >> GO TO 3. O
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. P
4. Restart engine.
5. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine.
CAUTION:
6. Maintain the following conditions for about 20 consecutive seconds.


NOTE:
• Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during cruising.
• If this procedure is not completed within 1 minute after restarting engine at step 4, return to step
1.

YES >> GO TO 2.
A/F sensor 1
DTC Ground Voltage
P0130 1 F38 4
P0150 2 F56 4
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
• 15 A fuse (No. 48)


A/F sensor 1 ECM A

DTC Continuity
1 57
P0130 1 F38 EC
2 61
F8 Existed
1 65
P0150 2 F56
2 66 C
and ground.
D
A/F sensor 1
E
1
P0130 1 F38
2
Ground Not existed
1 F
P0150 2 F56
2
G
ECM
57 H
P0130 1
61
65
P0150 2 I
66
YES >> GO TO 5.
L
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 M
CAUTION:
• Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a N
(commercial service tool). O
>> INSPECTION END

P

P0137, P0157 HO2S2
P0137, P0157 HO2S2
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time
between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The oxy-
gen storage capacity of the three way catalyst 1 causes the longer
switching time. To judge malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2,
ECM monitors whether the maximum voltage of the sensor is suffi-
ciently high during various driving conditions such as fuel-cut.
JMBIA1572GB

HO2S2 (B1)
P0137 (O2 sensor circuit low voltage bank 1 sen-
sor 2) The maximum voltage from the sensor does not reach the specified volt-
HO2S2 (B2) age.
P0157 (O2 sensor circuit low voltage bank 2 sen-
sor 2)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
DTC P0137
• Heated oxygen sensor 2
• Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector
DTC P0157
• Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.INSPECTION START
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before
conducting the next test.

P0137, P0157 HO2S2
TESTING CONDITION:
For better results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F). A
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE EC
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT. C
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. D
8. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F). E
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches 70°C (158°F).
9. Open engine hood.
10. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1147” (for DTC P0137) or “HO2S2 (B2) P1167” (for DTC P0157) of “HO2S2” in
“DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT. F
11. Start engine and follow the instruction of CONSULT display.
NOTE:
It will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED” is displayed. G
12. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
OK >> INSPECTION END H
CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED>>GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again.
J
>> GO TO 3.
5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK B1 K
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. L
Without CONSULT
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. M
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition.
N
ECM
DTC + – Condition Voltage
Connector O
Terminal Terminal
P0137 76 Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at The voltage should be above 0.74 V at
F8 84
P0157 80 least 10 times least once during this procedure.
P
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK B2
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition.

P0137, P0157 HO2S2
ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal
P0137 76 The voltage should be above 0.74 V at
F8 84 Keeping engine at idle for 10 minutes
P0157 80 least once during this procedure.

NO >> GO TO 7.
7.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-III
ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal
P0137 76 Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D po- The voltage should be above 0.74 V at
F8 84
P0157 80 sition least once during this procedure.


YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-163, "Work Procedure".
2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0174 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or P0174. Refer to EC-283, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
HO2S2 ECM
DTC Continuity
P0137 1 F23 1
F8 84 Existed
P0157 2 F22 1

P0137, P0157 HO2S2
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. A
4.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
EC
HO2S2 ECM
DTC Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal C
P0137 1 F23 4 76
F8 Existed
P0157 2 F22 4 80
D
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector and
ground.
E
HO2S2
P0137 1 F23 4 F
Ground Not existed
P0157 2 F22 4
ECM G
P0137 1 76 H
P0157 2 80
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 J

Is the inspection result normal? K
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 L
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 M
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Thread Cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubri- N
>> INSPECTION END O

P
>> INSPECTION END

1.INSPECTION START

P0137, P0157 HO2S2
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
6. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” as the monitor item
with CONSULT.
7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.
JMBIA1573GB
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be above 0.74 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be below 0.18 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
NO >> GO TO 6.
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-I
Without CONSULT
ECM
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
76
[HO2S2 The voltage should be above 0.74 V at
(bank 1)] Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least once during this procedure.
F8 84
80 least 10 times The voltage should be below 0.18 V at
[HO2S2 least once during this procedure.
(bank 2)]
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-II

P0137, P0157 HO2S2
ECM A
Connector
Terminal Terminal
EC
76
(bank 1)] least once during this procedure.
F8 84 Keeping engine at idle for 10 minutes C
80 The voltage should be below 0.18 V at
(bank 2)]
NO >> GO TO 5.
E
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-III
F
ECM
Connector G
Terminal Terminal
76
(bank 1)] Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D po- least once during this procedure. H
F8 84
80 sition The voltage should be below 0.18 V at
(bank 2)] I
NO >> GO TO 6. J
Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. K
CAUTION:
• Before installing new heated oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor L
M
>> INSPECTION END

P0138, P0158 HO2S2
P0138, P0158 HO2S2
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/
F) sensor 1. The oxygen storage capacity of the three way catalyst 1 causes the longer switching time.
MALFUNCTION A
To judge malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors
whether the voltage is unusually high during various driving condi-
tions such as fuel cut.
PBIB1848E
MALFUNCTION B
To judge malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors
whether the minimum voltage of sensor is sufficiently low during var-
ious driving conditions such as fuel cut.
PBIB2376E

HO2S2 (B1) A An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
P0138 (O2 sensor circuit high voltage bank 1 sen- The minimum voltage from the sensor is not reached to the specified
sor 2) B
voltage.
HO2S2 (B2) A An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
P0158 (O2 sensor circuit high voltage bank 2 The minimum voltage from the sensor is not reached to the specified
sensor2) B
voltage.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
DTC P0138 - A
DTC P0138 - B
• Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector
DTC P0158 - A

P0138, P0158 HO2S2
DTC P0158 - B
• Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted) A
• Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector
EC
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE C
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure D
>> GO TO 2.
F
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. G
H
6. Let engine idle for 2 minutes.
I
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B J
NOTE:
For better results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30 °C (32 to 86 °F). K
4. Turn ignition switch ON. L
7. Let engine idle for 1 minute. M
8. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F).
10. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1146” (for DTC P0138) or “HO2S2 (B2) P1166” (for DTC P0158) of “HO2S2” in N
“DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT.
NOTE: O
It will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED” is displayed.
P
CON NOT BE DIAGNOSED>>GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B AGAIN
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again.

P0138, P0158 HO2S2
>> GO TO 3.
5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION B1
NOTE:
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Without CONSULT
ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal
P0138 76 Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at The voltage should be below 0.18 V at
F8 84
P0158 80 least 10 times least once during this procedure.

NO >> GO TO 6.
ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal
P0138 76 The voltage should be below 0.18 V at
P0158 80 least once during this procedure.

NO >> GO TO 7.
ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal
P0138 76 Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D po- The voltage should be below 0.18 V at
F8 84
P0158 80 sition least once during this procedure.

1.INSPECTION START
P0138, P0158 HO2S2
Confirm the detected malfunction (A or B). Refer to EC-262, "DTC Description".
Which malfunction is detected? A
A >> GO TO 2
B >> GO TO 9.
2.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION EC

C
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. D
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. E
HO2S2 ECM F
DTC Continuity
P0138 1 F23 1
F8 84 Existed G
P0158 2 F22 1
Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT I
J
HO2S2 ECM
DTC Continuity
P0138 1 F23 4 76 K
F8 Existed
P0158 2 F22 4 80
ground. L
HO2S2
DTC Ground Continuity M
P0138 1 F23 4
Ground Not existed
P0158 2 F22 4 N
ECM
DTC Ground Continuity O
P0138 1 76
P0158 2 80 P
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK HO2S2 CONNECTOR FOR WATER
Check connectors for water.

P0138, P0158 HO2S2
Water should not exist.

YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7.
CAUTION:
>> INSPECTION END

>> INSPECTION END

YES >> GO TO 10.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 or P0175 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-288, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 11.
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
HO2S2 ECM
DTC Continuity
P0138 1 F23 1
F8 84 Existed
P0158 2 F22 1
YES >> GO TO 12.

P0138, P0158 HO2S2
12.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
EC
HO2S2 ECM
DTC Continuity
P0138 1 F23 4 76 C
F8 Existed
P0158 2 F22 4 80
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground.
D
HO2S2
Bank Connector Terminal E
P0138 1 F23 4
Ground Not existed
P0158 2 F22 4
F
ECM
Bank Connector Terminal G
P0138 1 76
P0158 2 80
H
YES >> GO TO 13.
I
Refer to EC-267, "Component Inspection". J
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> GO TO 14. K
Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. L
CAUTION:
• Before installing new heated oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor M
N
>> INSPECTION END
O
>> INSPECTION END P

1.INSPECTION START
YES >> GO TO 2.

P0138, P0158 HO2S2
NO >> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT
with CONSULT.
JMBIA1573GB
NO >> GO TO 6.
Without CONSULT
ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal
76
F8 84
80 least 10 times The voltage should be below 0.18 V at
(bank 2)]
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-II

P0138, P0158 HO2S2
ECM A
Connector
Terminal Terminal
EC
76
F8 84 Keeping engine at idle for 10 minutes C
(bank 2)]
NO >> GO TO 5.
E
F
ECM
Connector G
Terminal Terminal
76
(bank 1)] Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D po- least once during this procedure. H
F8 84
(bank 2)] I
NO >> GO TO 6. J
Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. K
CAUTION:
• Before installing new heated oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor L
M
>> INSPECTION END

P0139, P0159 HO2S2
P0139, P0159 HO2S2
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time
between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The oxy-
gen storage capacity of the three way catalyst 1 causes the longer
switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor
2, ECM monitors whether the switching response of the sensor's
voltage is faster than specified during various driving conditions such
as fuel cut.
SEF302U

HO2S2 (B1)
P0139 (O2 sensor circuit slow response bank 1
sensor 2) The switching time between rich and lean of a heated oxygen sensor 2 sig-
HO2S2 (B2) nal delays more than the specified time computed by ECM.
P0159 (O2 sensor circuit slow response bank 2
sensor2)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
DTC P0139
• Fuel system
• EVAP system
• Intake air system
DTC P0159
• Fuel system
• EVAP system
• Intake air system
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.INSPECTION START
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 7.
2.PRECONDITIONING

P0139, P0159 HO2S2
TESTING CONDITION:
For better results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F). A
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE EC
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT. C
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. D
8. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F). E
9. Drive the vehicle in a proper gear at 60 km/h (38MPH) and maintain the speed.
CAUTION:
10. Release the accelerator pedal fully at least 5 seconds. F
CAUTION:
• Enable the engine brake.
• Always drive carefully. G
• Never apply brake when releasing the accelerator pedal.
11. Repeat step 9 and 10 at least 8 times.
12. Check the following item of “DATA MONITOR”.
H
DTC Data monitor item Status

HO2 S2 DIAG1 (B1) I
P0139
HO2 S2 DIAG2 (B1)
CMPLT
HO2 S2 DIAG1 (B2)
P0159 J
HO2 S2 DIAG2 (B2)
YES >> GO TO 6. K
NO-1: “CMPLT” is not displayed on DIAG 1>>Perform DTC confirmation procedure again.
NO-2: “CMPLT” is not displayed on DIAG 2>>GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC WORK SUPPORT L
2. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P0139” or “HO2S2 (B2) P0159” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with
CONSULT. M
NOTE:
It will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED” is displayed.
N
Is “COMPLETED” displayed on CONSULT screen?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
O
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again. P
>> GO TO 3.
6.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT
Perform ECM self-diagnosis.
Is DTC “P0139” or “P0159” detected?

P0139, P0159 HO2S2
7.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK 1
NOTE:
Without CONSULT
ECM
DTC Terminal Condition Voltage
Connector
+ –
P0139 76 Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at A change of voltage should be more than
F8 84
P0159 80 least 10 times 0.96 V for 1 second during this procedure.

NO >> GO TO 8.
ECM
DTC Terminal Condition Voltage
Connector
+ –
P0139 76 A change of voltage should be more than
P0159 80 0.96 V for 1 second during this procedure.

NO >> GO TO 9.
ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal
P0139 76 Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) on the A change of voltage should be more than
F8 84
P0159 80 suitable gear position 0.96 V for 1 second during this procedure.


P0139, P0159 HO2S2
2. Check ground connection M111. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-45, "Circuit Inspection". A
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. EC
C
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0172, P0174 or P0175 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0174 or P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-283, "DTC D
Description" or EC-288, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT E
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector. F
HO2S2 ECM
DTC Continuity G
P0139 1 F23 1
F8 84 Existed
P0159 2 F22 1 H

I
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT J
HO2S2 ECM K
DTC Continuity
P0139 1 F23 4 76
F8 Existed L
P0159 2 F22 4 80
ground. M
HO2S2
Bank Connector Terminal N
P0139 1 F23 4
Ground Not existed
P0159 2 F22 4
O
ECM
Bank Connector Terminal P
P0139 1 76
P0159 2 80
YES >> GO TO 5.

P0139, P0159 HO2S2

YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6.
CAUTION:
>> INSPECTION END

>> INSPECTION END

1.INSPECTION START
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT
with CONSULT.
JMBIA1573GB
NO >> GO TO 6.
P0139, P0159 HO2S2
Without CONSULT
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. A
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute. EC
ECM
C
Connector
Terminal Terminal
76 D
F8 84
80 least 10 times The voltage should be below 0.18 V at E
(bank 2)]
Is the inspection result normal? F
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-II G
H
ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal I
76
F8 84 Keeping engine at idle for 10 minutes J
(bank 2)]
K
NO >> GO TO 5.
L
M
ECM
Connector N
Terminal Terminal
76
(bank 1)]
O
Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D po- least once during this procedure.
F8 84
(bank 2)] P
NO >> GO TO 6.
CAUTION:

P0139, P0159 HO2S2
>> INSPECTION END

P014C, P014D, P014E, P014F, P015A, P015B, P015C, P015D A/F SENSOR 1
P014C, P014D, P014E, P014F, P015A, P015B, P015C, P015D A/F SENSOR
A
1
EC
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
To judge malfunctions, this diagnosis measures response time of the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/
F sensor 1 signal. The time is compensated by engine operating (speed and load), fuel feedback control con- C
stant, and the A/F sensor 1 temperature index. Judgment is based on whether the compensated time (the A/F
signal cycling time index) is inordinately long or not.
D
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) E
P014C (O2 sensor slow response - rich to lean bank
1 sensor 1)
A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
P014D (O2 sensor slow response - lean to rich bank F
1 sensor 1)
A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
P015A (O2 sensor delayed response - rich to lean G
bank 1 sensor 1)
A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
P015B (O2 sensor delayed response - lean to rich H
bank 1 sensor 1) • The response time of a A/F sensor 1 signal delays more than the spec-
A/F SENSOR1 (B2) ified time computed by ECM.
P014E (O2 sensor slow response - rich to lean bank
2 sensor 1) I
A/F SENSOR1 (B2)
P014F (O2 sensor slow response - lean to rich bank
2 sensor 1) J
A/F SENSOR1 (B2)
P015C (O2 sensor delayed response - rich to lean
bank 2 sensor 1) K
A/F SENSOR1 (B2)
P015D (O2 sensor delayed response - lean to rich
bank 2 sensor 1)
L
POSSIBLE CAUSE
DTC P014C M
• A/F sensor 1
DTC P014D N
• A/F sensor 1
DTC P015A O
• A/F sensor 1
DTC P015B
P
• A/F sensor 1
DTC P014E
• A/F sensor 1
DTC P014F

• A/F sensor 1
DTC P015C
• A/F sensor 1
DTC P015D
• A/F sensor 1
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 6.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-1
With CONSULT
5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1minute under no load.
7. Increase the engine speed up to about 3,600 rpm and keep it for 10 seconds.
8. Fully release accelerator pedal and then let engine idle for about 1 minute.
9. Check the items status of “DATA MONITOR” as follows.
NOTE:
If “PRSNT” changed to “ABSNT”, refer to EC-248, "Diagnosis Procedure".

• P014C
• P014D
A/F SEN1 DIAG3 (B1)
• P015A
• P015B
PRSNT
• P014E
• P014F
A/F SEN1 DIAG3 (B2)
• P015C
• P015D
Is “PRSNT” displayed on CONSULT screen?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-2
With CONSULT
Perform DTC confirmation procedure-1 again.
Is “PRSNT” displayed on CONSULT screen?
YES >> GO TO 4.

NO >> Refer to EC-248, "Diagnosis Procedure".
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-2 A
With CONSULT
1. Wait for about 20 seconds at idle. EC
2. Check the items status of “DATA MONITOR” as follows.
NOTE:
If “CMPLT” changed to “INCMP”, refer to EC-248, "Diagnosis Procedure".
C
• P014C A/F SEN1 DIAG1 (B1)
• P014D
D
• P015A A/F SEN1 DIAG2 (B1)
• P015B
CMPLT
• P014E A/F SEN1 DIAG1 (B2) E
• P014F
• P015C A/F SEN1 DIAG2 (B2)
• P015D
F
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Refer to EC-248, "Diagnosis Procedure". G
5.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT
Check the “SELF-DIAG RESULT”. H
NO >> INSPECTION END I
6.CHECK AIR-FUEL RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE

With GST J
2. Select Service $01 with GST.
3. Calculate the total value of “Short term fuel trim” and “Long term fuel trim” indications. K
Is the total percentage within ±15%?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7. L
• Intake air leaks M
• Exhaust gas leaks
• Incorrect fuel pressure
• Lack of fuel N
• Fuel injector
• Incorrect PCV hose connection
• PCV valve
• Mass air flow sensor O
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.

P
6. Increase the engine speed up to about 3,600 rpm and keep it for 10 seconds.

7. Fully release accelerator pedal and then let engine idle for about 1 minute.

YES >> GO TO 2.
2.RETIGHTEN A/F SENSOR 1
Loosen and retighten the A/F sensor 1. Refer to EM-37, "Exploded View".
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK
1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst 1.
PBIB1922E
Is exhaust gas leak detected?

YES >> Repair or replace.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
Is intake air leak detected?
NO >> GO TO 5.
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0174 or P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-283, "DTC
Description" or EC-288, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 6.

A/F sensor 1 A
DTC Ground Voltage
• P014C
• P014D EC
1 F38 4
• P015A
• P015B
• P014E C
• P014F
2 F56 4
• P015C
• P015D
D
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7. E
• Harness connectors E10, F12 F
• 15 A fuse (No. 48)
• Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse G

8.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT H

3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector. I
A/F sensor 1 ECM

DTC Continuity J
• P014C 1 57
• P014D
1 F38 K
• P015A 2 61
• P015B
F8 Existed
• P014E 1 65
• P014F L
2 F56
• P015C 2 66
• P015D
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector M
and ground.
A/F sensor 1 N
• P014C 1
• P014D O
1 F38
• P015A 2
• P015B
Ground Not existed
• P014E 1 P
• P014F
2 F56
• P015C 2
• P015D

ECM
• P014C 57
• P014D
1
• P015A 61
• P015B
• P014E 65
• P014F
2
• P015C 66
• P015D
YES >> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 HEATER
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 13.
10.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Check both mass air flow sensor (bank 1 and bank 2).
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning mass air flow sensor. Refer to EM-30, "Exploded View".
11.CHECK PCV VALVE
Refer to EC-579, "Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Repair or replace PCV valve. Refer to EM-52, "Exploded View".
YES >> GO TO 13.
Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Refer to EM-37, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
>> INSPECTION END

P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
A

With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from A/F sensor 1. The ECM calculates
the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical ratios. C
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (the actual mixture ratio is too lean), the
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and illuminates the MIL (2 trip detection
logic).
D
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
A/F sensor 1 Fuel injection control Fuel injector E
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)

(Trouble diagnosis content) F
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1
P0171 • Fuel injection system does not operate properly.
(System too lean bank 1)
• The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too large. (The mixture ratio
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B2 is too lean.) G
P0174
(System too lean bank 2)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
H
DTC P0171
• A/F sensor 1 I
• Fuel injector
• Lack of fuel J
K
DTC P0174
• A/F sensor 1
• Fuel injector L
• Lack of fuel M
FAIL-SAFE N
Not applicable
O
1.PRECONDITIONING
before conducting the next test. P
>> GO TO 2.
2. Start engine.
Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.RESTART ENGINE
If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malfunction, too.
Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
NOTE:
When depressing accelerator pedal three fourths (3/4) or more, the control system does not start the engine.
Do not depress accelerator pedal too much.
Does engine start?
NO >> Check exhaust and intake air leak visually.
1. Keep engine idle for at least 5 minutes.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-III
2. Start engine.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive minutes.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
VHCL SPEED SE 50 - 120 km/h (31 - 75 MPH)

CAUTION:

PBIB1922E

NO >> GO TO 2.
1. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
2. Check PCV hose connection. A
NO >> GO TO 3. EC
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
C
2. Disconnect corresponding A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
D
A/F sensor 1 ECM
DTC Continuity
E
1 57
P0171 1 F38
2 61
F8 Existed
1 65 F
P0174 2 F56
2 66
and ground. G
A/F sensor 1
DTC Ground Continuity H
1
P0171 1 F38
2 I
Ground Not existed
1
P0174 2 F56
2
J
ECM
Bank Connector Terminal K
57
P0171 1
61
F8 Ground Not existed L
65
P0174 2
66
6. Also check harness for short to power. M
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. N
1. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-168, "Work Procedure".
2. Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-168, "Work Procedure". O
At idling: Approximately 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi)

P
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

YES >> Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”. Refer to FL-7, "Exploded View".
With CONSULT
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
For specification, refer to EC-583, "Mass Air Flow Sensor".
With GST
2. Check mass air flow sensor signal in Service $01 with GST.
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
grounds. Refer to EC-220, "Diagnosis Procedure".
7.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
Without CONSULT
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.
Clicking sound should be heard.

YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for FUEL INJECTOR, refer to
EC-548, "Diagnosis Procedure".
PBIB3332E
8.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR

2. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
3. Disconnect all fuel injector harness connectors.
4. Remove fuel tube assembly. Refer to EM-41, "Removal and Installation".
Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel tube.
5. For DTC P0171, reconnect fuel injector harness connectors on bank 1.
For DTC P0174, reconnect fuel injector harness connectors on bank 2.
6. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
7. Prepare pans or saucers under each fuel injector.
8. Crank engine for about 3 seconds.
For DTC P0171, make sure that fuel sprays out from fuel injec-
tors on bank 1.
For DTC P0174, make sure that fuel sprays out from fuel injec-
tors on bank 2.
Fuel should be sprayed evenly for each fuel injector.

YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace fuel injectors from which fuel does not spray
PBIB1726E
out. Always replace O-ring with new ones.
A
>> INSPECTION END
EC

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from A/F sensor 1. The ECM calculates
the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical ratios.
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (the actual mixture ratio is too rich), the ECM
judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and illuminates the MIL (2 trip detection logic).

Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
A/F sensor 1 Fuel injection control Fuel injector
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)

FUEL SYS-RICH-B1
P0172 • Fuel injection system does not operate properly.
(System too rich bank 1)
• The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too large. (The mixture ratio
FUEL SYS-RICH-B2 is too rich.)
P0175
(System too rich bank 2)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
DTC P0172
• A/F sensor 1
• Fuel injector
DTC P0175
• A/F sensor 1
• Fuel injector
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
2. Start engine.
Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.RESTART ENGINE
If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malfunction, too.
Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. A
NOTE:
When depressing accelerator pedal three fourths (3/4) or more, the control system does not start the engine.
Do not depress accelerator pedal too much.
EC
Does engine start?
NO >> Remove spark plugs and check for fouling, etc.
C
1. Keep engine idle for at least 10 minutes.
2. Check 1st trip DTC. D
NO >> GO TO 5. E
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. F
2. Start engine.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive minutes.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
G
VHCL SPEED SE 50 - 120 km/h (31 - 75 MPH)
CAUTION: H
I
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011282750 J

1. Start engine and run it at idle. K
N
PBIB1922E

YES >> Repair or replace. O
NO >> GO TO 2.
P
NO >> GO TO 3.

A/F sensor 1 ECM

DTC Continuity
1 57
P0172 1 F38
2 61
F8 Existed
1 65
P0175 2 F56
2 66
and ground.
A/F sensor 1
1
P0172 1 F38
2
Ground Not existed
1
P0175 2 F56
2
ECM
57
P0172 1
61
65
P0175 2
66
YES >> GO TO 4.
2. Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-168, "Work Procedure".
At idling: Approximately 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi)

YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”. Refer to FL-7, "Exploded View".
With CONSULT
2. Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
With GST
2. Check mass air flow sensor signal in “Service $01” with GST.
YES >> GO TO 6.

grounds. Refer to EC-220, "Diagnosis Procedure". A
6.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR
With CONSULT EC
1. Start engine.
Without CONSULT C
D
YES >> GO TO 7. E
F
PBIB3332E
7.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR G
1. Remove fuel injector assembly. Refer to EM-41, "Removal and Installation".

H
5. Prepare pans or saucers under each fuel injector. I
6. Crank engine for about 3 seconds.
Make sure fuel that does not drip from fuel injector.
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace the fuel injectors from which fuel is dripping. Always replace O-ring with new one.
L
>> INSPECTION END

P0181 FTT SENSOR
P0181 FTT SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Rationally incorrect voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM, compared
A with the voltage signals from ECT sensor and intake air temperature
sensor.
FTT SENSOR
P0181 (Fuel temperature sensor a circuit range/ The comparison result of signals transmitted to ECM from each tem-
performance) perature sensor (IAT sensor, ECT sensor, EOT sensor, and FTT sen-
B sor) shows that the voltage signal of the FTT sensor is higher/lower
than that of other temperature sensors when the engine is started with
its cold state.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
DTC P0181 - A
• Harness or connectors (The FTT sensor circuit is open or shorted)
• FTT sensor
DTC P0181 - B
• Harness or connectors (High or low resistance in the FTT sensor circuit)
• FTT sensor
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.INSPECTION START
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
1. Select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” with CONSULT.
2. Check “COOLAN TEMP/S” value.
“COOLAN TEMP/S” less than 60°C (140°F)?

P0181 FTT SENSOR
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II A
1. Cool engine down until “COOLAN TEMP/S” is less than 60°C (140°F).
2. Wait at least 10 seconds.
EC
C
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK (FOR MALFUNCTION B)
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-293, "Component Function Check". D
NOTE:
Use the component function check to check the overall function of the FTT sensor circuit. During this check, a
1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. E
NO >> Proceed to EC-294, "Diagnosis Procedure". F
7.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always perform the following proce-
dure before conducting the next test. G
TEST CONDITION:
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V or more at idle. I
>> GO TO 8.
J
8.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE B
2. Move the vehicle to a cool place. K
NOTE:
L
CAUTION:
NOTE:
The vehicle must be cooled with the hood open. M
CAUTION:
N
YES >> Proceed to EC-294, "Diagnosis Procedure". O
P
1.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
2. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector.
3. Remove fuel level sensor unit. Refer to FL-7, "Exploded View".

P0181 FTT SENSOR
4. Check resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”

20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7
4 and 5 Temperature [°C (°F)]
50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90
YES >> GO TO 2.
JMBIA0167ZZ

1.INSPECTION START
Confirm the detected malfunction (A or B). Refer to EC-292, "DTC Description".
Which malfunction is detected?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 7.
2.CHECK DTC WITH COMBINATION METER
Refer to MWI-64, "CONSULT Function".
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Go to MWI-96, "Work flow".
3.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
4. Check the voltage between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector and ground.
Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump

Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
B13 4 Ground Approx. 5
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
• Harness connectors B18, M19
• Harness for open or short between ECM and “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connector.
5.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Disconnect combination meter harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector and combination
meter harness connector.

P0181 FTT SENSOR
Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump Combination meter A

Continuity
B13 5 M58 44 Existed
EC
YES >> GO TO 7. C
NO >> GO TO 6.
D
• Harness for open or short between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” and combination meter
E
7.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR F
YES >> GO TO 8. G
NO >> Replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”. Refer to FL-7, "Exploded View".
H
>> INSPECTION END I

1.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR J

3. Remove fuel level sensor unit. Refer to FL-7, "Exploded View". K
L
20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7
4 and 5 Temperature [°C (°F)] M
50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90
YES >> INSPECTION END N
NO >> Replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”. Refer to
JMBIA0167ZZ
FL-7, "Exploded View".
O

P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

FTT_SEN/CIRCUIT
(Fuel temperature sensor “A” circuit low)
FTT_SEN/CIRCUIT
(Fuel temperature sensor “A” circuit high)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
DTC P0182
• Fuel tank temperature sensor
DTC P0183
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.

YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC WITH “COMBINATION METER”
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Go to MWI-96, "Work flow".

3.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A

EC

Ground Voltage (V) C
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART E

• Harness connectors M19, B18
F
• Harness for open or short between ECM and “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
G
5.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Disconnect “combination meter” harness connector. H
3. Check the continuity between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector and “combination
meter” harness connector.
I
Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump Combination meter
Continuity
B13 5 M58 44 Existed J

YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART L
• Harness for open or short between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” and “combination meter” M
7.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR N

Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT P
>> INSPECTION END


3. Remove fuel level sensor unit. Refer to FL-7, "Exploded View".

20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7
4 and 5 Temperature [°C (°F)]
50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90
NO >> Replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”. Refer to
JMBIA0167ZZ
FL-7, "Exploded View".

P0196 EOT SENSOR
P0196 EOT SENSOR
A

Rationally incorrect voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM, compared
A with the voltage signals from engine coolant temperature sensor and
intake air temperature sensor. D
EOT SENSOR
P0196 (Engine oil temperature sensor range/per- The comparison result of signals transmitted to ECM from each tem-
formance) perature sensor (IAT sensor, ECT sensor, EOT sensor, and FTT sen-
B sor) shows that the voltage signal of the EOT sensor is higher/lower
than that of other temperature sensors when the engine is started with
E
its cold state.
POSSIBLE CAUSE F
DTC P0196 - A
• Harness or connectors (The EOT sensor circuit is open or shorted)
• EOT sensor G
DTC P0196 - B
• Harness or connectors (High or low resistance in the EOT sensor circuit)
• EOT sensor H
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
I
J
or P0198.
K
NO >> GO TO 2. L
2.INSPECTION START
M
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 3. N
3.PRECONDITIONING
before conducting the next test. O
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. P
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 4.

P0196 EOT SENSOR
5. Start engine and let it idle for 5 minutes and 10 seconds.
NO >> GO TO 5.
2. Check that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates above 80°C (176°F).
If it is above 80°C (176°F), go to the following steps.
If it is below 80°C (176°F), warm engine up until “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 80°C (176°F).
Then perform the following steps.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and soak the vehicle in a cool place.
NOTE:
Do not turn ignition switch OFF until step 10.
8. Check the following.
COOLAN TEMP/S Below 40°C (104°F)

INT/A TEMP SE Below 40°C (104°F)
Difference between “COOLAN TEMP/S” and “INT/A TEMP SE” Within 6°C (11°F)
If they are within the specified range, perform the following steps.
If they are out of the specified range, soak the vehicle to meet the above conditions. Then perform the fol-
lowing steps.
NOTE:
• Do not turn ignition switch OFF.
• If it is supposed to need a long period of time, do not deplete the battery.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK (FOR MALFUNCTION B)
NOTE:
Use the component function check to check the overall function of the EOT sensor circuit. During this check, a
2. Disconnect EOT sensor harness connector.
3. Remove EOT sensor. Refer to EM-91, "2WD : Exploded View" (2WD) or EM-95, "AWD : Exploded View"
(AWD).
4. Check resistance between EOT sensor terminals by heating
with hot water as shown in the figure.

20 (68) 2.10 - 2.90
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
JMBIA0080ZZ

P0196 EOT SENSOR
YES-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END A
7.PRECONDITIONING
EC
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always perform the following proce-
dure before conducting the next test.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. C
TEST CONDITION:
D
E
>> GO TO 8.
8.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE B
1. Start engine and let it idle for 60 minutes. F
NOTE:
Cool the vehicle in an environment of ambient air temperature between −10°C (14°F) and 35°C (95°F). G
CAUTION:
NOTE: H
CAUTION: I
Is 1st trip DTC detected? J
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011282759 K

If DTC P0196 is displayed with DTC P0197 or P0198, first perform the confirmation procedure for DTC P0197 L
or P0198.
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. M
NO >> GO TO 2. N
O
YES >> GO TO 3.
P
3.CHECK ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
YES >> GO TO 4.

P0196 EOT SENSOR
NO >> Replace engine oil temperature sensor. Refer to EM-91, "2WD : Exploded View" (2WD) or EM-95,
"AWD : Exploded View" (AWD).
>> INSPECTION END


2. Disconnect engine oil temperature sensor harness connector.
3. Remove engine oil temperature sensor. Refer to EM-91, "2WD : Exploded View" (2WD) or EM-95, "AWD :
Exploded View" (AWD).
4. Check resistance between engine oil temperature sensor termi-
nals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure.

20 (68) 2.10 - 2.90
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
NO >> Replace engine oil temperature sensor. Refer to EM-91,
"2WD : Exploded View" (2WD) or EM-95, "AWD : Exploded View" (AWD).

P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR
A

EOT SEN/CIRC
(Engine oil temperature sensor circuit low)
EOT SEN/CIRC D
(Engine oil temperature sensor circuit high)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
E
DTC P0197
• Engine oil temperature sensor
F
DTC P0198
• Engine oil temperature sensor G
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
H
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure I
2. Turn ignition switch ON. J
>> GO TO 2. K
2. Check 1st trip DTC. L
NO >> INSPECTION END M
N
2. Check ground connection M111. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-45, "Circuit Inspection". O
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. P
2.CHECK EOT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect engine oil temperature (EOT) sensor harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between EOT sensor harness connector and ground.

EOT sensor
Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK EOT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check the continuity between EOT sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
EOT sensor ECM

Continuity
F25 2 F8 84 Existed
YES >> GO TO 4.
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace engine oil temperature sensor. Refer to EM-91, "2WD : Exploded View" (2WD) or EM-95,
"AWD : Exploded View" (AWD).
>> INSPECTION END


2. Disconnect engine oil temperature sensor harness connector.
3. Remove engine oil temperature sensor. Refer to EM-91, "2WD : Exploded View" (2WD) or EM-95, "AWD :
Exploded View" (AWD).
4. Check resistance between engine oil temperature sensor termi-
nals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure.

20 (68) 2.10 - 2.90
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
NO >> Replace engine oil temperature sensor. Refer to EM-91,
"2WD : Exploded View" (2WD) or EM-95, "AWD : Exploded View" (AWD).

P0222, P0223, P2132, P2133 TP SENSOR
P0222, P0223, P2132, P2133 TP SENSOR
A

TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1
P0222 An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor 1 is sent to ECM.
(Throttle/Pedal position sensor/switch “B” circuit low)
TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 D
P0223 (Throttle/Pedal position sensor/switch “B” circuit An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor 1 is sent to ECM.
high)
TP SEN 1/CIRC-B2
P2132 An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor 1 is sent to ECM. E
(Throttle/Pedal position sensor/switch “F” circuit low)
TP SEN 1/CIRC-B2
P2133 (Throttle/Pedal position sensor/switch “F” circuit An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor 1 is sent to ECM.
high) F
POSSIBLE CAUSE
DTC P0222 G
• Harness or connectors (TP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
H
DTC P0223
I
DTC P2132
J
DTC P2133
K
FAIL-SAFE
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode L

tion. M
Therefore, the acceleration will be poor.

N
(trouble diagnosis) for DTC P0643. O
NO >> GO TO 2. P
2.PRECONDITIONING

P0222, P0223, P2132, P2133 TP SENSOR
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 3.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

NO >> GO TO 2.
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

P0222, P0223 1 F31 6
Ground Approx. 5
P2132, P2133 2 F30 1
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
nector.

DTC Continuity
P0222, P0223 1 F31 3 40
F7 Existed
P2132, P2133 2 F30 4 48
YES >> GO TO 5.

P0222, P0223, P2132, P2133 TP SENSOR
5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
nector.
EC

DTC Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal C
P0222, P0223 1 F31 4 30
F7 Existed
P2132, P2133 2 F30 2 31
D
YES >> GO TO 6. E
Refer to EC-307, "Component Inspection". F
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7. G
1. Replace malfunctioning electric throttle control actuator. H
>> INSPECTION END I

J
>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000011282766 K

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. L
5. Set selector lever to D position.
N
ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal O
P
F7 Accelerator pedal

P0222, P0223, P2132, P2133 TP SENSOR
NO >> GO TO 2.
>> INSPECTION END


>> GO TO 2.
>> END

P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306 MISFIRE
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306 MISFIRE
A

When a misfire occurs, engine speed will fluctuate. If the engine speed fluctuates enough to cause the crank-
shaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) signal to vary, ECM can determine that a misfire is occurring.
C
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed On board diagnosis of misfire
The misfire detection logic consists of the following two conditions. D
1. One Trip Detection Logic (Three Way Catalyst Damage)
On the 1st trip, when a misfire condition occurs that can damage the three way catalyst (TWC) due to
overheating, the MIL will blink. E
When a misfire condition occurs, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor signal every 200 engine revolutions
for a change.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will turn off.
F
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC on a second trip, the MIL will blink.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will remain illumi-
nating.
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC, the MIL will begin to blink again. G
2. Two Trip Detection Logic (Exhaust quality deterioration)
For misfire conditions that will not damage the TWC (but will affect vehicle emissions), the MIL will only
illuminate when the misfire is detected on a second trip. During this condition, the ECM monitors the CKP H
sensor signal every 1,000 engine revolutions.
A misfire malfunction can be detected in any one cylinder or in multiple cylinders.
I
MULTI CYL MISFIRE
P0300 Multiple cylinders misfire. J
(Random/Multiple cylinder misfire detected)
CYL 1 MISFIRE
P0301 No. 1 cylinder misfires.
(Cylinder 1 misfire detected)
K
CYL 2 MISFIRE
CYL 3 MISFIRE
P0303 No. 3 cylinder misfires. L
CYL 4 MISFIRE
CYL 5 MISFIRE M
CYL 6 MISFIRE
(Cylinder 6 misfire detected) N
POSSIBLE CAUSE
DTC P0300 O
• Improper spark plug
• Insufficient compression
• Incorrect fuel pressure P
• The fuel injector circuit is open or shorted
• Fuel injector
• Intake air leak
• The ignition signal circuit is open or shorted
• Lack of fuel
• Signal plate
• A/F sensor 1

P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306 MISFIRE
DTC P0301
• Fuel injector
• Intake air leak
• Lack of fuel
• Signal plate
• A/F sensor 1
DTC P0302
• Fuel injector
• Intake air leak
• Lack of fuel
• Signal plate
• A/F sensor 1
DTC P0303
• Fuel injector
• Intake air leak
• Lack of fuel
• Signal plate
• A/F sensor 1
DTC P0304
• Fuel injector
• Intake air leak
• Lack of fuel
• Signal plate
• A/F sensor 1
DTC P0305
• Fuel injector
• Intake air leak
• Lack of fuel
• Signal plate
• A/F sensor 1

P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306 MISFIRE
A
DTC P0306
• Incorrect fuel pressure EC
• Fuel injector
• Intake air leak C
• Lack of fuel
• Signal plate
• A/F sensor 1 D
FAIL-SAFE
E
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING F
H
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I I
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. J
5. Restart engine and let it idle for about 15 minutes.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II L

M
4. Start engine and drive the vehicle under similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for a certain
time. Refer to the table below.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible. N
Similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data mean that the following conditions should be satisfied at
the same time.
CAUTION: O
Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws when
driving.
P
Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
Base fuel schedule Base fuel schedule in the freeze frame data × (1 ± 0.1)

P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306 MISFIRE
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70 °C (158 °F),
Engine coolant temperature (T) T should be lower than 70 °C (158 °F).
condition When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F).
Driving time varies according to the engine speed in the freeze frame data.
Engine speed Time

Around 1,000 rpm Approximately 10 minutes
Around 2,000 rpm Approximately 5 minutes
More than 3,000 rpm Approximately 3.5 minutes
1.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK AND PCV HOSE

1. Start engine and run it at idle speed.
2. Listen for the sound of the intake air leak.
3. Check PCV hose connection.
YES >> Discover air leak location and repair.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR EXHAUST SYSTEM CLOGGING
Stop engine and visually check exhaust tube, three way catalyst and muffler for dents.
YES-1 >> With CONSULT: GO TO 3.
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT: GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace it.
3.PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR-I
2. Listen to each fuel injector operation sound.

YES >> GO TO 5.
PBIB3332E
5.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-I

P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306 MISFIRE
CAUTION:
Perform the following procedure in a place where with no combustible objects and good ventilation. A
2. Remove fuel pump fuse in IPDM E/R to release fuel pres-
sure.
EC
NOTE:
Do not use CONSULT to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure
applies again during the following procedure.
3. Start engine. C
4. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel
pressure.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF. D
6. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electri-
cal discharge from the ignition coils. JMBIA0021ZZ
7. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be
checked. E
8. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder.
9. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil.
10. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm (0.52 - F
0.66 in) between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal
portion as shown in the figure.
11. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and check whether spark is
generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal por- G
tion.
Spark should be generated. H

CAUTION:
• Never place the spark plug and the ignition coil within 50
cm (19.7 in) each other. Be careful not to get an electrical JMBIA0066GB I
shock while checking, because the electrical discharge
voltage becomes 20 kV or more.
• It might damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is made. J
NOTE:
When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), a spark might be generated even if the coil is malfunc-
tioning.
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 6.
L
6.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-II
2. Disconnect spark plug and connect a non-malfunctioning spark plug. M
3. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and
the grounded metal portion.
Spark should be generated. N

YES >> GO TO 7. O
NO >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits. Refer to EC-556, "Diagnosis Procedure".
7.CHECK SPARK PLUG
P

P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306 MISFIRE
Check the initial spark plug for fouling, etc.
YES >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For
spark plug type, refer to EM-26, "Inspection".
NO >> Repair or clean spark plug. Then GO TO 8.
SEF156I
8.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-III

1. Reconnect the initial spark plugs.
2. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and
the grounded portion.
Spark should be generated.

NO >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For spark plug type, refer to EM-25, "Removal
and Installation".
9.CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE
Check compression pressure. Refer to EM-16, "Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Check pistons, piston rings, valves, valve seats and cylinder head gaskets.
3. Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-168, "Work Procedure".
At idle: Approximately 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi)

YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> GO TO 11.
YES >> Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”.
12.CHECK IDLE SPEED AND IGNITION TIMING
For procedure, refer to EC-164, "Work Procedure".
For specification, refer to EC-583, "Idle Speed" and EC-583, "Ignition Timing".
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> Follow the EC-164, "Work Procedure".

P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306 MISFIRE
A/F sensor 1 ECM A

Continuity
1 57
1 F38 EC
2 61
F8 Existed
1 65
2 F56
2 66 C
and ground.
D
A/F sensor 1
Ground Continuity
E
1
1 F38
2
Ground Not existed
1 F
2 F56
2
G
ECM
Ground Continuity
57 H
1
61
65
2 I
66
YES >> GO TO 14.
14.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER K
L
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> Replace (malfunctioning) A/F sensor 1. Refer to EM-37, "Exploded View".
15.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR M
With CONSULT
Check mass air flow sensor signal in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
For specification, refer to EC-583, "Mass Air Flow Sensor". N
With GST
Check mass air flow sensor signal in Service $01 with GST.
O
YES >> GO TO 16.
P
ground. Refer to EC-220, "Diagnosis Procedure".
16.CHECK SYMPTOM TABLE
Check items on the rough idle symptom in EC-569, "Symptom Table".
YES >> GO TO 17.

P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306 MISFIRE
17.ERASE THE 1ST TRIP DTC

Some tests may cause a 1st trip DTC to be set.
Erase the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory after performing the tests. Refer to EC-72, "On Board Diagnosis
Function" (Without CONSULT) or EC-75, "CONSULT Function" (With CONSULT).
>> GO TO 18.
>> INSPECTION END

P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS
P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS
A

KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
(Knock sensor 1 circuit low bank 1)
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 D
(Knock sensor 1 circuit high bank 1)
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B2
(Knock sensor 2 circuit low bank 2)
E
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B2
(Knock sensor 2 circuit high bank 2)
POSSIBLE CAUSE F
DTC P0327
G
• Knock sensor
DTC P0328
• Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) H
• Knock sensor
DTC P0332
• Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) I
• Knock sensor
DTC P0333
• Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) J
• Knock sensor
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable K

1.PRECONDITIONING L
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. M
TESTING CONDITION: N
>> GO TO 2. O
1. Start engine and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
2. Check 1st trip DTC. P

P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS

YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between knock sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
Knock sensor ECM

DTC Continuity
P0327, P0328 1 F69 2
F8 72 Existed
P0332, P0333 2 F68 2
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
• Harness connectors F55, F67
• Harness for open or short between knock sensor and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

4.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between knock sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
Knock sensor ECM

DTC Continuity
P0327, P0328 1 F69 1 73
F8 Existed
P0332, P0333 2 F68 1 69
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
• Harness for open or short between ECM and knock sensor
6.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning knock sensor. Refer to EM-131, "Exploded View".

P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A

>> INSPECTION END EC

1.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR C

2. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector.
D
3. Check resistance between knock sensor terminals as per the following.
NOTE:
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 MΩ.
E
Terminals Resistance (kΩ)
1 and 2 Approx. 532 - 588 [at 20°C (68°F)]
F
CAUTION:
Do not use any knock sensors that have been dropped or physically damaged. Use only new ones.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning knock sensor. Refer to EM-131, "Exploded View".
H

P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

• The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal is not detected by the ECM
during the first few seconds of engine cranking.
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT • The proper pulse signal from the crankshaft position sensor (POS) is not
P0335
(Crankshaft position sensor “A” circuit) sent to ECM while the engine is running.
• The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal is not in the normal pattern
during engine running.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
- CKP sensor (POS) circuit is open or shorted.
- CMP sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) circuit is open or shorted.
- APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.
- EVAP control system pressure sensor circuit is shorted.
- Battery current sensor circuit is shorted.
- Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.
• Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 2)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
• Battery current sensor
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
• Signal plate
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V with igni-
tion switch ON.
>> GO TO 2.
If engine does not start, crank engine for at least 2 seconds.


Is the inspection result normal? A
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I EC
1. Disconnect crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) harness connector.

C
3. Check the voltage between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and ground.
CKP sensor (POS)

Ground Voltage (V) D
Connector Terminal
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II F

G
3. Check the continuity between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and ECM harness connector.
CKP sensor (POS) ECM

Continuity H
F44 1 F7 46 Existed
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit.
J
4.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
K
ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
F7 46 CKP sensor (POS) F44 1 L
CMP sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) F62 1
F8 64
Battery current sensor E7 4
M
M124*1 10*1
103 APP sensor
M126*2 6*2
M37
EVAP control system pressure sensor B84 3 N
107
Refrigerant pressure sensor E82 3
*1: With ICC
*2: Without ICC
O

YES >> GO TO 5.
P
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK COMPONENTS
• Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) (Refer to EC-327, "Component Inspection".)
• Battery current sensor (Refer to EC-463, "Component Inspection".)
• EVAP control system pressure sensor (Refer to EC-358, "Component Inspection".)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to EC-567, "Diagnosis Procedure".)

YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning component.
6.CHECK APP SENSOR
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
>> INSPECTION END

8.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

Continuity
F44 2 F7 47 Existed
YES >> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

Continuity
F44 3 F7 37 Existed
YES >> GO TO 10.
10.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
YES >> GO TO 11.
11.CHECK GEAR TOOTH
Visually check for chipping signal plate gear tooth.
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Replace the signal plate. Refer to EM-131, "Exploded View".

>> INSPECTION END A
EC
1.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)-I
2. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor. C
3. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor (POS) harness connector.
4. Remove the sensor. Refer to EM-131, "Exploded View".
5. Visually check the sensor for chipping.
D
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EM-
131, "Exploded View". E
JMBIA0063ZZ
G
2.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)-II
Check resistance between crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminals as follows.
H
Terminals (Polarity) Resistance (Ω)
1 (+) - 2 (-)
I
1 (+) - 3 (-) Except 0 or ∞ [at 25°C (77°F)]
2 (+) - 3 (-)
K

P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 • The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM for the first few seconds during
P0340
(Camshaft position sensor “A” circuit bank 1) engine cranking.
CMP SEN/CIRC-B2 • The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM during engine running.
P0345 • The cylinder No. signal is not in the normal pattern during engine running.
(Camshaft position sensor “A” circuit bank 2)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
DTC P0340
• Harness or connectors [CMP sensor (PHASE) (bank 1) circuit is open or shorted.]
• Camshaft (INT)
• Starter motor
• Starting system circuit
• Dead (Weak) battery
DTC P0345
- Battery current sensor circuit is open or shorted.
• Camshaft (INT)
• Starter motor
• Starting system circuit
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
If DTC P0340 or P0345 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the confirmation procedure (trouble diagno-
sis) for DTC P0643.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:

Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V with igni-
tion switch ON. A
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I EC

C
YES >> Go to EC-325, "Diagnosis Procedure". D
NO >> GO TO 4.
1. Maintaining engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5 seconds. E
YES >> Go to EC-325, "Diagnosis Procedure". F
G
If DTC P0340 or P0345 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the confirmation procedure (trouble diagno- H
sis) for DTC P0643.
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-404, "DTC Description". I
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STARTING SYSTEM
Turn ignition switch to START position. J
Does the engine turn over? Does the starter motor operate?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Check starting system. (Refer to STR-11, "Work Flow (With GR8-1200 NI)" or STR-14, "Work K
Flow (Without GR8-1200 NI)". For details, Refer to STR-3, "Special Service Tools".)
3.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION L
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR (PHASE) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I N
1. Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor (PHASE) harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between CMP sensor (PHASE) harness connector and ground. O
CMP sensor (PHASE)

DTC Ground Voltage (V) P
P0340 1 F43 1
Ground Approx. 5
P0345 2 F62 1
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO-1 >> P0340: Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
NO-2 >> P0345: GO TO 5.

5.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR (PHASE) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

3. Check the continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) harness connector and ECM harness connector.
CMP sensor (PHASE) ECM

Continuity
2 F62 1 F8 64 Existed
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR (PHASE) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
ECM Sensor
F7 46 CKP sensor (POS) F44 1
F8 64
M124*1 10*1
103 APP sensor *2
M126 6*2
M37
EVAP control system pressure sensor B84 3
107
*1: With ICC
*2: Without ICC
YES >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK COMPONENTS
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS) (Refer to EC-323, "Component Inspection".)
YES >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK APP SENSOR
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> GO TO 9.
>> INSPECTION END

10.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. A
CMP sensor (PHASE) ECM EC

DTC Continuity
P0340 1 F43 2 96
F8 Existed C
P0345 2 F62 2 92
YES >> GO TO 11.
11.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT E
F
CMP sensor (PHASE) ECM
DTC Continuity
P0340 1 F43 3 59 G
F8 Existed
P0345 2 F62 3 63
H
YES >> GO TO 12.
I
YES >> GO TO 13.
13.CHECK CAMSHAFT (INTAKE) K

• Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft front end
• Chipping signal plate of camshaft front end L
YES >> GO TO 14.
M
front end or replace camshaft.
JMBIA0962ZZ
O
P
>> INSPECTION END
1.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)-I


2. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
3. Disconnect camshaft position sensor (PHASE) harness connector.
4. Remove the sensor. Refer to EM-55, "Exploded View".
5. Visually check the sensor for chipping.
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning camshaft position sensor
(PHASE). Refer to EM-55, "Exploded View".
JMBIA0065ZZ
2.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)-II

Check resistance camshaft position sensor (PHASE) terminals as follows.
Terminals (Polarity) Resistance (Ω)

1 (+) - 2 (-)
1 (+) - 3 (-) Except 0 or ∞ [at 25°C (77°F)]
2 (+) - 3 (-)

P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
A

The ECM monitors the switching frequency ratio of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 and heated oxygen sensor 2.
A three way catalyst 1 with high oxygen storage capacity will indicate a low switching frequency of heated oxy-
gen sensor 2. As oxygen storage capacity decreases, the heated oxygen sensor 2 switching frequency will C
increase.
When the frequency ratio of A/F sensor 1 and heated oxygen sensor 2 approaches a specified limit value, the
three way catalyst 1 malfunction is diagnosed.
D
PBIB1923E
G
TW CATALYST SYS-B1 H
P0420 (Catalyst system efficiency below threshold
bank 1) • Three way catalyst (manifold) does not operate properly.
• Three way catalyst (manifold) does not have enough oxygen storage ca-
TW CATALYST SYS-B2 pacity. I
P0430 (Catalyst system efficiency below threshold
bank 2)
POSSIBLE CAUSE J
DTC P0420
• Three way catalyst (manifold)
• Exhaust tube K
• Fuel injector
• Fuel injector leaks L
• Spark plug
• Improper ignition timing
DTC P0430 M
• Three way catalyst (manifold)
• Exhaust tube
N
• Fuel injector
• Fuel injector leaks
• Spark plug
• Improper ignition timing O
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
P
1.INSPECTION START
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 7.

2.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
Do not hold engine speed for more than the specified minutes below.
>> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT
10. Select “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” then “SRT WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT.
11. Rev engine up to about 2,000 rpm and hold it for 3 consecutive minutes then release the accelerator
pedal completely.
12. Check the indication of “CATALYST”.
CMPLT >> GO TO 6.
INCMP >> GO TO 4.
1. Wait 5 seconds at idle.
2. Rev engine up to about 2,000 rpm and maintain it until “INCMP” of “CATALYST” changes to “CMPLT” (It
will take approximately 5 minutes).
Does the indication change to “CMPLT”?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN
1. Stop engine and cool it down to less than 70°C (158°F).
2. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE again.
>> GO TO 3.
Check 1st trip DTC.
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the three way catalyst (manifold). During this
Without CONSULT

3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. A
EC
ECM
DTC + – Condition Voltage C
Connector
Terminal Terminal
76
P0420 The voltage fluctuation cycle takes more
[HO2S2 (bank 1)] Keeping engine speed at 2,500 D
F8 84 than 5 seconds.
80 rpm constant under no load
P0430 • 1 cycle: 0.6 - 1.0 → 0 - 0.3 → 0.6 - 1.0
[HO2S2 (bank 2)]
NO >> Proceed to EC-331, "Diagnosis Procedure". F
1.CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM G
Visually check exhaust tubes and muffler for dents.

YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK I
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before the three way catalyst 1.
J
PBIB1922E
Is exhaust gas leak detected? M

NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK N
Is intake air leak detected? O
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK IDLE SPEED AND IGNITION TIMING P
For procedure, refer to EC-164, "Work Procedure".
For specification, refer to EC-583, "Idle Speed" and EC-583, "Ignition Timing".
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Follow the EC-164, "Work Procedure".

5.CHECK FUEL INJECTORS

1. Stop engine and then turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
ECM
+ – Voltage
81
82
85
F8 M37 128 Battery voltage
86
89
90
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Perform EC-548, "Diagnosis Procedure".
6.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-I
CAUTION:
Perform the following procedure in a place where with no combustible objects and good ventilation.
2. Remove fuel pump fuse in IPDM E/R to release fuel pres-
sure.
NOTE:
Do not use CONSULT to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure
applies again during the following procedure.
3. Start engine.
4. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel
pressure.
6. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electri-
cal discharge from the ignition coils. JMBIA0021ZZ
7. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be
checked.
10. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm (0.52 -
11. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and check whether spark is
generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal por-
tion.

CAUTION:
cm (19.7 in) each other. Be careful not to get an electrical JMBIA0066GB

• It might damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is made.
NOTE:
When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), a spark might be generated even if the coil is malfunc-
tioning.
YES >> GO TO 10.

NO >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-II A

2. Disconnect spark plug and connect a non-malfunctioning spark plug.
3. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and EC
the grounded metal portion.
Spark should be generated. C

YES >> GO TO 8.
D
NO >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits. Refer to EC-556, "Diagnosis Procedure".
8.CHECK SPARK PLUG
Check the initial spark plug for fouling, etc. E
YES >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For
spark plug type, refer to EM-26, "Inspection". F
NO >> Repair or clean spark plug. Then GO TO 9.
SEF156I H
9.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-III
1. Reconnect the initial spark plugs. I
2. Crank engine for about three seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug
and the grounded portion.
Spark should be generated. J

NO >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For spark plug type, refer to EM-25, "Removal
and Installation".
10.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR L
2. Remove fuel injector assembly.
Refer to EM-41, "Removal and Installation". M
4. Reconnect all fuel injector harness connectors disconnected.
6. Check that fuel does not drip from fuel injector.
Does fuel drip from fuel injector?
YES >> Replace the fuel injector(s) from which fuel is dripping. O
NO >> GO TO 11.
11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT P
YES >> Replace three way catalyst assembly. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.

P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

In this evaporative emission (EVAP) control system, purge flow occurs during non-closed throttle conditions.
Purge volume is related to air intake volume. Under normal purge conditions (non-closed throttle), the EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve is open to admit purge flow. Purge flow exposes the EVAP con-
trol system pressure sensor to intake manifold vacuum.
Under normal conditions (non-closed throttle), sensor output voltage indicates if pressure drop and purge flow
are adequate. If not, a malfunction is determined.
PBIB1026E

EVAP PURG FLOW/MON
EVAP control system does not operate properly, EVAP control system has
P0441 (Evaporative emission system incorrect
a leak between intake manifold and EVAP control system pressure sensor.
purge flow)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve stuck closed
• EVAP control system pressure sensor and the circuit
• Loose, disconnected or improper connection of rubber tube
• Blocked rubber tube
• Cracked EVAP canister
• EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve circuit
• Blocked purge port
• EVAP canister vent control valve
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
If DTC P0441 is displayed with other DTC such as P2122, P2123, P2127, P2128 or P2138, first perform the
confirmation procedure (trouble diagnosis) for other DTC.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.INSPECTION START

Do you have CONSULT? A
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 7.
3.PRECONDITIONING EC
C
TESTING CONDITION: D
Always perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more.
>> GO TO 4. E
With CONSULT F
6. Select “PURG FLOW P0441” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CON-
SULT. H
YES >> GO TO 6. I
NO >> GO TO 5.
J
When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT screen. Maintain the
conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take at least 35 seconds.)
K
VHCL SPEED SE 32 - 120 km/h (20 - 75 mph)
ENG SPEED 500 - 3,000 rpm L
M
CAUTION:
N
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE again. GO TO 3.
6.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-III O
Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
OK >> INSPECTION END P
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall monitoring function of the EVAP control system purge flow
monitoring. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Without CONSULT

1. Lift up drive wheels.
2. Start engine (VDC switch OFF) and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
7. Set voltmeter probes to ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
ECM
+ –
Connector
Terminal Terminal
102
M37 112
(EVAP control system pressure sensor signal)
8. Check EVAP control system pressure sensor value at idle speed and note it.
9. Establish and maintain the following conditions for at least 1 minute.
Air conditioner switch ON

Headlamp switch ON
Rear window defogger switch ON
Engine speed Approx. 3,000 rpm
Gear position Any position other than P, N or R
10. Verify that EVAP control system pressure sensor value stays 0.1 V less than the value at idle speed (mea-
sured at step 8) for at least 1 second.

If DTC P0441 is displayed with other DTC such as P2122, P2123, P2127, P2128 or P2138, first perform the
confirmation procedure (trouble diagnosis) for other DTC.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER
2. Check EVAP canister for cracks.
NO >> Replace EVAP canister. Refer to FL-16, "Exploded View".
3.CHECK PURGE FLOW
With CONSULT
1. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP ser-
vice port.
3. Select “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT.
4. Touch “Qd” and “Qu” on CONSULT screen to adjust “PURG VOL C/V” opening and check vacuum exist-
ence.

PURG VOL C/V Vacuum A

100% Existed
0% Not existed
EC
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 5. C
4.CHECK PURGE FLOW
Without CONSULT
2. Stop engine.
3. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP ser-
vice port and install vacuum gauge. For the location of EVAP service port, refer to EC-17, "ENGINE CON- E
TROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location".
Do not depress accelerator pedal even slightly.
5. Check vacuum gauge indication before 60 seconds passed after starting engine. F
Vacuum should not exist.

G
6. Revving engine up to 2,000rpm after 100 seconds passed after starting engine.
Vacuum should exist.

H
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 5. I
5.CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE
2. Check EVAP purge line for improper connection or disconnection. J
Refer to EC-51, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System Description".
YES >> GO TO 6. K
NO >> Repair it.
6.CHECK EVAP PURGE HOSE AND PURGE PORT L
1. Disconnect purge hoses connected to EVAP service port and
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve .
2. Blow air into each hose and EVAP purge port . M
O
SEF367U

3. Check that air flows freely.
NO >> Repair or clean hoses and/or purge port.
SEF368U
7.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT. Check that engine speed varies
according to the valve opening.
Does engine speed vary according to the valve opening?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 8.
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-32, "Exploded View".
9.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR
1. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector.
2. Check connectors for water.

YES >> GO TO 10.
10.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR FUNCTION
Refer to EC-359, "DTC Description" for DTC P0452, EC-364, "DTC Description" for DTC P0453.
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
11.CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING
1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
2. Check the rubber tube for clogging.
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower.
12.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. Refer to FL-16, "Exploded View".
Inspect EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube). Check for evidence of leaks.

YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Replace it.
14.CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE EC
Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower.
C
>> GO TO 15.
D
>> INSPECTION END E

P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

PURG VOLUME CONT/V The canister purge flow is detected during the specified driving conditions,
P0443 (Evaporative emission system purge con- even when EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is com-
trol valve circuit) pletely closed.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve (The valve is stuck open.)
• EVAP canister
• Hoses (Hoses are connected incorrectly or clogged.)
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
Do you have CONSULT
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT
6. Select “PURG VOL CN/V P1444” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with
CONSULT.
8. Start engine and let it idle until “TESTING” on CONSULT changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take approxi-
mately 10 seconds.)
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2.
NG >> Go to EC-341, "Diagnosis Procedure".
With GST

6. Check 1st trip DTC. A
Is 1st trip DTC displayed?
NO >> INSPECTION END EC
1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT C

2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector.
D
4. Check the voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and
ground.
E
EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal F
F45 1 Ground Battery voltage
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART H
• Harness connectors M36, F20 I
• Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and IPDM E/R
• Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM
J
3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
FOR OPEN AND SHORT K
3. Check the continuity between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and L
ECM harness connector.
EVAP canister purge volume M

ECM
control solenoid valve Continuity
F45 2 F7 21 Existed N

YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR P

YES >> GO TO 5.

With CONSULT
2. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
Does engine speed vary according to the valve opening?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7.
YES >> GO TO 8.
YES >> GO TO 9.
YES >> GO TO 10.
10.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER IS SATURATED WITH WATER
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
2. Check if water will drain from EVAP canister .
: EVAP canister vent control valve
Does water drain from the EVAP canister?

YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> GO TO 13.
PBIB2731E

Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
The weight should be less than 2.1 kg (4.6 lb).

YES >> GO TO 13. A
NO >> GO TO 12.
EC
• EVAP canister for damage
• EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection
C
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister.

13.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT D
>> INSPECTION END E
F
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. G
3. Disconnect EVAP purge hoses connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
4. Start the engine. H
6. Touch “Qd” and “Qu” on CONSULT screen to adjust “PURG
VOL C/V” opening and check air passage continuity of EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve under the following I
conditions.
Condition Air passage continuity J

(PURG VOL C/V value) between and
100% Existed
K
0% Not existed
JMBIA0068ZZ
L
Without CONSULT
3. Disconnect EVAP purge hoses connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. M
4. Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve under the following conditions.
N
Air passage continuity
Condition
between and
12V direct current supply between
Existed
O
terminals 1 and 2
No supply Not existed
Is the inspection result normal? P
JMBIA0068ZZ

P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
VALVE
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

PURG VOLUME CONT/V
P0444 (Evaporative emission system purge con- An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM through the valve
trol valve circuit open)
PURG VOLUME CONT/V
P0445 (Evaporative emission system purge con- An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM through the valve
trol valve circuit shorted)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
DTC P0444
• Harness or connectors (The solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.)
• EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
DTC P0445
• Harness or connectors (The solenoid valve circuit is shorted.)
• EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.CONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
>> GO TO 2.
1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
4. Check the voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and
ground.

VALVE
EVAP canister purge volume A

control solenoid valve Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F45 1 Ground Battery voltage EC

YES >> GO TO 3. C
NO >> GO TO 2.
Check the following. D
• Harness connectors M36, F20
• Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and IPDM E/R E
• Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. F
3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check the continuity between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and
ECM harness connector. H
EVAP canister purge volume

ECM
control solenoid valve Continuity I
F45 2 F7 21 Existed
J
YES-1 >> With CONSULT: GO TO 4. K
4.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION L
With CONSULT
2. Start the engine. M
Does engine speed vary according to the valve opening? N
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE O
P
YES >> GO TO 6.
>> INSPECTION END

VALVE

With CONSULT
6. Touch “Qd” and “Qu” on CONSULT screen to adjust “PURG
VOL C/V” opening and check air passage continuity of EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve under the following
conditions.
Condition Air passage continuity

(PURG VOL C/V value) between and
100% Existed
0% Not existed
JMBIA0068ZZ
Without CONSULT
4. Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Air passage continuity

Condition
between and
12 V direct current supply between
Existed
terminals 1 and 2
No supply Not existed
JMBIA0068ZZ

P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
A

VENT CONTROL VALVE
An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM through EVAP canister vent con-
P0447 (Evaporative emission system vent control
trol valve.
circuit open)
D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The valve circuit is open or shorted.)
• EVAP canister vent control valve E
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
F
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure G
2. Turn ignition switch ON. H
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
I
>> GO TO 2.
L
1.INSPECTION START M
YES >> GO TO 2. N
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT
O
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and then ON.
2. Select “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT.
3. Touch “ON/OFF” on CONSULT screen. P
4. Check for operating sound of the valve.

YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 3.

3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

2. Disconnect EVAP canister vent control valve harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between EVAP canister vent control valve harness connector and ground.
EVAP canister vent control valve

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
B85 1 Ground Battery voltage
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
• Harness connectors B68, B83
• Harness for open or short between EVAP canister vent control valve and IPDM E/R
5.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check the continuity between EVAP canister vent control valve harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
EVAP canister vent control valve ECM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6.
• Harness for open or short between EVAP canister vent control valve and ECM
YES >> GO TO 8.

YES >> GO TO 9. A
EC
>> INSPECTION END C

1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-I D

2. Remove EVAP canister vent control valve from EVAP canister. Refer to FL-16, "Exploded View".
3. Check portion of EVAP canister vent control valve for rust. E
Is it rusted?
YES >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. Refer to FL-
16, "Exploded View". F
NO >> GO TO 2.
JMBIA0168ZZ
H
2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-II

With CONSULT I
3. Perform “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode. J
4. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time.
Make sure that new O-ring is installed properly.
K
Condition VENT CONT/V Air passage continuity between and
ON Not existed
OFF Existed L
Operation takes less than 1 second.
M
JMBIA0169ZZ
Without CONSULT N
2. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the
following conditions.
Make sure that new O-ring is installed properly. O
Condition Air passage continuity between and

P
12 V direct current supply
Not existed
between terminals 1 and 2
OFF Existed
JMBIA0169ZZ
YES >> GO TO 3.

3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-III
With CONSULT
1. Clean the air passage [portion to ] of EVAP canister vent control valve using an air blower.
2. Perform “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.

ON Not existed
OFF Existed
JMBIA0169ZZ
Without CONSULT

Not existed
OFF Existed
JMBIA0169ZZ

A

VENT CONTROL VALVE
EVAP canister vent control valve remains closed under specified driving
P0448 (Evaporative emission system vent control
conditions.
circuit shorted)
D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• EVAP control system pressure sensor and the circuit E
• Blocked rubber tube to EVAP canister vent control valve
• EVAP canister is saturated with water
FAIL-SAFE F
Not applicable
G
1.PRECONDITIONING
before conducting the next test. H
I
>> GO TO 2.
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 1 minute. K
4. Repeat next procedures five times.
- Increase the engine speed up to between 3,000 and 3,500 rpm and maintain that speed for 2 minutes.
Do not exceed 2 minutes. L
- Fully released accelerator pedal and keep engine idle for about 5 seconds.
5. Repeat next procedure 27 times.
- Quickly increase the engine speed up to between 3,000 and 3,500 rpm and maintain that speed for 25 to
30 seconds. M
- Fully released accelerator pedal and keep engine idle for at least 35 seconds.
P
JMBIA1516GB


1.CHECK RUBBER TUBE

YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Clean rubber tube using an air blower.
YES >> GO TO 3.
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve
and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached.
2. Check if water will drain from the EVAP canister .
Does water drain from EVAP canister?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 6.
PBIB2731E

attached.
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.

6.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR

YES >> GO TO 7.

YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to FL-16, "Exploded View". A
EC
>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000011282794 C
1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-I

D
2. Remove EVAP canister vent control valve from EVAP canister. Refer to FL-16, "Exploded View".
3. Check portion of EVAP canister vent control valve for rust.
Is it rusted? E
YES >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. Refer to FL-
16, "Exploded View".
NO >> GO TO 2. F
JMBIA0168ZZ
H
2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-II
With CONSULT
1. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected. I
Make sure that new O-ring is installed properly. J

K
ON Not existed
OFF Existed
Operation takes less than 1 second. L
JMBIA0169ZZ
M
Without CONSULT
2. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the N
O
Not existed P
OFF Existed
JMBIA0169ZZ
YES >> GO TO 3.

3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-III

With CONSULT

ON Not existed
OFF Existed
JMBIA0169ZZ
Without CONSULT

Not existed
OFF Existed
JMBIA0169ZZ

P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
A

EVAP SYS PRES SEN
ECM detects a sloshing signal from the EVAP control system pressure sen-
P0451 (Evaporative emission system pressure
sor
sensor/switch range/performance)
D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
- EVAP control system pressure sensor circuit is shorted. E
- CKP sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.
- Battery current sensor circuit is open or shorted. F
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS) G
• Battery current sensor H
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable I
NOTE:
Never remove fuel filler cap during DTC confirmation procedure. J
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure K
With CONSULT>>GO TO 2.
Without CONSULT>>GO TO 5. M
With CONSULT N
1. Start engine and let it idle for least 40 seconds.
NOTE:
2. Check 1st trip DTC. O
P
NO >> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT
1. Select “EVAP DIAG READY” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE”.
2. Let it idle until “OFF” of “EVAP DIAG READY” changes to “ON”.
NOTE:
It will take at most 2 hours until “OFF” of “EVAP DIAG READY” changes to “ON”.

3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 90 minutes.
NOTE:
Never turn ignition switch ON during 90 minutes.
5. Select “EVAP LEAK DIAG” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE”.
6. Check that “EVAP LEAK DIAG” indication.
Which is displayed on CONSULT?
CMPLT >> GO TO 4.
YET >> 1. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE again.
2. GO TO 1.
With CONSULT
Check 1st trip DTC.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-IV
With GST
1. Start engine and let it idle for least 40 seconds.
NOTE:
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-V
With GST
1. Let it idle for at least 2 hours.
NOTE:

YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR FOR WATER
2. Check sensor harness connector for water.

YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness connector.

3.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A

2. Check the voltage between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ground.
EC
EVAP control system pressure sensor
Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
B84 3 Ground Approx. 5 C
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 4. D

Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals. E
ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal F
F8 64 G
M124*1 10*1
103 APP sensor
M126*2 6*2 H
M37
107
I
*1: With ICC
*2: Without ICC
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK COMPONENTS K
• Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) (Refer to EC-327, "Component Inspection".) L
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK APP SENSOR N
O
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY P
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly
>> INSPECTION END


YES >> GO TO 9.
>> INSPECTION END


2. Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector.
Always replace O-ring with a new one.
3. Install a vacuum pump to EVAP control system pressure sensor.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and check output voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the
ECM
Condition
+ – Voltage (V)
Connector [Applied vacuum kPa (kg/cm2, psi)]
Terminal Terminal
Not applied 1.8 - 4.8
M37 102 112
-26.7 (-0.272, -3.87) 2.1 to 2.5 lower than above value
CAUTION:
• Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it.
• Never apply below -93.3 kPa (-0.952 kg/cm2, -13.53 psi) or pressure over 101.3 kPa (1.033 kg/cm2,
14.69 psi).

A

EVAP SYS PRES SEN
P0452 (Evaporative emission system pressure An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
sensor/switch low)
D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
- EVAP control system pressure sensor circuit is open or shorted. E
- Battery current sensor circuit is open or shorted. F
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS) G
• Battery current sensor H
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable I
1.PRECONDITIONING J
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more. L
>> GO TO 2.
M
With CONSULT
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. N
7. Make sure that “FUEL T/TMP SE” is more than 0°C (32°F).
8. Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds. P
With GST

ECM
+ –
Connector
Terminal Terminal
106 128
M37
(Fuel tank temperature sensor signal) (ECM ground)
3. Make sure that the voltage is less than 4.2 V.

YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK CONNECTOR

YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
EVAP control system pressure sensor

Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
3. Check the continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector.
EVAP control system pressure sensor ECM

Continuity

YES >> GO TO 6. A
NO >> GO TO 5.
EC
• Harness for open between ECM and EVAP control system pressure sensor C
>> Repair open circuit.

D
E
ECM Sensor
F
F8 64
Battery current sensor E7 4 G
*1 *1
M124 10
103 APP sensor
M126*2 6*2
M37 H
107
*1: With ICC
I
*2: Without ICC
YES >> GO TO 7. J
7.CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following. K
• Battery current sensor (Refer to EC-463, "Component Inspection".) L
YES >> GO TO 8. M
8.CHECK APP SENSOR
N
YES >> GO TO 15. O
NO >> GO TO 9.
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly P
>> INSPECTION END

10.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT

ness connector.

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> GO TO 11.
• Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM
12.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
ness connector.

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> GO TO 13.
YES >> GO TO 15.
>> INSPECTION END


2. Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector. A
EC
ECM
Condition C
+ – Voltage (V)
Terminal Terminal
Not applied 1.8 - 4.8 D
M37 102 112
CAUTION:
• Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it. E
• Never apply below -93.3 kPa (-0.952 kg/cm2, -13.53 psi) or pressure over 101.3 kPa (1.033 kg/cm2,
14.69 psi).
G

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

EVAP SYS PRES SEN
P0453 (Evaporative emission system pressure An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
sensor/switch high)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
- EVAP control system pressure sensor circuit is open or shorted.
• EVAP canister
• Rubber hose from EVAP canister vent control valve to vehicle frame
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
7. Make sure that “FUEL T/TMP SE” is more than 0°C (32°F).
With GST

ECM A
+ –
Connector
Terminal Terminal
EC
106 128
M37
(Fuel tank temperature sensor signal) (ECM ground)
3. Make sure that the voltage is less than 4.2 V. C
7. Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds. D
YES >> Go to EC-365, "Diagnosis Procedure". E
F
YES >> GO TO 2. H
2.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector. I
Water should not exist. J

YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness connector. K
3.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

EVAP control system pressure sensor M

Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
N
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 4.
O
4.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. P
ness connector.

Continuity

YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
• Harness for open between ECM and EVAP control system pressure sensor

ECM Sensor
F8 64
M124*1 10*1
103 APP sensor *2
M126 6*2
M37
107
*1: With ICC
*2: Without ICC
YES >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK COMPONENTS
YES >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK APP SENSOR
YES >> GO TO 20.
NO >> GO TO 9.
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly
>> INSPECTION END

10.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT

3. Check the continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ECM har- A
ness connector.
EVAP control system pressure sensor ECM EC

Continuity
C
YES >> GO TO 12. D
NO >> GO TO 11.
Check the following. E
• Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM F
12.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND G
SHORT
H
ness connector.

Continuity I
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. J
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> GO TO 13. K
Check the following. L
M
14.CHECK RUBBER TUBE N
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower, repair or replace rubber tube.
15.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE P

YES >> GO TO 16.
YES >> GO TO 17.
attached.
2. Check if water will drain from the EVAP canister .
Does water drain from EVAP canister?

YES >> GO TO 18.
NO >> GO TO 20.
PBIB2731E

attached.
YES >> GO TO 20.
NO >> GO TO 19.

>> INSPECTION END


2. Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector.
ECM
Condition
+ – Voltage (V)
Terminal Terminal
Not applied 1.8 - 4.8
M37 102 112
CAUTION:

• Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it.
• Never apply below -93.3 kPa (-0.952 kg/cm2, -13.53 psi) or pressure over 101.3 kPa (1.033 kg/cm2, A
14.69 psi).
YES >> INSPECTION END EC

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

This diagnosis detects leaks in the EVAP line between fuel tank and EVAP canister purge volume control sole-
noid valve, using the negative pressure caused by decrease of fuel temperature in the fuel tank after turning
ignition switch OFF.
If ECM judges that there are no leaks, the diagnosis will be OK.
PBIB1026E

EVAP VERY SML LEAK
• EVAP system has a very small leak.
P0456 [Evaporative emission system leak detect-
• EVAP system does not operate properly.
ed (very small leak)]
CAUTION:
• Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the
MIL may illuminate.
• If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may illuminate.
• Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve
• Incorrect fuel filler cap used
• Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to close.
• Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap.
• Leak is in line between intake manifold and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
• Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister vent control valve.
• EVAP canister or fuel tank leaks
• EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) leaks
• EVAP purge line rubber tube bent
• Loose or disconnected rubber tube
• EVAP canister vent control valve and the circuit
• EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and the circuit
• O-ring of EVAP canister vent control valve is missing or damaged
• EVAP canister is saturated with water
• Refueling EVAP vapor cut valve
• ORVR system leaks
• Fuel level sensor and the circuit
• Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve

FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable A
1.PRECONDITIONING EC
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. C
Do you have CONSULT? D
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I E
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “EVAP DIAG READY” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
2. Start engine and wait at idle until “OFF” of “EVAP DIAG READY” changes to “ON”. F
NOTE:
It will take at most 2 hours until “OFF” of “EVAP DIAG READY” changes to “ON”.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 90 minutes. G
NOTE:
4. Turn ignition switch ON and select “EVAP LEAK DIAG” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
5. Check that “EVAP LEAK DIAG” indication. H
Which is displayed on CONSULT?
CMPLT >> GO TO 3.
YET >> Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE again. GO TO 1. I
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II
Check 1st trip DTC. J
NO >> INSPECTION END K
With GST L
1. Start engine and wait engine idle for at least 2 hours.
NOTE:
Never turn ignition switch ON during 90 minutes. M
Is 1st trip DTC detected? N
O
1.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP DESIGN

P

2. Check for genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap design.
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace with genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap.
SEF915U
2.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP INSTALLATION

Check that the cap is tightened properly by rotating the cap clockwise.
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Open fuel filler cap, then clean cap and fuel filler neck threads using air blower. Then retighten
until ratcheting sound is heard.
3.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP FUNCTION
Check for air releasing sound while opening the fuel filler cap.
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace fuel filler cap with a genuine one.
5.CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK
Refer to EC-577, "Inspection".
Is there any leak in EVAP line?
NO >> GO TO 6.
• EVAP canister vent control valve is installed properly.
Refer to FL-16, "Exploded View".
• EVAP canister vent control valve.
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring.

1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve
and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. A
2. Check if water will drain from EVAP canister.
YES >> GO TO 8. EC
C
PBIB2731E
8.CHECK EVAP CANISTER D
Weigh the EVAP canister assembly with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pres-
sure sensor attached.
E
F
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART G
• EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection H

10.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION I
With CONSULT
1. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP service port and EVAP canister purge volume control sole-
noid valve from EVAP service port. J
3. Select “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
4. Touch “Qu” on CONSULT screen to increase “PURG VOL C/V” opening to 100%. K
5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum.
Vacuum should exist. L

YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> GO TO 12. M
11.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
Without CONSULT N
2. Stop engine.
3. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP service port and EVAP canister purge volume control sole-
noid valve from EVAP service port. O
5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm.
P
Vacuum should exist.
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> GO TO 12.
12.CHECK VACUUM HOSE

Check vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection. Refer to EC-51, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM :
System Description".
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> Repair or reconnect the hose.
YES >> GO TO 14.
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit.
YES >> GO TO 16.
Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks or improper connection.
YES >> GO TO 17.
NO >> Repair or reconnect the hose.
17.CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE
Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower.
>> GO TO 18.
18.CHECK EVAP/ORVR LINE
Check EVAP/ORVR line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging, kinks, looseness and improper
connection. For location, refer to EC-562, "Diagnosis Procedure".
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> Repair or replace hoses and tubes.
19.CHECK RECIRCULATION LINE
Check recirculation line between filler neck tube and fuel tank for clogging, kinks, cracks, looseness and
improper connection.
YES >> GO TO 20.
NO >> Repair or replace hose, tube or filler tube.
20.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE
YES >> GO TO 21.
NO >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank. Refer to FL-13, "Exploded View".
21.CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Refer to MWI-110, "Component Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 22.
NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit. Refer to FL-7, "Exploded View".
22.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT EC

C
>> INSPECTION END
D
1.CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. E
2. Remove fuel filler cap.
3. Wipe clean valve housing.
H
SEF445Y
I
4. Check valve opening pressure and vacuum.
Pressure: 15.3 - 20.0 kPa (0.156 - 0.204 kg/cm2, 2.22 -

J
2.90 psi)
Vacuum: −6.0 to −3.3 kPa (−0.061 to −0.034 kg/cm2,
−0.87 to −0.48 psi) K
NO >> GO TO 2. L
SEF943S
2.REPLACE FUEL FILLER CAP

Replace fuel filler cap. M
CAUTION:
Use only a genuine fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may
illuminate. N
>> INSPECTION END

O

P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

When the vehicle is parked, the fuel level in the fuel tank is naturally stable. It means that output signal of the
fuel level sensor does not change. If ECM senses sloshing signal from the sensor, fuel level sensor malfunc-
tion is detected.

FUEL LEV SEN SLOSH Even though the vehicle is parked, a signal being varied is sent from the
P0460
(Fuel level sensor “A” circuit) fuel level sensor to ECM.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The CAN communication line is open or shorted)
• Combination meter
• Fuel level sensor
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
If DTC P0460 is displayed with DTC UXXXX or P0607, first perform the confirmation procedure for DTC
UXXXX or P0607.
• DTC UXXXX: Refer to EC-108, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 3.
1. Start engine and wait maximum of 2 consecutive minutes.

UXXXX or P0607.

NO >> GO TO 2. A
EC
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Go to MWI-109, "Component Function Check".
C
D
>> INSPECTION END

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Driving long distances naturally affect fuel gauge level.
This diagnosis detects the fuel gauge malfunction of the gauge not moving even after a long distance has
been driven.

FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
The output signal of the fuel level sensor does not change within the spec-
P0461 (Fuel level sensor “A” circuit range/perfor-
ified range even though the vehicle has been driven a long distance.
mance)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable

UXXXX or P0607.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
WARNING:
When performing the following procedure, always observe the handling of the fuel. Refer to FL-8,
"Removal and Installation".
TESTING CONDITION:
Before starting component function check, preparation of draining fuel and refilling fuel is required.
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the fuel level sensor. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
With CONSULT
NOTE:
Start from step 10, if it is possible to confirm that the fuel cannot be drained by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/
8 Imp gal) in advance.
1. Prepare a fuel container and a spare hose.
2. Release fuel pressure from fuel line, refer to EC-168, "Work Procedure".
3. Remove the fuel feed hose on the fuel level sensor unit.
4. Connect a spare fuel hose where the fuel feed hose was removed.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds then turn ON.
6. Select “FUEL LEVEL SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.

7. Check “FUEL LEVEL SE” output voltage and note it.
8. Select “FUEL PUMP RELAY” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT. A
9. Touch “ON” and drain fuel approximately 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal) and stop it.
11. Fill fuel into the fuel tank for 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal). EC
13. Confirm whether the voltage changes more than 0.03V during step 7 to 10 and 10 to 12.
C
D
Without CONSULT
NOTE: E
Start from step 8, if it is possible to confirm that the fuel cannot be drained by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8
Imp gal) in advance.
1. Prepare a fuel container and a spare hose.
2. Release fuel pressure from fuel line. Refer to EC-168, "Work Procedure". F
3. Remove the fuel feed hose on the fuel level sensor unit.
4. Connect a spare fuel hose where the fuel feed hose was removed.
5. Turn ignition switch ON. G
6. Drain fuel by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal) from the fuel tank using proper equipment.
7. Confirm that the fuel gauge indication varies.
8. Fill fuel into the fuel tank for 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal). H
9. Confirm that the fuel gauge indication varies.
YES-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident". I
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011282810 J

If DTC P0461 is displayed with DTC UXXXX or P0607, first perform the confirmation procedure for DTC K
UXXXX or P0607.
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. L
NO >> GO TO 2. M
N
YES >> GO TO 3.
O
P
>> INSPECTION END

P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC
(Fuel level sensor “A” circuit low)
FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC
(Fuel level sensor “A” circuit high)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
DTC P0462
DTC P0463
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
If DTC P0462 or P0463 is displayed with DTC UXXXX or P0607, first perform the confirmation procedure for
DTC UXXXX or P0607.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at ignition
switch ON.
>> GO TO 3.

A
If DTC P0462 or P0463 is displayed with DTC UXXXX or P0607, first perform the confirmation procedure for
DTC UXXXX or P0607. EC
• DTC UXXXX: Refer to EC-108, "DTC Index". C
NO >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK DTC WITH “COMBINATION METER” D

YES >> GO TO 3.
G
>> INSPECTION END

P0500 VSS
P0500 VSS
The vehicle speed signal is sent to the “combination meter” from the “ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit)” via the CAN communication line. The “combination meter” then sends a signal to the ECM via the CAN
communication line.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

VEHICLE SPEED SEN A The vehicle speed signal sent to ECM is almost 0 km/h (0 MPH) even when
P0500
(Vehicle speed sensor “A”) vehicle is being driven.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The vehicle speed signal circuit is open or shorted)
• Wheel sensor
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
FAIL-SAFE

Vehicle speed sensor The cooling fan operates (Highest) while engine is running.

UXXXX or P0607.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.INSPECTION START
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 6.
3.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL
NOTE:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.

P0500 VSS
With CONSULT
1. Start engine (VDC switch OFF). A
2. Read “VHCL SPEED SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT. The vehicle speed on CONSULT
should exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position.
Is the inspection result normal? EC
YES >> GO TO 5.
5. PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE C
2. Warm engine up to normal operating temperature.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 50 consecutive seconds. D
CAUTION:
E
F
Selector lever Except P or N position

PW/ST SIGNAL OFF G
YES >> Proceed to EC-383, "Diagnosis Procedure". H
I
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the vehicle speed signal circuit. During this
J
With GST
1. Lift up drive wheels.
2. Start engine.
3. Read vehicle speed signal in Service $01 with GST. K
The vehicle speed signal on GST should be able to exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with
suitable gear position.
NO >> Proceed to EC-383, "Diagnosis Procedure". M
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY N

UXXXX or P0607.
Is applicable DTC detected? O
• DTC P0607: Refer to EC-403, "DTC Description". P
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC WITH “ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)”
Refer to BRC-47, "CONSULT Function".
YES >> GO TO 3.

P0500 VSS

>> INSPECTION END

P0506 ISC SYSTEM
P0506 ISC SYSTEM
A
The ECM controls the engine idle speed to a specified level through the fine adjustment of the air, which is let EC
into the intake manifold, by operating the electric throttle control actuator. The operating of the throttle valve is
varied to allow for optimum control of the engine idling speed. The crankshaft position sensor (POS) detects
the actual engine speed and sends a signal to the ECM.
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator so that the engine speed coincides with the target value C
memorized in the ECM. The target engine speed is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily.
The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by taking into consideration various engine conditions,
such as during warming up, deceleration and engine load (air conditioner, power steering and cooling fan D
operation, etc.).
E
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
CONSULT screen terms F

ISC SYSTEM
P0506 (Idle air control system RPM lower than ex- The idle speed is less than the target idle speed by 100 rpm or more. G
pected)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Electric throttle control actuator H
• Intake air leak
FAIL-SAFE
I
Not applicable
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY J
If DTC P0506 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the confirmation procedure (trouble diagnosis) for
other DTC.
K
NO >> GO TO 2.
L
2.PRECONDITIONING
before conducting the next test. M
If the idle speed is out of the specified value, perform EC-159, "Work Procedure", before conducting N
DTC Confirmation Procedure.
TESTING CONDITION:
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle. O
• Always perform the test at a temperature above −10°C(14°F).
>> GO TO 3. P
5. Restart engine and run it for at least 1 minute at idle speed.

P0506 ISC SYSTEM

other DTC.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.REPLACE ECM
1. Stop engine.
2. Replace ECM.
>> INSPECTION END

P0507 ISC SYSTEM
P0507 ISC SYSTEM
A
The ECM controls the engine idle speed to a specified level through the fine adjustment of the air, which is let EC
into the intake manifold, by operating the electric throttle control actuator. The operating of the throttle valve is
varied to allow for optimum control of the engine idling speed. The crankshaft position sensor (POS) detects
the actual engine speed and sends a signal to the ECM.
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator so that the engine speed coincides with the target value C
memorized in the ECM. The target engine speed is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily.
The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by taking into consideration various engine conditions,
such as during warming up, deceleration and engine load (air conditioner, power steering and cooling fan D
operation, etc.).
E
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
CONSULT screen terms F

ISC SYSTEM
P0507 (Idle air control system RPM higher than ex- The idle speed is more than the target idle speed by 200 rpm or more. G
pected)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Electric throttle control actuator H
• Intake air leak
• PCV system
FAIL-SAFE I
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE J
other DTC. K
NO >> GO TO 2. L
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure M
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. N
If the idle speed is out of the specified value, perform EC-159, "Work Procedure", before conducting
DTC Confirmation Procedure.
TESTING CONDITION: O
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
• Always perform the test at a temperature above −10°C(14°F).
P
>> GO TO 3.

P0507 ISC SYSTEM
5. Start engine and run it for at least 1 minute at idle speed.

other DTC.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK PCV HOSE CONNECTION
Confirm that PCV hose is connected correctly.
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.REPLACE ECM
1. Stop engine.
2. Replace ECM.
>> INSPECTION END

P050A, P050B, P050E COLD START CONTROL
A
ECM controls ignition timing and engine idle speed when engine is started with pre-warming up condition. EC
This control promotes the activation of three way catalyst by heating the catalyst and reduces emissions.
C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No.
DTC detecting condition
D
COLD START CONTROL
ECM does not control engine idle speed properly when engine is started
P050A (Cold start idle air control system perfor- E
with pre-warming up condition.
mance)
COLD START CONTROL ECM does not control ignition timing properly when engine is started with
P050B
(Cold start ignition timing performance) pre-warming up condition.
F
COLD START CONTROL
The temperature of the catalyst inlet does not rise to the proper tempera-
P050E (Cold start engine exhaust temperature too
ture when the engine is started with pre-warming up condition.
low)
G
POSSIBLE CAUSE
DTC P050A
• Lack of intake air volume H
• Fuel injection system
• ECM
I
DTC P050B
• Lack of intake air volume
• Fuel injection system
• ECM J
DTC P050E
• Lack of intake air volume
• Fuel injection system K
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
L
Not applicable
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY M
If DTC P050A, P050B, or P050E is displayed with other DTC, first perform the confirmation procedure (trouble
diagnosis) for other DTC.
N
NO >> GO TO 2.
O
2.PRECONDITIONING
before conducting the next test. P
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 3.


With CONSULT
4. Check the indication of “COOLAN TEMP/S”.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT” above.
Is the value of “COOLAN TEMP/S” between 4°C (39°F) and 36°C (97°F)?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO-1 [If it is below 4°C (39°F)]>>Warm up the engine until the value of “COOLAN TEMP/S” reaches 4°C
(39°F) or more. Retry from step 1.
NO-2 [If it is above 36°C (97°F)]>>Cool engine down to less than 36°C (97°F). Retry from step 1.
With CONSULT
1. Set the select lever in N range.
2. Start the engine and warm up in idle with the value of “COOLAN TEMP/S” between −10°C (14°F) and
40°C (104°F) for more than 15 seconds.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT” above.

If DTC P050A, P050B, or P050E is displayed with other DTC, first perform the confirmation procedure (trouble
diagnosis) for other DTC.
NO >> GO TO 2.
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning.
Check for the cause of intake air volume lacking. Refer to the following.
• Crushed intake air passage
• Intake air passage clogging
• Clogging of throttle body
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part
4.CHECK FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure for DTC P0171, P0174. Refer to EC-283, "DTC Description".
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Go to EC-284, "Diagnosis Procedure" for DTC P0171, P0174.

5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE A

2. Erase DTC.
EC
See EC-389, "DTC Description".
Is the 1st trip DTC P050A, P050B, or P050E displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 6.
C
6.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM. D
>> INSPECTION END E

P0524 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

ENGINE OIL PRESSURE Engine oil pressure is low because there is a gap between angle of target
P0524
(Engine oil pressure too low) and phase-control angle.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Engine oil pressure or level too low
FAIL-SAFE

The signal is not energized to the intake valve timing control solenoid valve and the valve control
Engine oil pressure does not function.

or P0081.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING-I
TESTING CONDITION:
idle.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PRECONDITIONING-II
Check oil level and oil pressure. Refer to LU-9, "Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Go to LU-9, "Inspection".

ENG SPEED More than 1,700 rpm A

Selector lever 1st or 2nd position
EC
Driving vehicle uphill
Driving location (Increased engine load will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.)
C
CAUTION:
Is 1st trip DTC detected? D
E
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY F

or P0081.
Is applicable DTC detected? G
• DTC P0081: Refer to EC-210, "DTC Description". H
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK OIL PRESSURE WARNING
1. Start engine. I
2. Check oil pressure warning and confirm it is not displayed.
Is oil pressure warning displayed?
YES >> Go to LU-9, "Inspection". J
NO >> GO TO 3.
L
PBIA8559J
3.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE M

YES >> GO TO 4. N
View".
4.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS) O
P
YES >> GO TO 5.
YES >> GO TO 6.

6.CHECK CAMSHAFT (INTAKE)
• Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft front end
• Chipping signal plate of camshaft front end
YES >> GO TO 7.
front end or replace camshaft.
JMBIA0962ZZ

Check service records for any recent repairs that may cause timing chain misaligned.
Are there any service records that may cause timing chain misaligned?
YES >> Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-56, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK LUBRICATION CIRCUIT
Perform “Inspection of Camshaft Sprocket (INT) Oil Groove”. Refer to EM-114, "Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Clean lubrication line.
>> INSPECTION END

1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-I

3. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminals as per the following.

1 and 2 7.0 - 7.7 [at 20°C (68°F)]
∞
1 or 2 and ground
YES >> GO TO 2.
View".
2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-II

valve terminals 1 and 2, and then interrupt it. Make sure that the A
CAUTION:
Never apply 12 V DC continuously for 5 seconds or more.
EC
NOTE:
Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing control C
YES >> INSPECTION END D

View".
E

P0550 PSP SENSOR
P0550 PSP SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

PW ST P SEN/CIRC
P0550 (Power Steering Pressure Sensor/Switch An excessively low or high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
Circuit)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Power steering pressure sensor
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
If DTC P0550 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the confirmation procedure (trouble diagnosis) for
DTC P0643.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 3.

DTC P0643.
NO >> GO TO 2.
YES >> GO TO 3.

P0550 PSP SENSOR
3.CHECK PSP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Disconnect power steering pressure (PSP) sensor harness connector.

EC
3. Check the voltage between PSP sensor harness connector and ground.
PSP sensor
Ground Voltage (V) C
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK PSP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT E

F
3. Check the continuity between PSP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
PSP sensor ECM

Continuity G
F28 1 F8 96 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. H
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground short to power in harness or connectors. I
5.CHECK PSP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between PSP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. J
PSP sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal K
F28 2 F8 87 Existed
L
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. M
6.CHECK PSP SENSOR
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace PSP sensor. Refer to ST-56, "2WD : Exploded View" (2WD), ST-57, "AWD : Exploded
View" (AWD). O
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident". P
>> INSPECTION END

1.CHECK POWER STEERING PRESSURE SENSOR


P0550 PSP SENSOR
ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal
Steering Being turned 0.5 - 4.5

F8 87 96
wheel Not being turned 0.4 - 0.8
NO >> Replace power steering pressure sensor. Refer to ST-56, "2WD : Exploded View" (2WD models),
ST-57, "AWD : Exploded View" (AWD models).

P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY
A
Battery voltage is supplied to the ECM even when the ignition switch EC
is turned OFF for the ECM memory function of the DTC memory, the
air-fuel ratio feedback compensation value memory, the idle air vol-
ume learning value memory, etc.
C
JMBIA0057ZZ E
DTC DETECTION LOGIC F

(Trouble diagnosis content) G
ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT
P0603 [Internal control module keep alive memory ECM back up RAM system does not function properly.
(KAM) error] H
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors [ECM power supply (back up) circuit is open or shorted.]
• ECM I
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
J
1.PRECONDITIONING
K
>> GO TO 2. M
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds. N
5. Check 1st trip DTC. O
NO >> INSPECTION END P
1.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY


ECM
+ – Voltage
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
• Harness for open or short between ECM and battery

YES >> GO TO 4.
2. Erase DTC.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0603 displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
>> INSPECTION END

P0605 ECM
P0605 ECM
A

A ECM calculation function is malfunctioning.
ECM
P0605 [Internal control module read only memory B ECM EEP-ROM system is malfunctioning.
(ROM) error] D
C ECM self shut-off function is malfunctioning.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
E
DTC P0605 - A
• ECM
DTC P0605 - B F
• ECM
DTC P0605 - C
• ECM G
FAIL-SAFE
H
(When ECM calculation function is malfunctioning:)
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed
ECM I
opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.

J
1.PRECONDITIONING
before conducting the next test. K
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A M
N
NO >> GO TO 3.
O
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn it ON. P
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C

P0605 ECM
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn it ON.
3. Repeat step 2 for 32 times.
1.INSPECTION START
2. Erase DTC.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
>> INSPECTION END

P0607 ECM
P0607 ECM
A

ECM
P0607 When detecting error during the initial diagnosis of CAN controller of ECM.
(Control module performance)
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE E

VVEL actuator motor relay is turned off, and VVEL value is become at a minimum angle. F
ECM

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G

2. Check DTC.
H
Is DTC detected?
NO >> INSPECTION END I
1.INSPECTION START J
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure. K
4. Check DTC.
Is the DTC P0607 displayed again? L
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE ECM M
1. Replace ECM.
N
>> INSPECTION END
O

P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

SENSOR POWER/CIRC ECM detects that the voltage of power source for sensor is excessively low
P0643
(Sensor reference voltage “A” circuit high) or high.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
- TP sensor circuit is shorted.
- CMP sensor (PHASE) (bank 1) circuit is shorted.
- Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor circuit is shorted.
- PSP sensor circuit is shorted.
• Throttle position sensor
• Power steering pressure sensor*
*: With power steering system models
FAIL-SAFE

Sensor power supply

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

YES >> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A

1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground.
EC
APP sensor
Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal C
M124*1 4*1
Ground Approx. 5
M126*2 5*2
*1: With ICC D
*2: Without ICC
E
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS F
ECM Sensor G
43 Electric throttle control actuator (bank 2) F30 1
F7 H
44 Electric throttle control actuator (bank 1) F31 6
F8 60 Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor F21 1 I
PSP sensor F28 3
*1
M124 4*1
M37 99 APP sensor *2 J
M126 5*2
*1: With ICC
*2: Without ICC
K
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. L
4.CHECK COMPONENTS
• Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 1) (Refer to EC-327, "Component Inspection".) M
• Power steering pressure sensor (Refer to EC-397, "Component Inspection".)*
*: With power steering system models
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK TP SENSOR O
P
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 6.
1. Replace electric throttle control actuator.

>> INSPECTION END
7.CHECK APP SENSOR
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 8.
>> INSPECTION END

>> INSPECTION END

P0850 PNP SWITCH
P0850 PNP SWITCH
A
When the selector lever position is P or N, park/neutral position (PNP) signal from the TCM is sent to ECM. EC
ECM detects the position because the continuity of the line (the ON signal) exists.
C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No.
DTC detecting condition
D
P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT The signal of the park/neutral position (PNP) signal does not change during
P0850
(Park/Neutral switch input circuit) driving after the engine is started. E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors [The park/neutral position (PNP) signal circuit is open or shorted.]
• TCM F
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
G
1.INSPECTION START
H
YES >> GO TO 2. I
NO >> GO TO 5.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure J
>> GO TO 3. L
3.CHECK PNP SIGNAL
With CONSULT M
2. Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT. Then check the “P/N POSI SW” signal
under the following conditions.
N
Position (Selector lever) Known-good signal
N or P position ON
O
Except above position OFF
YES >> GO TO 4. P
CAUTION:

P0850 PNP SWITCH

NOTE:
Use component function check the overall function of the park/neutral position (PNP) signal circuit. During this
ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal
Selector P or N Battery voltage

M37 109 128
lever Except above Approx. 0
1.CHECK DTC WITH TCM

Refer to TM-68, "Diagnosis Description".
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STARTING SYSTEM
Turn ignition switch OFF, then turn it to START.
Does starter motor operate?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Check DTC with BCM. Refer to BCS-16, "COMMON ITEM : CONSULT Function (BCM - COM-
MON ITEM)".
3.CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Disconnect A/T assembly harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between A/T assembly harness connector and ECM harness connector.
A/T assembly ECM

Continuity
F2 9 M37 109 Existed

P0850 PNP SWITCH
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART EC

• Harness connectors F12, E10
C
• Harness for open or short between A/T assembly and ECM
D
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident". E
>> INSPECTION END

F

P100A, P100B VVEL SYSTEM
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

VVEL SYSTEM-B1
P100A [VVEL (variable valve event & lift) system-
bank1]
Actual event response to target is poor.
VVEL SYSTEM-B2
P100B [VVEL (variable valve event & lift) system-
bank2]
POSSIBLE CAUSE
DTC P100A
• Harness or connectors (VVEL actuator motor circuit is open or shorted.)
• VVEL actuator motor
• VVEL actuator sub assembly
• VVEL ladder assembly
DTC P100B
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
If DTC P100A or P100B is displayed with DTC P0101, P010B, P1090 or P1093, first perform the confirmation
procedure for DTC P0101, P010B, P1090 or P1093.
• DTC P010B: Refer to EC-213, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 3.
1. Start engine.
2. Depress the accelerator pedal rapidly half or more under no load conditions, and then release it.

3. Wait at idle for 5 seconds or more.
4. Repeat steps 2 to 3 for three times. A
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-411, "Diagnosis Procedure". EC
C
If DTC P100A or P100B is displayed with DTC P0101, P010B, P1090 or P1093, first perform the confirmation
D
procedure for DTC P0101, P010B, P1090 or P1093.
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. E
• DTC P010B: Refer to EC-213, "DTC Description".
• DTC P1093: Refer to EC-419, "DTC Description". F
NO >> GO TO 2.
G
H
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT I
2. Disconnect VVEL actuator motor harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between VVEL control module harness connector and VVEL actuator motor harness J
connector.
VVEL control module VVEL actuator motor K

DTC No. Continuity
1 Existed
12 L
2 Not existed
P100A 1 F49
1 Not existed
25
2 Existed
E36 M
1 Existed
2
2 Not existed
P100B 2 F50
1 Not existed N
15
2 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and power.
O
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4. P
• Harness for open or short between VVEL actuator motor and VVEL control module

5.CHECK VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR

Refer to EC-413, "Component Inspection (VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR)".
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE VVEL ACTUATOR SUB ASSEMBLY
1. Replace VVEL actuator sub assembly.
>> INSPECTION END

YES >> GO TO 8.
1. Replace VVEL control module.
>> GO TO 9.
2. Erase DTC.
Is the DTC P100A or P100B displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 10.
10.CHECK VVEL ACTUATOR SUB ASSEMBLY
Refer to EC-413, "Component Inspection (VVEL ACTUATOR SUB ASSEMBLY)".
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> GO TO 11.
>> INSPECTION END

12.CHECK VVEL LADDER ASSEMBLY
Refer to EM-114, "Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> GO TO 13.
13.REPLACE CYLINDER HEAD, VVEL LADDER ASSEMBLY AND VVEL ACTUATOR SUB ASSEMBLY
1. Replace cylinder head, VVEL ladder assembly and VVEL actuator sub assembly.
>> INSPECTION END


>> INSPECTION END EC

Component Inspection (VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR) INFOID:0000000011282845
1.CHECK VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR C

D
3. Check resistance between VVEL actuator motor terminals as follows.
VVEL actuator motor

Resistance E
Terminal
1 and 2 16 Ω or less
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE VVEL ACTUATOR SUB ASSEMBLY G

H
>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection (VVEL ACTUATOR SUB ASSEMBLY) INFOID:0000000011282846
I

J
2. Remove VVEL actuator sub assembly. Refer to EM-105, "Disassembly and Assembly".
3. Turn the ball screw shaft to check that it works smoothly.
NO >> GO TO 2.
L
2. Go to EC-413, "Special Repair Requirement". M
>> INSPECTION END

N

O
>> GO TO 2. P
>> END

P1087, P1088 VVEL SYSTEM
P1087, P1088 VVEL SYSTEM
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

VVEL SYSTEM-B1
P1087 [VVEL (variable valve event & lift) system-
bank1]
The event angle of VVEL control shaft is always small.
VVEL SYSTEM-B2
P1088 [VVEL (variable valve event & lift) system-
bank2]
POSSIBLE CAUSE
DTC P1087
DTC P1088
FAIL-SAFE

VVEL of normal bank is controlled at VVEL angle of abnormal bank.
VVEL control function

If DTC P1087 or P1088 is displayed with DTC P1090 or P1093, first perform the confirmation procedure for
DTC P1090 or P1093.

If DTC P1087 or P1088 is displayed with DTC P1090 or P1093, first perform the confirmation procedure for
DTC P1090 or P1093.

P1089, P1092 VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR
A

VVEL POS SEN/CIRC-B1
P1089 [VVEL (variable valve event & lift) control • An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to VVEL control module.
shaft position sensor circuit bank1] • An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to VVEL control module.
• Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to VVEL control module compared with D
VVEL POS SEN/CIRC-B2 the signals from VVEL control shaft position sensor 1 and VVEL control
P1092 [VVEL (variable valve event & lift) control shaft position sensor 2.
shaft position sensor circuit bank2]
E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
DTC P1089
• Harness or connectors (VVEL control shaft position sensor circuit is open or shorted.) F
• VVEL control shaft position sensor
G
DTC P1092
• Harness or connectors (VVEL control shaft position sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• VVEL control module H
FAIL-SAFE

I
VVEL value is maintained at a fixed angle.
VVEL control shaft position sensor
Engine speed will not rise more than 3,500 rpm due to the fuel cut
J
K
sis) for DTC P1608.
L
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING M
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle. O
>> GO TO 3.
P
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?


sis) for DTC P1608.
NO >> GO TO 2.
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
3. Check the voltage between VVEL control shaft position sensor harness connector and ground.

DTC No. Ground Voltage (V)
3
P1089 1 F32
6
Ground Approx. 5
3
P1092 2 F46
6
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
• Harness for open or short between VVEL control shaft position sensor and VVEL control module
5.CHECK VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check the continuity between VVEL control shaft position sensor harness connector and VVEL control
module harness connector.
VVEL control shaft position sensor VVEL control module

DTC No. Continuity
2 4
P1089 1 F32
5 17
E36 Existed
2 6
P1092 2 F46
5 19
YES >> GO TO 7.

NO >> GO TO 6.

EC
C
7.VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
module harness connector. D

DTC No. Continuity E
1 3
P1089 1 F32
4 16
E36 Existed F
1 5
P1092 2 F46
4 18
cardiagn.com
2. Also check harness for short to ground and power. G
YES >> GO TO 9.
H
NO >> GO TO 8.
Check the following. I
J
K
YES >> GO TO 10. L
1. Replace VVEL control module. M
>> GO TO 11. N
2. Erase DTC.
P
Is the DTC P1089 or P1092 displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 12.

>> INSPECTION END


>> GO TO 2.
>> END
cardiagn.com

P1090, P1093 VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR
A

VVEL ACTR MOT-B1
P1090 [VVEL (variable valve event & lift) actuator
motor-bank1] • Event angle difference between the actual and the target is detected.
D
VVEL ACTR MOT-B2 • Abnormal current is sent to VVEL actuator motor.
P1093 [VVEL (variable valve event & lift) actuator
motor-bank2]
E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
DTC P1090
• Harness or connectors (VVEL actuator motor circuit is open or shorted.) F
cardiagn.com
• VVEL ladder assembly G
DTC P1093
• Harness or connectors (VVEL actuator motor circuit is open or shorted.) H
• VVEL ladder assembly I
FAIL-SAFE
J
VVEL of normal bank is controlled at VVEL angle of abnormal bank.
Engine speed will not rise more than 3,500 rpm due to the fuel cut. K
VVEL actuator motor
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE L

If DTC P1090 or P1093 is displayed with DTC P1091, first perform the confirmation procedure (trouble diagno- M
sis) for DTC P1091.
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-423, "DTC Description". N
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
O
2. Turn ignition switch ON. P
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 3.
2. Keep the engine speed at about 3,500 rpm for at least 10 seconds under no load.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

sis) for DTC P1091.
NO >> GO TO 2.
cardiagn.com
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check the continuity between VVEL control module harness connector and VVEL actuator motor harness
connector.
VVEL control module VVEL actuator motor

DTC No. Continuity
1 Existed
12
2 Not existed
P1090 1 F49
1 Not existed
25
2 Existed
E36
1 Existed
2
2 Not existed
P1093 2 F50
1 Not existed
15
2 Existed
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
• Harness for open or short between VVEL actuator motor and VVEL control module
Refer to EC-422, "Component Inspection (VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR)".

YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6. A
EC
>> INSPECTION END

C
YES >> GO TO 8.
E
2. Go to EC-155, "Work Procedure". F
>> GO TO 9.
cardiagn.com
9.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure. H
Is the DTC P1090 or P1093 displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 10. I
10.CHECK VVEL ACTUATOR SUB ASSEMBLY J
Refer to EC-422, "Component Inspection (VVEL ACTUATOR SUB ASSEMBLY)".
YES >> GO TO 12. K
NO >> GO TO 11.
L
M
>> INSPECTION END
12.CHECK VVEL LADDER ASSEMBLY
Refer to EM-114, "Inspection". N
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> GO TO 13. O
13.REPLACE CYLINDER HEAD, VVEL LADDER ASSEMBLY AND VVEL ACTUATOR SUB ASSEMBLY
1. Replace cylinder head, VVEL ladder assembly and VVEL actuator sub assembly. P
>> INSPECTION END


>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection (VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR) INFOID:0000000011282855

3. Check resistance between VVEL actuator motor terminals as follows.
VVEL actuator motor

Resistance
Terminal
1 and 2 16 Ω or less
NO >> GO TO 2.
cardiagn.com
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection (VVEL ACTUATOR SUB ASSEMBLY) INFOID:0000000011282856

2. Remove VVEL actuator sub assembly. Refer to EM-105, "Disassembly and Assembly".
3. Turn the ball screw shaft to check that it works smoothly.
NO >> GO TO 2.
>> INSPECTION END


>> GO TO 2.
>> END

P1091 VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR RELAY
A

VVEL ACTR MOT PWR • VVEL control module detects the VVEL actuator motor relay is stuck
P1091 [VVEL (variable valve event & lift) actuator OFF.
motor power] • VVEL control module detects the VVEL actuator motor relay is stuck ON.
D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
- VVEL actuator motor relay circuit is open or shorted. E
- Abort circuit is open or shorted.
• VVEL actuator motor relay
• ECM F
FAIL-SAFE
cardiagn.com
G
VVEL actuator motor relay
Engine speed will not rise more than 3,500 rpm due to the fuel cut. H
1.PRECONDITIONING I
J
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle. K
>> GO TO 2.
L
4. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
N
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011282859 O
1.VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. P
2. Disconnect VVEL actuator motor relay.
3. Check the voltage between VVEL actuator motor relay harness connector and ground.

VVEL actuator motor relay

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
1
E67 Ground Battery voltage
5
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
• 50 A fusible link (letter P)
• Harness for open or short between VVEL actuator motor relay and battery
3.VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
2. Check the continuity between VVEL actuator motor relay harness connector and VVEL control module
cardiagn.com
harness connector.
VVEL control module VVEL actuator motor relay

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between VVEL actuator motor relay harness connector and VVEL control module
harness connector.
VVEL control module VVEL actuator motor relay

Continuity
1 13
E36 E67 3 Existed
2 1
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR RELAY
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace VVEL actuator motor relay.
6.CHECK ABORT CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check the continuity between VVEL control module harness connector and ECM harness connector.

VVEL control module ECM A

Continuity
E36 21 F7 28 Existed
EC
YES >> GO TO 8. C
NO >> GO TO 7.
D
• Harness connector E10, F12
E
cardiagn.com
YES >> GO TO 9. G
H
I
>> GO TO 10.
2. Erase DTC.
See EC-423, "DTC Description". K
Is the DTC P1091 displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> INSPECTION END L
11.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
M
>> INSPECTION END

N
1.CHECK VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR RELAY O

2. Remove VVEL actuator motor relay.
P

3. Check the continuity between VVEL actuator motor relay termi-
nals under the following conditions.
Terminal Condition Continuity
12 V direct current supply between terminals and Existed

and
No current supply Not existed
NO >> Replace VVEL actuator motor relay. JPBIA3013ZZ
cardiagn.com

P1148, P1168 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL
P1148, P1168 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL
A

CLOSED LOOP-B1 The closed loop control function for bank 1 does not operate even when ve-
P1148
(Closed loop bank 1) hicle is being driven in the specified condition.
CLOSED LOOP-B2 The closed loop control function for bank 2 does not operate even when ve- D
P1168
(Closed loop bank 2) hicle is being driven in the specified condition.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
E
DTC P1148
• A/F sensor 1
• A/F sensor 1 heater F
DTC P1168
cardiagn.com
• Harness or connectors (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.) G
• A/F sensor 1
FAIL-SAFE H
Not applicable
I
If DTC P1148 or P1168 is displayed with DTC for A/F sensor 1, first perform the confirmation procedure (trou-
ble diagnosis) of DTC corresponding to A/F sensor 1. J
NO >> INSPECTION END K
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY L
If DTC P1148 or P1168 is displayed with DTC for A/F sensor 1, first perform the confirmation procedure (trou-
ble diagnosis) of DTC corresponding to A/F sensor 1.
M
N

P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT
P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT
The malfunction information related to TCS is transferred via the CAN communication line from “ABS actuator
and electric unit (control unit)” to ECM.
Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only for “ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)” but also for ECM after TCS related repair.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Freeze frame data is not stored in the ECM for this self-diagnosis.

TCS C/U FUNCTN ECM receives malfunction information from
P1211
(TCS control unit function) “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)”.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
cardiagn.com
• TCS related parts
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.
Go to BRC-67, "Work Flow".

P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE
A
This CAN communication line is used to control the smooth engine operation during the TCS operation. Pulse EC
signals are exchanged between ECM and “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)”.
Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only for “ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)” but also for ECM after TCS related repair.
C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC D

Freeze frame data is not stored in the ECM for this self-diagnosis.

DTC No. DTC detecting condition E
TCS/CIRC ECM cannot receive the information from “ABS actuator and electric unit
P1212
(TCS control unit circuit) (control unit)” continuously.
F
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The CAN communication line is open or shorted.)
cardiagn.com
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) G
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable H
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY I
UXXXX or P0607.
Is applicable DTC detected? J
• DTC P0607: Refer to EC-403, "DTC Description". K
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION: L
M
>> GO TO 3.
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds. N
YES >> Go to EC-429, "Diagnosis Procedure". O
P
UXXXX or P0607.

NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC WITH BRC
Perform the trouble diagnosis for BRC.
>> Proceed to BRC-67, "Work Flow".
cardiagn.com

P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
A

If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will
rise.
When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction is C
indicated.

DTC No. DTC detecting condition D
• Cooling fan does not operate properly (Overheat).
• Cooling fan system does not operate properly (Overheat).
ENG OVER TEMP
P1217
[Engine over temperature (Overheat)]
• Engine coolant was not added to the system using the proper filling E
method.
• Engine coolant is not within the specified range.
CAUTION: F
When a malfunction is indicated, always replace the coolant. Refer to CO-8, "Draining" and CO-9,
"Refilling". Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to LU-11, "Draining" and LU-12, "Refilling".
cardiagn.com
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Always use
coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-11, "Anti-Freeze Coolant Mixture Ratio". G
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
H
• Harness or connectors (The cooling fan circuit is open or shorted.)
• IPDM E/R
• Cooling fan control module
• Cooling fan motor I
• Radiator hose
• Radiator
• Radiator cap J
• Water pump
• Thermostat
FAIL-SAFE K
Not applicable
L
UXXXX or P0607. M
• DTC UXXXX: Refer to EC-108, "DTC Index". N
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK 1 O
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pres-
sure fluid escaping from the radiator. P
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up
pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might
not be confirmed.

Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
Is the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator below the
proper range?
NO >> GO TO 3.
SEF621W

Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not.
Did customer fill the coolant?
NO >> GO TO 4.
With CONSULT
cardiagn.com
2. Perform “FAN DUTY CONTROL” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT.
3. Make sure that cooling fan speed varies according to the percentage.
Without CONSULT
Perform IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motors operation, refer to PCS-11, "Diagnosis
Description".

UXXXX or P0607.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK COOLING FAN OPERATION
With CONSULT
Without CONSULT
1. Perform IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motors operation, refer to PCS-11, "Diagnosis
Description".
2. Make sure that cooling fan operates.
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK-I
Check cooling system for leak. Refer to CO-8, "Inspection".

Is leakage detected?
YES >> GO TO 4. A
NO >> GO TO 5.
4.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK-II
EC
Check the following for leak.
• Hose
• Radiator
• Water pump C

D
5.CHECK RADIATOR CAP
Check radiator cap. Refer to CO-13, "RESERVOIR TANK CAP : Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace radiator cap. Refer to CO-27, "Exploded View".
6.CHECK THERMOSTAT F
Check thermostat. Refer to CO-26, "Inspection".
cardiagn.com
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace thermostat. Refer to CO-25, "Exploded View".
7.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR H
I
YES >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK MAIN 12 CAUSES J
If the cause cannot be isolated, check the following.
Engine Step Inspection item Equipment Standard Reference page K

OFF 1 • Blocked radiator • Visual No blocking —
• Blocked condenser
• Blocked radiator grille
L
• Blocked bumper
2 • Coolant mixture • Coolant tester MA-11, "Anti-Freeze Coolant Mixture Ratio"
3 • Coolant level • Visual Coolant up to MAX level in CO-8, "Inspection" M
reservoir tank and radiator
filler neck
4 • Radiator cap • Pressure tester 107 kPa CO-13, "RESERVOIR
TANK CAP : Inspection" N
(1.1 kg/cm2, 16 psi) (Limit)
ON*2 5 • Coolant leaks • Visual No leaks CO-8, "Inspection"
ON*2 6 • Thermostat • Touch the upper and Both hoses should be hot CO-26, "Inspection" O
lower radiator hoses
ON*1 7 • Cooling fan • CONSULT Operating EC-542, "Component

Function Check"
P
OFF 8 • Combustion gas leak • Color checker chemical Negative —
tester 4 Gas analyzer
ON*3 9 • Coolant temperature • Visual Gauge less than 3/4 when —

gauge driving
• Coolant overflow to reser- • Visual No overflow during driving CO-8, "Inspection"
voir tank and idling

Engine Step Inspection item Equipment Standard Reference page
OFF*4 10 • Coolant return from reser- • Visual Should be initial level in CO-8, "Inspection"
voir tank to radiator reservoir tank
OFF 11 • Cylinder head • Straight gauge feeler 0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maxi- EM-128, "Inspection"
gauge mum distortion (warping)
12 • Cylinder block and pis- • Visual No scuffing on cylinder EM-139, "Inspection"
tons walls or piston
*1: Turn the ignition switch ON.
*2: Engine running at 3,000 rpm for 10 minutes.
*3: Drive at 90 km/h (55 MPH) for 30 minutes and then let idle for 10 minutes.
*4: After 60 minutes of cool down time.
For more information, refer to CO-6, "Troubleshooting Chart".
>> INSPECTION END
cardiagn.com

P1220 FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE (FPCM)
A

FPCM/CIRCUIT
P1220 During engine cranking, the signal voltage of the FPCM to the ECM is too low.
(Fuel pump control module circuit)
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
- FPCM circuit is open or shorted
- Fuel pump circuit is open or shorted E
• FPCM
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable F
cardiagn.com
1.PRECONDITIONING G
TESTING CONDITION:
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 12 - 15 V at idle. I
• Before performing the following procedure, check that the engine coolant temperature is −10°C
(14°F) or more.
J
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE K
2. Check DTC. L
Is DTC detected?
NO >> INSPECTION END M
1.CHECK FPCM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT N

2. Disconnect FPCM harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between FPCM harness connector and ground.
FPCM P
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.


• 15 A fuse (No.52)
• Harness for open or short between FPCM and IPDM E/R
3.CHECK FPCM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check the continuity between FPCM harness connector and ground.
FPCM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
B11 4 Ground Existed
YES >> GO TO 4.
cardiagn.com
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK FPCM INPUT AND OUTPUT CIRCUITS FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check the continuity between FPCM harness connector and ECM harness connector.
FPCM ECM
Continuity
2 14
B11 F7 Existed
3 32
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
• Harness for open or short between FPCM and ECM
6.CHECK FUEL PUMP CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (main)” harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between FPCM harness connector and “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (main)”
harness connector.
FPCM Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (main)

Continuity
5 3
B11 B13 Existed
6 1
YES >> GO TO 7.

7.CHECK FPCM A
Refer to EC-437, "Component Inspection (FPCM)".

YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace FPCM. Refer to EC-582, "Removal and Installation".
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT C
D
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection (FPCM) INFOID:0000000011282875
E
1.CHECK FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE (FPCM)
1. Check the voltage between FPCM terminals under the following conditions.
F
FPCM
cardiagn.com
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector G
Terminal Terminal
For 1 second after turning ignition
Approx. 9.9 V
switch ON
H
B11 6 5 More than 1 second after turning
Approx. 0 V
ignition switch ON
Idle speed Approx. 9.9 V I
NO >> Replace FPCM. Refer to EC-582, "Removal and Installation". J

P1225, P1234 TP SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CTP LEARNING-B1
P1225
(Closed throttle position learning bank 1)
Closed throttle position learning value is excessively low.
CTP LEARNING-B2
P1234
POSSIBLE CAUSE
DTC P1225
• Electric throttle control actuator (TP sensor 1 and 2)
DTC P1234
cardiagn.com
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.
1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY

2. Remove the intake air duct.

3. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve and
the housing. A
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle EC
control actuator inside, and then perform throttle valve
closed position leaning. Refer to EC-158, "Work Proce-
dure".
C
JSBIA2864ZZ
2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR D

E
>> INSPECTION END

F
cardiagn.com
G
>> GO TO 2. H
I
>> END
J

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CTP LEARNING-B1
P1226
Closed throttle position learning is not performed successfully, repeatedly.
CTP LEARNING-B2
P1235
POSSIBLE CAUSE
DTC P1226
DTC P1235
FAIL-SAFE
cardiagn.com
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for 32 times.


the housing. A
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle EC
control actuator inside, and then perform throttle valve
dure".
C
JSBIA2864ZZ
2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR D

E
>> INSPECTION END

F
cardiagn.com
G
>> GO TO 2. H
I
>> END
J

P1233, P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

ETC_FNCTN/CIRC-B2
P1233
(ETC Function Circuit Bank 2)
Electric throttle control function does not operate properly.
ETC FNCTN/CIRC-B1
P2101
(Throttle actuator “A” control motor circuit range/performance)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
DTC P1233
• Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor circuit is open or shorted)
• Electric throttle control actuator
DTC P2101
• Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor circuit is open or shorted)
cardiagn.com
FAIL-SAFE

Electric throttle control function

If DTC P1233 or P2101 is displayed with DTC P1238, P1290, P2100 or P2119, first perform the confirmation
procedure for DTC P1238, P1290, P2100 or P2119.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V when
engine is running.
>> GO TO 3.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

A
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY EC

If DTC P1233 or P2101 is displayed with DTC P1238, P1290, P2100 or P2119, first perform the confirmation
procedure for DTC P1238, P1290, P2100 or P2119.
Is applicable DTC detected? C
D
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION E

F
YES >> GO TO 3.
cardiagn.com
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. G
3.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
H
ECM
DTC + – Condition Voltage (V)
I
OFF Approx. 0
P1233 F8 52
Ignition ON Battery voltage J
M37 128
switch OFF Approx. 0
P2101 F7 3
ON Battery voltage
K
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 4. L
4.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. M
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E124.
4. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ECM harness connector.
N
IPDM E/R ECM
Continuity
E124 65 F7 25 Existed O

YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.

6.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-II
IPDM E/R ECM

DTC Continuity
P1233 F8 52
E123 57 Existed
P2101 F7 3
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7.
cardiagn.com
8.CHECK FUSE
1. Disconnect 15 A fuse (No. 63) from IPDM E/R.
2. Check 15 A fuse for blown.
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace 15 A fuse.
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R.
10.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
nector.

DTC Continuity
49 Existed
5
50 Not existed
P1233 2 F30 F8
49 Not existed
6
50 Existed
2 Existed
1
4 Not existed
P2101 1 F31 F7
2 Not existed
2
4 Existed

YES >> GO TO 11. A
EC
the housing.
C
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside, and then perform throttle valve D
dure".
E
JSBIA2864ZZ
12.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR F

cardiagn.com
YES >> GO TO 13. G
NO >> GO TO 14.
13.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT H
YES >> GO TO 14. I
J
1. Replace malfunction electric throttle control actuator.
K
>> INSPECTION END
L
1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. M
3. Check resistance between electric throttle control actuator terminals as per the following.
Electric throttle control actuator N

Resistance (Ω)
Bank Terminals
1 1 and 2
Approx. 1 - 15 [at 25°C (77°F)] O
2 5 and 6
YES >> INSPECTION END P
NO >> GO TO 2.
>> INSPECTION END


>> GO TO 2.
>> END
cardiagn.com

P1236, P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
A

ETC_MOT-B2
P1236
(ETC Motor Bank 2)
ETC MOT-B1 ECM detects short in both circuits between ECM and throttle control motor.
D
P2118 (Throttle actuator control motor current
range/performance)
POSSIBLE CAUSE E
DTC P1236
• Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor circuit is shorted.)
• Electric throttle control actuator (Throttle control motor) F
DTC P2118
cardiagn.com
• Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor circuit is shorted.) G
• Electric throttle control actuator (Throttle control motor)
FAIL-SAFE
H
Throttle control motor
opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. I
1.PRECONDITIONING J
L
>> GO TO 2.
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. M
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? N
O

P
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
nector.

DTC Continuity
49 Existed
5
50 Not existed
P1236 2 F30 F8
49 Not existed
6
50 Existed
2 Existed
1
4 Not existed
P2118 1 F31 F7
2 Not existed
2
4 Existed
cardiagn.com
YES >> GO TO 3.
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 5.
YES >> GO TO 5.
>> INSPECTION END


3. Check resistance between electric throttle control actuator terminals as per the following.

Resistance (Ω)
Bank Terminals
1 1 and 2
Approx. 1 - 15 [at 25°C (77°F)]
2 5 and 6
NO >> GO TO 2.

2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR A

EC
>> INSPECTION END
C
D
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING E
F
>> END
cardiagn.com
G

P1238, P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the
A
return spring malfunction.
ETC ACTR-B2
P1238
(ETC Actuator Bank 2) B Throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is not in specified range.
C ECM detect the throttle valve is stuck open.
Electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the
A
ETC ACTR-B1 return spring malfunction.
P2119 (Throttle actuator control throttle body
B Throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is not in specified range.
range/performance)
C ECM detect the throttle valve is stuck open.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
cardiagn.com
DTC P1238 - A
DTC P1238 - B
DTC P1238 - C
DTC P2119 - A
DTC P2119 - B
DTC P2119 - C
FAIL-SAFE

(When electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return spring mal-
function:)
ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the idle po-
sition. The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm.
Electric throttle control actuator ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20 de-
grees or less.
While the vehicle is being driven, it slows down gradually because of fuel cut. After the vehicle
stops, the engine stalls.
The engine can restart in N or P position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm or more.

1.PRECONDITIONING

>> GO TO 2. A
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. EC
2. Shift selector lever to D position and wait at least 3 seconds.
3. Shift selector lever to P position.
5. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. C
8. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn ON. D
9. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-451, "Diagnosis Procedure". E
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. F
cardiagn.com
4. Start engine and let it idle for 3 seconds. G
5. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-451, "Diagnosis Procedure". H
I
J
the housing.
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside, and then perform throttle valve L
dure".
M
JSBIA2864ZZ
2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR N

O
>> INSPECTION END
P
>> GO TO 2.
>> END
cardiagn.com

A

TP SENSOR-B2
P1239
(Throttle position sensor bank 2)
Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM compared with the signals from
TP SENSOR-B1 TP sensor 1 and TP sensor 2. D
P2135 (Throttle/Pedal position sensor/switch “A”/
“B” voltage correlation)
POSSIBLE CAUSE E
DTC P1239
• Harness or connector (TP sensor 1 or 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
• Electric throttle control actuator (TP sensor 1 or 2) F
DTC P2135
cardiagn.com
• Harness or connector (TP sensor 1 or 2 circuit is open or shorted.) G
• Electric throttle control actuator (TP sensor 1 or 2)
FAIL-SAFE
H
for the idle position to be within +10 degrees. I
tion.
J
If DTC P1239 or P2135 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the confirmation procedure (trouble diagno- K
sis) for DTC P0643.
L
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING M
N
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle. O
>> GO TO 3.
P
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?


sis) for DTC P0643.
NO >> GO TO 2.
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
cardiagn.com
P1239 2 F30 1
Ground Approx. 5
P2135 1 F31 6
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
nector.

DTC Continuity
P1239 2 F30 4 48
F7 Existed
P2135 1 F31 3 40
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
nector.

Electric throttle control actuator ECM A

DTC Continuity
2 31
P1239 2 F30 EC
3 35
F7 Existed
4 30
P2135 1 F31
5 34 C
D
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR E
YES >> GO TO 8. F
NO >> GO TO 7.
cardiagn.com
G
2. EC-456, "Special Repair Requirement".
H
>> INSPECTION END
>> INSPECTION END

J
1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR K

3. Perform EC-158, "Work Procedure". L
5. Set selector lever to D position.
M
ECM
+ – Condition Voltage (V) N
Connector
Terminal Terminal
Fully depressed Less than 4.75 O
F7 Accelerator pedal P

NO >> GO TO 2.
>> INSPECTION END


>> GO TO 2.
>> END
cardiagn.com

P1290, P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
A

ETC MOT PWR-B2
P1290 [Throttle control motor relay circuit open
(bank 2)] ECM detects a voltage of power source for throttle control motor is exces-
D
ETC MOT PWR-B1 sively low.
P2100 [Throttle control motor relay circuit open
(bank 1)]
E
ETC MOT PWR
P2103 ECM detect the throttle control motor relay is stuck ON.
(Throttle control motor relay circuit short)
POSSIBLE CAUSE F
DTC P1290
• Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor relay circuit is open)
cardiagn.com
• Throttle control motor relay G
DTC P2100
• Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor relay circuit is open)
• Throttle control motor relay H
DTC P2103
• Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor relay circuit is shorted)
I
• Throttle control motor relay
FAIL-SAFE
J
Throttle control motor relay
opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. K
1.PRECONDITIONING L
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V. N
P1290, P2100>>GO TO 2.
P2103 >> GO TO 3. O
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P1290 AND P2100
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. P
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P2103
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

IPDM E/R ECM

Continuity
E124 65 F7 25 Existed
cardiagn.com
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
3.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
IPDM E/R ECM

DTC Continuity
P1290 F8 52
P2100 F7 3
E123 57 Existed
F7 3
P2103
F8 52
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
5.CHECK FUSE
2. Check 15 A fuse for blown.

YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace 15A fuse. A
EC
C
cardiagn.com
G

P1550 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

BAT CURRENT SENSOR The output voltage of the battery current sensor remains within the speci-
P1550
(Battery current sensor) fied range while engine is running.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
cardiagn.com
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.

YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Disconnect battery current sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. A
3. Check the voltage between battery current sensor harness connector and ground.
Battery current sensor EC

Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
E7 4 Ground Approx. 5
C
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 3.
D
3.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
3. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
Battery current sensor ECM F

Continuity
cardiagn.com
E7 4 F8 64 Existed
G
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
H
• Harness connectors F12, E10 I
• Harness for open between battery current sensor and ECM
J
K
ECM Sensor L
CMP sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) F62 1 M
F8 64
M124*1 10*1
103 APP sensor *2
N
M126 6*2
M37
107
Refrigerant pressure sensor E82 3 O
*1: With ICC
*2: Without ICC
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK COMPONENTS

YES >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK APP SENSOR
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> GO TO 8.
>> INSPECTION END

9.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
cardiagn.com
Battery current sensor ECM

Continuity
E7 2 F8 95 Existed
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> GO TO 10.
• Harness for open or short between battery current sensor and ECM
11.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

Continuity
E7 1 F8 91 Existed
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> GO TO 12.

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. A
13.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
Refer to EC-463, "Component Inspection". EC
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly. C
D
>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000011282901 E

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. F
3. Disconnect battery negative cable.
cardiagn.com
4. Install jumper cable between battery negative terminal and body G
ground.
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals
H
as per the following.
ECM
I
+ – Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal Terminal JPBIA3286ZZ
91 J
F8 95 Approx. 2.5
(Battery current sensor signal)
Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-114, "How to
Handle Battery". K
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly. L

P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

BAT CURRENT SENSOR
(Battery current sensor)
BAT CURRENT SENSOR
(Battery current sensor)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
DTC P1551
cardiagn.com
DTC P1552
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V with ignition
switch ON
>> GO TO 2.


Is 1st trip DTC detected? EC
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011282903 C

D
E
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I F
cardiagn.com
3. Check the voltage between battery current sensor harness connector and ground. G
Battery current sensor

Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal H
I
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II J
3. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. K

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal L
E7 4 F8 64 Existed
M
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART N
• Harness connectors F5, F6 O
>> Repair open circuit. P


ECM Sensor
F8 64
M124*1 10*1
103 APP sensor *2
M126 6*2
M37
107
*1: With ICC
*2: Without ICC
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK COMPONENTS
cardiagn.com
YES >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK APP SENSOR
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> GO TO 8.
>> INSPECTION END


Continuity
E7 2 F8 95 Existed
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> GO TO 10.

• Harness for open or short between battery current sensor and ECM A
11.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT EC
C
Continuity
E7 1 F8 91 Existed D
E
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> GO TO 12.
12.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART F
cardiagn.com
• Harness connectors F5, F6 G
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. H
I
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly.
J
K
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000011282904 L

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. M
4. Install jumper cable between battery negative terminal and body N
ground.
as per the following. O
ECM
+ – Voltage (V)
P
Connector
91
F8 95 Approx. 2.5
Handle Battery".

cardiagn.com

A

BAT CURRENT SENSOR The signal voltage transmitted from the sensor to ECM is higher than the
P1553
(Battery current sensor) amount of the maximum power generation.
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
- CKP sensor (POS) circuit is open or shorted. E
F
cardiagn.com
• Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) G
• Refrigerant pressure sensor H
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
I
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure J
TESTING CONDITION:
L
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE M
O
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION P

YES >> GO TO 2.

Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 3.

Continuity
cardiagn.com
E7 4 F8 64 Existed
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.

ECM Sensor
F8 64
M124*1 10*1
103 APP sensor *2
M126 6*2
M37
107
*1: With ICC
*2: Without ICC
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK COMPONENTS

• Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to EC-567, "Diagnosis Procedure".) A
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning component. EC
7.CHECK APP SENSOR
C
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> GO TO 8. D
2. Go to EC-532, "Special Repair Requirement". E
>> INSPECTION END

F
cardiagn.com
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. G
Battery current sensor ECM H

Continuity
E7 2 F8 95 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. I
YES >> GO TO 11.
J
NO >> GO TO 10.
• Harness for open or short between battery current sensor and ECM L
11.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT M
N
Continuity
E7 1 F8 91 Existed O
YES >> GO TO 13. P
NO >> GO TO 12.

YES >> GO TO 14.
>> INSPECTION END


cardiagn.com
4. Install jumper cable between battery negative terminal and body
ground.
ECM
+ – Voltage (V)
Connector
91
F8 95 Approx. 2.5
Handle Battery".

A

BAT CURRENT SENSOR The output voltage of the battery current sensor is lower than the specified
P1554
(Battery current sensor) value while the battery voltage is high enough.
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
- CKP sensor (POS) circuit is open or shorted. E
F
cardiagn.com
• Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) G
• Refrigerant pressure sensor H
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
I
1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION: J
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 12.8 V at idle.
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that all load switches and A/C switch are turned
OFF. K
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK L
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the battery current sensor circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. M
With CONSULT
2. Select “BAT CUR SEN” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT. N
3. Check “BAT CUR SEN” indication for 10 seconds.
“BAT CUR SEN” should be above 2,300 mV at least once.
Without CONSULT O
P
ECM
+ – Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal Terminal
91
F8 95 Above 2.3 at least once

NO >> Proceed to EC-474, "Diagnosis Procedure"

YES >> GO TO 2.

Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
cardiagn.com
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 3.

Continuity
E7 4 F8 64 Existed
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.

ECM Sensor
F8 64

ECM Sensor
A
M124*1 10*1
103 APP sensor *2
M126 6*2 EC
M37
107
*1: With ICC C
*2: Without ICC
D
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK COMPONENTS E
• Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) (Refer to EC-327, "Component Inspection".) F
cardiagn.com
G
YES >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK APP SENSOR H
YES >> GO TO 14. I
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY J
K
>> INSPECTION END
L
M
Continuity
N
E7 2 F8 95 Existed
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> GO TO 10.
10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART P

11.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

Continuity
E7 1 F8 91 Existed
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> GO TO 12.
cardiagn.com
YES >> GO TO 14.
>> INSPECTION END


4. Install jumper cable between battery negative terminal and body
ground.
ECM
+ – Voltage (V)
Connector
91
F8 95 Approx. 2.5
Handle Battery".

P1556, P1557 BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR
A

BAT TMP SEN/CIRC
Signal voltage from Battery temperature sensor remains 0.16V or less for
P1556 (Battery temperature sensor circuit low in-
5 seconds or more.
put)
D
BAT TMP SEN/CIRC
Signal voltage from Battery temperature sensor remains 4.84V or more for
P1557 (Battery temperature sensor circuit high in-
5 seconds or more.
put)
E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
DTC P1556
• Harness or connectors F
- Battery current sensor (Battery temperature sensor) circuit is shorted.
- Crankshaft position sensor circuit is open or shorted.
cardiagn.com
- Camshaft position sensor (bank 2) circuit is shorted. G
- Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 circuit is shorted.
• Battery current sensor (Battery temperature sensor) H
• Crankshaft position sensor
• Camshaft position sensor (bank 2)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 I
DTC P1557 J
- Battery current sensor (Battery temperature sensor) circuit is shorted.
- Crankshaft position sensor circuit is open or shorted. K
- Camshaft position sensor (bank 2) circuit is shorted.
- Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 circuit is shorted.
- Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted. L
• Battery current sensor (Battery temperature sensor)
• Crankshaft position sensor
• Camshaft position sensor (bank 2) M
• Accelerator pedal position sensor 2
N
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE O
1.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. P
>> GO TO 2.
1. Start the engine and let it idle at least 10 seconds.

1.CHECK BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I


Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
E7 3 Ground Approx. 5 V
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-II
cardiagn.com

Continuity
E7 3 F8 83 Existed
YES >> GO TO 3.
ECM Sensor
F8 64
M124*1 10*1
103 APP sensor *2
M126 6*2
M37
107
*1: With ICC
*2: Without ICC
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK COMPONENTS
• Camshaft position sensor (bank 2) (Refer to EC-327, "Component Inspection".)
• CKP sensor (Refer to EC-323, "Component Inspection".)

YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK APP SENSOR EC

YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY D
Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
E
>> INSPECTION END
7.CHECK BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. F
cardiagn.com
G
Continuity
H
E7 3 F8 83 Existed
YES >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR J
Refer to EC-479, "Component Inspection (Battery Temperature Sensor)".
K
YES >> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT L
>> INSPECTION END M
Component Inspection (Battery Temperature Sensor) INFOID:0000000011282913
N
1.CHECK BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR
2. Disconnect battery current sensor. O
3. Check the resistance between battery current sensor connector terminals.

P
+ − Resistance
Terminal
2 3 continuity with the resistance value 100 Ω or more

P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

• An excessively high voltage signal from the ASCD steering switch is sent
to ECM.
ASCD SW
P1564 • ECM detects that input signal from the ASCD steering switch is out of the
(ASCD steering switch)
specified range.
• ECM detects that the ASCD steering switch is stuck ON.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The switch circuit is open or shorted.)
• ASCD steering switch
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
cardiagn.com
DTC P0605.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 3.
2. Press MAIN switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Press CANCEL switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Press RESUME/ACCELERATE switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 sec-
onds.
5. Press SET/COAST switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

DTC P0605.

NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION A

EC
YES >> GO TO 3.
C
3.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH CIRCUIT
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON. D
2. Select “MAIN SW”, “CANCEL SW”, “RESUME/ACC SW” and “SET SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT.
3. Check each item indication under the following conditions. E
Monitor item Condition Indication

Pressed ON F
MAIN SW MAIN switch
Released OFF
cardiagn.com
Pressed ON
CANCEL SW CANCEL switch G
Released OFF
RESUME/ACCELERATE Pressed ON
RESUME/ACC SW
switch Released OFF H
Pressed ON
SET SW SET/COAST switch
Released OFF
I
Without CONSULT
J
ECM
Connector K
Terminal Terminal
MAIN switch: Pressed Approx. 0
CANCEL switch: Pressed Approx. 1 L
101
M37 108 SET/COAST switch: Pressed Approx. 2
(ASCD steering switch signal)
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed Approx. 3
M
All ASCD steering switches: Released Approx. 4
YES >> GO TO 9. N
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
O
3. Disconnect combination switch harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between combination switch and ECM harness connector. P
Combination switch ECM

Continuity
Terminal Connector Terminal
16 M37 108 Existed

YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
• Combination switch (spiral cable)
• Harness for open and short between ECM and combination switch
6.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between combination switch and ECM harness connector.

Continuity
13 M37 101 Existed
cardiagn.com
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7.
8.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch. Refer to ST-31, "Removal and Installation" (Vehicle speed sensi-
tive P/S models), ST-91, "Removal and Installation" (Direct adaptive steering models).
>> INSPECTION END

1.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH

2. Disconnect combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector M301.
3. Check resistance between combination switch harness connector terminals under the following condi-
tions.

Combination switch A
Condition Resistance (Ω)
Connector Terminals
EC
CANCEL switch: Pressed Approx. 250
M301 13 and 16 SET/COAST switch: Pressed Approx. 660
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed Approx. 1,480 C
All ASCD steering switches: Released Approx. 4,000
D
NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch. Refer to ST-31, "Exploded View" (Vehicle speed sensitive P/S
models), ST-91, "Removal and Installation" (Direct adaptive steering models).
E
cardiagn.com
G

P1564 ICC STEERING SWITCH
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

• An excessively high voltage signal from the ICC steering switch is sent to ECM.
ASCD SW
P1564 • ECM detects that input signal from the ICC steering switch is out of the specified range.
(ICC steering switch)
• ECM detects that the ICC steering switch is stuck ON.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The switch circuit is open or shorted.)
• ICC steering switch
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
cardiagn.com
DTC P0605.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 3.
2. Press MAIN switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Press DYNAMIC DRIVE ASSISTANCE SYSTEMS switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait
at least 10 seconds.
4. Press CANCEL switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Press RESUME/ACCELERATE switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 sec-
onds.
6. Press SET/COAST switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
7. Press DISTANCE switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
8. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

DTC P0605.

NO >> GO TO 2. A
EC
YES >> GO TO 3.
C
3.CHECK ICC STEERING SWITCH CIRCUIT
With CONSULT D
2. Select “MAIN SW”, “DYNAMIC DRIVE ASSISTANCE SYSTEMS SW”, “CANCEL SW”, “RESUME/ACC
SW”, “SET SW” and “DIST SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT. E
3. Check each item indication under the following conditions.
Monitor item Condition Indication F

Pressed ON
MAIN SW MAIN switch
Released OFF
cardiagn.com
Pressed ON G
DYNAMIC DRIVE ASSISTANCE DYNAMIC DRIVE ASSISTANCE
SYSTEMS SW SYSTEMS switch Released OFF
Pressed ON
CANCEL SW CANCEL switch H
Released OFF
Pressed ON
RESUME/ACC SW RESUME/ACCELERATE switch
Released OFF I
Pressed ON
SET SW SET/COAST switch
Released OFF
J
Pressed ON
DIST SW DISTANCE switch
Released OFF
Without CONSULT K
L
ECM
Connector M
Terminal Terminal
DYNAMIC DRIVE ASSISTANCE SYSTEMS N
Approx. 1.0
switch: Pressed
CANCEL switch: Pressed Approx. 1.9
101
M37 108
(ICC steering switch signal) DISTANCE switch: Pressed Approx. 2.6 O
SET/COAST switch: Pressed Approx. 3.2
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed Approx. 3.7
All ICC steering switches: Released Approx. 4.2
P

YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK ICC STEERING SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

3. Disconnect combination switch harness connector.

Continuity
16 M37 108 Existed
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
6.CHECK ICC STEERING SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
cardiagn.com

Continuity
13 M37 101 Existed
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7.
8.CHECK ICC STEERING SWITCH
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace ICC steering switch. Refer to ST-31, "Removal and Installation" (Vehicle speed sensitive
P/S models), ST-91, "Removal and Installation" (Direct adaptive steering models).
>> INSPECTION END

1.CHECK ICC STEERING SWITCH

2. Disconnect combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector M301.

3. Check resistance between combination switch harness connector terminals under the following condi-
tions. A
Combination switch
Condition Resistance (Ω)
Connector Terminals EC
DYNAMIC DRIVE ASSISTANCE SYSTEMS
switch: Pressed
Approx. 270 C
CANCEL switch: Pressed Approx. 620

M301 13 and 16
DISTANCE switch: Pressed Approx. 1,090 D
SET/COAST switch: Pressed Approx. 1,810
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed Approx. 2,990
All ICC steering switches: Released Approx. 5,420 E
F
NO >> Replace ICC steering switch. Refer to ST-31, "Removal and Installation" (Vehicle speed sensitive
P/S models), ST-91, "Removal and Installation" (Direct adaptive steering models).
cardiagn.com
G

P1568 ICC FUNCTION
P1568 ICC FUNCTION
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

ICC COMMAND VALUE ECM detects a difference between signals from ADAS control unit is out of
P1568
(ICC function) specified range.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• ADAS control unit
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
cardiagn.com
If DTC P1568 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, P0605 or P0607, first perform the confirmation procedure for
DTC UXXXX, P0605 or P0607.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
Step 4 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test
is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
>> GO TO 3.
2. Press MAIN switch on ICC steering switch.
3. Drive the vehicle at more than 40 km/h (25 MPH).
CAUTION:
4. Press SET/COAST switch.
5. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

P1568 ICC FUNCTION
If DTC P1568 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, P0605 or P0607, first perform the confirmation procedure for
DTC UXXXX, P0605 or P0607. A
• DTC UXXXX: Refer to EC-108, "DTC Index". EC
NO >> GO TO 2.
C
2.REPLACE ADAS CONTROL UNIT
1. Replace ADAS control unit.
2. Perform CCS-96, "Work Procedure (Vehicle-To-Vehicle Distance Control Mode)". D
3. Check DTC of ADAS control unit. Refer to CCS-30, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
>> INSPECTION END E
cardiagn.com
G

P1572 BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
WITHOUT ICC MODELS
WITHOUT ICC MODELS : Description INFOID:0000000011282922
When the brake pedal is depressed, brake pedal position switch is turned OFF and stop lamp switch is turned
ON. ECM detects the state of the brake pedal by those two types of input (ON/OFF signal).
Refer to EC-49, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : System Description" for the ASCD func-
tion.
WITHOUT ICC MODELS : DTC Description INFOID:0000000011282923
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
• This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. When malfunction A is detected, DTC is not
stored in ECM memory. And in that case, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip freeze frame data are displayed.
1st trip DTC is erased when ignition switch is turned OFF. And even when malfunction A is detected
in two consecutive trips, DTC is not stored in ECM memory.

cardiagn.com
When the vehicle speed is above 30 km/h (19 MPH), ON signals from
A the stop lamp switch and the brake pedal position switch are sent to
ASCD BRAKE SW the ECM at the same time.
P1572
(Brake pedal position switch)
Brake pedal position switch signal is not sent to ECM for extremely
B
long time while the vehicle is being driven.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
DTC P1572 - A
• Harness or connectors (The stop lamp switch circuit is shorted.)
• Harness or connectors (The brake pedal position switch circuit is shorted.)
• Stop lamp switch
• Brake pedal position switch
• Incorrect stop lamp switch installation
• Incorrect brake pedal position switch installation
• ECM
DTC P1572 - B
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC P0605.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING

before conducting the next test. A
EC
NOTE:
The procedure for malfunction B is not described. It takes an extremely long time to complete the procedure
for malfunction B. By performing the procedure for malfunction A, the condition that causes malfunction B can
be detected. C
>> GO TO 3.
D
1. Start engine (VDC switch OFF).
2. Press MAIN switch and make sure that CRUISE lamp illuminates. E
3. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following conditions.
CAUTION:
NOTE: F
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle.
If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
cardiagn.com
G
Vehicle speed More than 30 km/h (19 mph)
H
YES >> Go to EC-491, "WITHOUT ICC MODELS : Diagnosis Procedure". I
NO >> GO TO 4.
1. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following conditions. J
CAUTION:
NOTE: K
L
Driving location
Depress the brake pedal for more than 5 seconds so as M
not to come off from the above-mentioned vehicle speed.
YES >> Go to EC-491, "WITHOUT ICC MODELS : Diagnosis Procedure".
O
WITHOUT ICC MODELS : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011282924
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY P

DTC P0605.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I
With CONSULT
2. Select “BRAKE SW1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
3. Check “BRAKE SW1” indication under the following conditions.

Brake pedal Slightly depressed OFF
BRAKE SW1
Brake pedal Fully released ON
Without CONSULT
ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal
Brake
126 Slightly depressed Approx. 0
pedal
M37 (Brake pedal position switch 128
Brake
cardiagn.com
signal) Fully released Battery voltage
pedal
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II
With CONSULT
Select “BRAKE SW2” and check indication under the following conditions.

Slightly depressed ON
BRAKE SW2 Brake pedal
Fully released OFF
Without CONSULT
ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal
122 Brake Slightly depressed Battery voltage

M37 128
(Stop lamp switch signal) pedal Fully released Approx. 0
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> GO TO 9.
4.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect brake pedal position switch harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between brake pedal position switch harness connector and ground.
Brake pedal position switch

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal

YES >> GO TO 6. A
NO >> GO TO 5.
EC
• Fuse block (J/B) connector E65
• 10 A fuse (No. 12)
• Harness for open or short between brake pedal position switch and fuse C
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground in harness or connectors.

D
6.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check the continuity between brake pedal position switch harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.
F
Brake pedal position switch ECM
Continuity
cardiagn.com
E44 2 M37 126 Existed G
H
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART I
• Harness for open or short between ECM and brake pedal position switch J
8.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH K
Refer to EC-494, "WITHOUT ICC MODELS : Component Inspection (Brake Pedal Position Switch)"
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Replace brake pedal position switch. Refer to BR-21, "Exploded View".
9.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT M
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between stop lamp switch harness connector and ground. N
Stop lamp switch

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal O
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> GO TO 10.
• 10A fuse (No. 19)

• Harness for open or short between stop lamp switch and battery
11.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.
Stop lamp switch ECM

Continuity
E57 4 M37 122 Existed
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> GO TO 12.
• Fuse block (J/B) connectors E64, E65
cardiagn.com
• Harness for open or short between ECM and stop lamp switch
13.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Refer to EC-495, "WITHOUT ICC MODELS : Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)"
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-21, "Exploded View".
>> INSPECTION END

WITHOUT ICC MODELS : Component Inspection (Brake Pedal Position Switch)
INFOID:0000000011282925
1.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH-I

3. Check the continuity between brake pedal position switch terminals under the following conditions.
Terminals Condition Continuity

Fully released Existed
1 and 2 Brake pedal
Slightly depressed Not existed
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH-II
1. Adjust brake pedal position switch installation. Refer to BR-9, "Inspection and Adjustment".

Terminals Condition Continuity A

1 and 2 Brake pedal
EC
NO >> Replace brake pedal position switch. Refer to BR-21, "Exploded View". C
WITHOUT ICC MODELS : Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) INFOID:0000000011282926
1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-I D

3. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals under the following conditions. E

F
Fully released Not existed
3 and 4 Brake pedal
Slightly depressed Existed
cardiagn.com
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-II H
1. Adjust stop lamp switch installation. Refer to BR-9, "Inspection and Adjustment".
2. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals under the following conditions.
I
3 and 4 Brake pedal J
WITH ICC MODELS
L
WITH ICC MODELS : DTC Description INFOID:0000000011282927
DTC DETECTION LOGIC M

NOTE:
• This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. When malfunction A is detected, DTC is not
stored in ECM memory. And in that case, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip freeze frame data are displayed.
1st trip DTC is erased when ignition switch is turned OFF. And even when malfunction A is detected N
in two consecutive trips, DTC is not stored in ECM memory.

O
ON signals from the stop lamp switch and the BRAKE pedal position
A
ASCD BRAKE SW switch are sent to ECM at the same time. P
P1572
(Brake pedal position switch) BRAKE pedal position switch signal is not sent to ECM for extremely
B
long time while the vehicle is being driven
POSSIBLE CAUSE
DTC P1572 - A

• ICC brake hold relay
• ECM
DTC P1572 - B
• ICC brake hold relay
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
cardiagn.com
DTC P0605.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
NOTE:
The procedure for malfunction B is not described. It takes an extremely long time to complete the procedure
for malfunction B. By performing the procedure for malfunction A, the condition that causes malfunction B can
be detected.
>> GO TO 3.
2. Press MAIN switch and make sure that CRUISE lamp illuminates.
CAUTION:
NOTE:

YES >> Go to EC-497, "WITH ICC MODELS : Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 4.


CAUTION:
EC
NOTE:
C
D
Depress the brake pedal for more than 5 seconds so as
Driving location
not to come off from the above-mentioned vehicle speed.
2. Check 1st trip DTC. E
YES >> Go to EC-497, "WITH ICC MODELS : Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END F
WITH ICC MODELS : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011282928
cardiagn.com
DTC P0605.
H
NO >> GO TO 2.
I
2.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I
With CONSULT
2. Select “BRAKE SW1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
K
BRAKE SW1
Brake pedal Fully released ON L
Without CONSULT
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions. M
ECM
N
Connector
Terminal Terminal
Brake O
126 Slightly depressed Approx. 0
pedal
M37 (Brake pedal position 128
switch signal) Brake
Fully released Battery voltage
pedal
P
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II
With CONSULT
Select “BRAKE SW2” and check indication under the following conditions.


Slightly depressed ON
BRAKE SW2 Brake pedal
Fully released OFF
Without CONSULT
ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal
122 Brake Slightly depressed Battery voltage

M37 128
(Stop lamp switch signal) pedal Fully released Approx. 0

YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> GO TO 9.
cardiagn.com

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
• 10 A fuse (No. 12)
• Harness for open or short between brake pedal position switch and fuse

tor.

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7.
• Harness connectors E25, M40 A
• Harness for open or short between brake pedal position switch and ECM
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. EC
8.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
Refer to EC-500, "WITH ICC MODELS : Component Inspection (Brake Pedal Position Switch)".
C
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> Replace brake pedal position switch. Refer to BR-21, "Exploded View". D
9.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector. E
3. Disconnect ICC brake hold relay harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between stop lamp switch harness connector and ground.
F
Stop lamp switch
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
cardiagn.com
E57 3 Ground Battery voltage G
5. Check the voltage between ICC brake hold relay harness connector and ground.
H
ICC brake hold relay
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E52 5 Ground Battery voltage I
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> GO TO 10. J

• 10 A fuse (No. 19)
• Harness for open or short between battery and stop lamp switch
L
• Harness for open or short between battery and ICC brake hold relay

M
2. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector and ECM harness connector. N

Continuity O
3. Check the continuity between ICC brake hold relay harness connector and ECM harness connector. P
ICC brake hold relay ECM

Continuity

YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> GO TO 12.
• Fuse block (J/B) connector E64, E65
• Harness for open or short between ECM and ICC brake hold relay
Refer to EC-501, "WITH ICC MODELS : Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)".
YES >> GO TO 14.
14.CHECK ICC BRAKE HOLD RELAY
Refer to EC-501, "WITH ICC MODELS : Component Inspection (ICC Brake Hold Relay)".
cardiagn.com
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> Replace ICC brake hold relay.
>> INSPECTION END

WITH ICC MODELS : Component Inspection (Brake Pedal Position Switch)
INFOID:0000000011282929


1 and 2 Brake pedal
NO >> GO TO 2.

1 and 2 Brake pedal

WITH ICC MODELS : Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) INFOID:0000000011282930
A
1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-I
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector. EC
Terminals Condition Continuity C

3 and 4 Brake pedal
D
NO >> GO TO 2. E
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-II
2. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals under the following conditions. F
cardiagn.com
G
3 and 4 Brake pedal
I
WITH ICC MODELS : Component Inspection (ICC Brake Hold Relay) INFOID:0000000011282931
1.CHECK ICC BRAKE HOLD RELAY J

2. Remove ICC brake hold relay.
3. Check the continuity between ICC brake hold relay terminals
under the following conditions. K

L
12V direct current supply between terminals and Existed
and
NO >> Replace ICC brake hold relay JMBIA0848ZZ
N

P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
The ECM receives two vehicle speed signals via the CAN communication line. One is sent from “combination
meter”, and the other is from TCM (Transmission control module). The ECM uses these signals for ASCD con-
trol. Refer to EC-49, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : System Description" for ASCD func-
tions.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

ASCD VHL SPD SEN The difference between the two vehicle speed signals is out of the specified
P1574
(ASCD vehicle speed sensor) range.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
cardiagn.com
• Wheel sensor
• TCM
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, P0500, P0605 or P0607, first perform the confirmation proce-
dure for DTC UXXXX, P0500, P0605 or P0607.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 3.
CAUTION:
NOTE:
3. Check DTC.

Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-503, "Diagnosis Procedure". A
EC
If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, P0500, P0605 or P0607, first perform the confirmation proce- C
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. D
• DTC P0607: Refer to EC-403, "DTC Description". E
NO >> GO TO 2.
F
Check DTC with TCM. Refer to TM-68, "Diagnosis Description".
cardiagn.com
YES >> GO TO 3. G
NO >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.
H
YES >> GO TO 4.
I
Refer to MWI-64, "CONSULT Function". J
>> INSPECTION END

K

P1574 ICC VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
The ECM receives two vehicle speed signals via CAN communication line. One is sent from “combination
meter”, and the other is from TCM (Transmission control module). The ECM uses these signals for ICC con-
trol. Refer to CCS-12, "System Description" for ICC functions.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

ASCD VHL SPD SEN The difference between the two vehicle speed signals is out of the specified
P1574
(ICC vehicle speed sensor) range.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
cardiagn.com
• Wheel sensor
• TCM
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 3.
CAUTION:
NOTE:
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

NO >> INSPECTION END A
C
D
NO >> GO TO 2. E
Check DTC with TCM. Refer to TM-68, "Diagnosis Description".
F
YES >> GO TO 3.
cardiagn.com
NO >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated. G
H
YES >> GO TO 4.
I
Check combination meter function.
Refer to MWI-64, "CONSULT Function". J
>> INSPECTION END

K

P1606 VVEL CONTROL MODULE
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

VVEL CONTROL MODULE
• VVEL control module calculation function is malfunctioning.
P1606 [VVEL (variable valve event & lift) control
• VVEL EEP-ROM system is malfunctioning.
module]
POSSIBLE CAUSE
FAIL-SAFE

VVEL control module
cardiagn.com
1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

2. Erase DTC.
YES >> GO TO 2.
>> INSPECTION END

A

VVEL CONTROL MODULE
P1607 [VVEL (variable valve event & lift) control • The internal circuit of the VVEL control module is malfunctioning.
module]
D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
FAIL-SAFE E
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F
1.PRECONDITIONING
cardiagn.com
before conducting the next test. G
TESTING CONDITION:
I
>> GO TO 2.
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 1 second. J
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
K
L

2. Erase DTC.
N
YES >> GO TO 2.
O
2. Go to EC-155, "Work Procedure". P
>> INSPECTION END

P1608 VVEL SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

VVEL SENSOR POWER/CIRC
VVEL control module detects a voltage of power source for sensor is ex-
P1608 [VVEL (variable valve event & lift) sensor
cessively low or high.
power circuit]
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (VVEL control shaft position sensor power supply circuit is open or shorted.)
FAIL-SAFE
cardiagn.com
Engine speed will not rise more than 3,500 rpm due to the fuel cut

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
3. Check the voltage between VVEL control shaft position sensor harness connector and ground.

VVEL control shaft position sensor A

Ground Voltage (V)
3
1 F32 EC
6
Ground Approx. 5
3
2 F46
6 C
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 3. D
3.CHECK VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT E
module harness connector. F
cardiagn.com
Continuity G
3 9
1 F32
6 22 H
E36 Existed
3 7
2 F46
6 20
I
YES >> GO TO 5. J
NO >> GO TO 4.
L
YES >> GO TO 6. N
O
P
>> INSPECTION END
YES >> GO TO 8.


>> INSPECTION END


>> GO TO 2.
>> END
cardiagn.com

P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
A

BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT Stop lamp switch signal is not sent to ECM for extremely long time while the
P1805
(Stop lamp switch circuit) vehicle is being driven.
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
• Harness or connectors (Stop lamp switch circuit is open or shorted.)
E
FAIL-SAFE

F
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to a small
range.
cardiagn.com
Brake switch Vehicle condition Driving condition
G

When accelerating Poor acceleration H
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I
2. Fully depress the brake pedal for at least 5 seconds.
3. Erase the DTC. J
YES >> Go to EC-511, "Diagnosis Procedure". K
L
1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT
2. Check the stop lamp when depressing and releasing the brake pedal. M
Brake pedal Stop lamp

N
Fully released Not illuminated
Slightly depressed Illuminated
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT P
2. Check the voltage between stop lamp switch harness connector and ground.

P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
Stop lamp switch

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
• 10 A fuse (No. 19)
• Harness for open or short between stop lamp switch and battery
cardiagn.com
3. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
• Fuse block (J/B) connector E64, E65
Refer to EC-512, "Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)".
YES >> GO TO 7.
>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) INFOID:0000000011282947
1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-I


P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
Terminals Condition Continuity A

3 and 4 Brake pedal
EC
NO >> GO TO 2. C
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-II
2. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals under the following conditions. D

E
3 and 4 Brake pedal
cardiagn.com
G

P2096, P2097, P2098, P2099 A/F SENSOR 1
P2096, P2097, P2098, P2099 A/F SENSOR 1
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

POST CAT FUEL TRIM SYS B1
The output voltage computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is shifts
P2096 (Post catalyst fuel trim system too lean bank
to the lean side for a specified period.
1)
The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is shifts to
P2097 (Post catalyst fuel trim system too rich bank
the rich side for a specified period.
1)
The output voltage computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is shifts
P2098 (Post catalyst fuel trim system too lean bank
to the lean side for a specified period.
2)
The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is shifts to
P2099 (Post catalyst fuel trim system too rich bank
the rich side for a specified period.
2)
cardiagn.com
POSSIBLE CAUSE
DTC P2096
• A/F sensor 1 (bank 1)
• Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1)
• Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector
DTC P2097
• Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector
DTC P2098
• Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector
DTC P2099
• Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable

P2096, P2097, P2098, P2099 A/F SENSOR 1
A
1.PRECONDITIONING
before conducting the next test. EC
TESTING CONDITION: C
>> GO TO 2. D
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-163, "Work Procedure". E
5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute under no load. F
7. Keep engine speed between 2,500 and 3,000 rpm for 20 minutes.
cardiagn.com
8. Check 1st trip DTC. G
NO >> INSPECTION END H
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION I

J
YES >> GO TO 2.
K
2.RETIGHTEN A/F SENSOR 1 AND HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
1. Loosen and retighten the A/F sensor 1 and heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EM-37, "Removal and
Installation". L
>> GO TO 3.
M
3.CHECK FOR EXHAUST GAS LEAK
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before the three way catalyst 2. N
Is exhaust gas detected?
NO >> GO TO 4. O
2. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor. P
NO >> GO TO 5.

P2096, P2097, P2098, P2099 A/F SENSOR 1
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0174 or P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-284, "Diagnosis
Procedure" or EC-289, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR
3. Check harness connector for water.
Water should not exit.

YES >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
A/F sensor 1
cardiagn.com
DTC Ground Voltage
P2096
1 F38 4
P2097
P2098
2 F56 4
P2099
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 8.
• 15 A fuse (No. 48)

A/F sensor 1 ECM

DTC Continuity
P2096 1 57
1 F38
P2097 2 61
F8 Existed
P2098 1 65
2 F56
P2099 2 66
and ground.

P2096, P2097, P2098, P2099 A/F SENSOR 1
A/F sensor 1 A
P2096 1
1 F38 EC
P2097 2
Ground Not existed
P2098 1
2 F56
P2099 2 C
ECM
DTC Ground Continuity D
P2096 57
1
P2097 61 E
P2098 65
2
P2099 66
F
cardiagn.com
YES >> GO TO 10. G
10.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
Refer to EC-206, "Component Inspection". H
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> GO TO 13. I
Refer to EC-259, "Component Inspection". J
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View". K
L
YES >> GO TO 13.
M
Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
CAUTION: N
O
P
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> GO TO 15.
14.CONFIRM A/F ADJUSTMENT DATA
With CONSULT
2. Select “A/F ADJ-B1” and “A/F ADJ-B2” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
3. Make sure that “0.000” is displayed on CONSULT screen.

P2096, P2097, P2098, P2099 A/F SENSOR 1
Is “0.000” displayed?
NO >> GO TO 15.
Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-163, "Work Procedure".
YES >> GO TO 16.
16.CONFIRM A/F ADJUSTMENT DATA
With CONSULT
2. Select “A/F ADJ-B1” and “A/F ADJ-B2” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
3. Make sure that “0.000” is displayed on CONSULT screen.
>> INSPECTION END
cardiagn.com

P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
A

APP SEN 1/CIRC
P2122 (Throttle/Pedal position sensor/switch “D” An excessively low voltage from the APP sensor 1 is sent to ECM.
circuit low)
D
APP SEN 1/CIRC
P2123 (Throttle/Pedal position sensor/switch “D” An excessively high voltage from the APP sensor 1 is sent to ECM.
circuit high)
E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
DTC P2122
• Harness or connectors (APP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.) F
• Accelerator pedal position sensor (APP sensor 1)
cardiagn.com
DTC P2123
G
• Harness or connectors (APP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
FAIL-SAFE H

The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order I
Accelerator pedal position sensor The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condi-
tion.
Therefore, the acceleration will be poor. J
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY K
sis) for DTC P0643.
Is applicable DTC detected? L
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING M
TESTING CONDITION: O
>> GO TO 3. P
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?


sis) for DTC P0643.
NO >> GO TO 2.
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
cardiagn.com
APP sensor
Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
M124*1 4*1
Ground Approx. 5
M126*2 5*2
*1: With ICC
*2: Without ICC
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
• Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
5.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
APP sensor ECM

Continuity
M124*1 5*1
M37 100 Existed
M126*2 4*2
*1: With ICC
*2: Without ICC
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6.
• Harness connectors M67, M125 A
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. EC
7.CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
C
APP sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal D
M124*1 6*1
*2
M37 97 Existed
M126 3*2
*1: With ICC
E
*2: Without ICC
YES >> GO TO 9.
cardiagn.com
NO >> GO TO 8.
G
• Harness connectors M67, M125 H
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. I
9.CHECK APP SENSOR
J
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> GO TO 10.
K
2. Go to EC-522, "Special Repair Requirement". L
>> INSPECTION END


N
>> INSPECTION END
O
1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
P
4. Check the voltage ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.

ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal
Fully released 0.45 - 1.0
97 (APP sensor 1) 100
Accelerator Fully depressed 4.4 - 4.8
M37
pedal Fully released 0.22 - 0.50
Fully depressed 2.1 - 2.5
NO >> GO TO 2.
>> INSPECTION END
cardiagn.com

>> GO TO 2.
>> GO TO 3.
>> END

A

APP SEN 2/CIRC
P2127 (Throttle/Pedal position sensor/switch “E” An excessively low voltage from the APP sensor 2 is sent to ECM.
circuit low)
D
APP SEN 2/CIRC
P2128 (Throttle/Pedal position sensor/switch “E” An excessively high voltage from the APP sensor 2 is sent to ECM.
circuit high)
E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
DTC P2127
• Harness or connectors F
- APP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.
cardiagn.com
- CMP sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) circuit is open or shorted. G
• Accelerator pedal position sensor (APP sensor 2) H
• Battery current sensor I
DTC P2128 J
- CKP sensor (POS) circuit is shorted. K
- Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted. L
• Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) M
N
FAIL-SAFE
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode O

tion. P

1.PRECONDITIONING

TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

cardiagn.com
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
APP sensor
Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
M124*1 10*1
Ground Approx. 5
M126*2 6*2
*1: With ICC
*2: Without ICC
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
APP sensor ECM

Continuity
M124*1 10*1
M37 103 Existed
M126*2 6*2
*1: With ICC
*2: Without ICC
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.


• Harness connectors M67, M125
EC
5.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT C
D
ECM Sensor
F7 46 CKP sensor (POS) F44 1 E
F8 64
F
M124*1 10*1
103 APP sensor
M126*2 6*2
M37
cardiagn.com
107 G
*1: With ICC
*2: Without ICC H
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. I
6.CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following. J
• EVAP control system pressure sensor (Refer to EC-358, "Component Inspection".) K
YES >> GO TO 13. L
7.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
M
N
APP sensor ECM
Continuity
O
M124*1 11
M37 104 Existed
M126*2 2
P
*1: With ICC
*2: Without ICC
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 8.


9.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
APP sensor ECM

Continuity
M124*1 12
M37 98 Existed
M126*2 1
*1: With ICC
*2: Without ICC
cardiagn.com
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> GO TO 10.
11.CHECK APP SENSOR
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> GO TO 12.
>> INSPECTION END

>> INSPECTION END



ECM A
Connector
Terminal Terminal
EC
M37
pedal Fully released 0.22 - 0.50 C
D
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY E
F
>> INSPECTION END
cardiagn.com
G
Refer to EC-157, "Work Procedure". H
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING I

J
>> GO TO 3.
Refer to EC-159, "Work Procedure". K
>> END
L

P2138 APP SENSOR
P2138 APP SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

APP SENSOR
Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM compared with the signals from
P2138 (Throttle/Pedal position sensor/switch “D”/
APP sensor 1 and APP sensor 2.
“E” voltage correlation)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
cardiagn.com
FAIL-SAFE

tion.

DTC P0643.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 3.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

P2138 APP SENSOR
NO >> INSPECTION END A
DTC P0643.
C
NO >> GO TO 2.
D
2. Check ground connection M111. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-45, "Circuit Inspection". E
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. F
3.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
cardiagn.com
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector. G
H
APP sensor
Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
M124*1 4*1 I
*2
Ground Approx. 5
M126 5*2
*1: With ICC
*2: Without ICC J
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4. K

Check the following. L
M
5.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
N
APP sensor
O
Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
M124*1 10*1 P
*2
Ground Approx. 5
M126 6*2
*1: With ICC
*2: Without ICC
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 6.

P2138 APP SENSOR
6.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

APP sensor ECM

Continuity
M124*1 10*1
M37 103 Existed
M126*2 6*2
*1: With ICC
*2: Without ICC
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7.
cardiagn.com
ECM Sensor
F8 64
*1
M124 10*1
103 APP sensor *2
M126 6*2
M37
107
*1: With ICC
*2: Without ICC
YES >> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK COMPONENTS
YES >> GO TO 16.
10.CHECK APP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

P2138 APP SENSOR
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. A
APP sensor ECM EC

Continuity
5*1
100 C
M124 *1 4*2
M37 Existed
M126*2 11*1
104
2*2 D
*1: With ICC
*2: Without ICC
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. E
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> GO TO 11. F
• Harness connectors M67, M125 G
H
12.CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. I
APP sensor ECM

Continuity J
6*1
97
M124*1 3*2
M37 Existed K
M126*2 12*1
98
1*2
*1: With ICC L
*2: Without ICC
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> GO TO 13.

• Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor O
P
14.CHECK APP SENSOR
YES >> GO TO 16.
NO >> GO TO 15.

P2138 APP SENSOR

>> INSPECTION END

>> INSPECTION END


ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal
M37
pedal Fully released 0.22 - 0.50
NO >> GO TO 2.
>> INSPECTION END


>> GO TO 2.
>> GO TO 3.
>> END

P219A, P219B AIR FUEL RATIO
A

AIR FUEL RATIO IMBALANCE B1
P219A
(Air-fuel ratio imbalance bank 1) ECM detects a lean/rich air fuel ratio state in any cylinder for a specified
AIR FUEL RATIO IMBALANCE B2 length of time. D
P219B
(Air-fuel ratio imbalance bank 2)
POSSIBLE CAUSE E
• Fuel injector
• Mass air flow sensor F
• Lack of fuel
• Incorrect PCV hose connection G
• ignition coil H
FAIL-SAFE
I
Not applicable
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY J
If DTC P219A, or P219B is displayed with other DTC, first perform the confirmation procedure (trouble diagno-
sis) for the other DTC.
K
NO >> GO TO 2.
L
2.PRECONDITIONING - 1
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next test. M
NOTE: N
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V or more at idle.
O
>> GO TO 3.
3.PRECONDITIONING - 2
1. Turn ignition switch ON. P
Will CONSULT be used?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 7.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE - 1

2. Select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Start engine.
>> GO TO 5.
With CONSULT
1. Select “SYSTEM 1 DIAGNOSIS B B1”, “SYSTEM 1 DIAGNOSIS A B1”, “SYSTEM 1 DIAGNOSIS B B2”,
“SYSTEM 1 DIAGNOSIS A B2” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. Drive vehicle under the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds.
CAUTION:
• Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
ENG SPEED 1,200 – 1,800rpm

B/FUEL SCHDL 8 – 11 msec
• SYSTEM 1 DIAGNOSIS B B1
PRSENT
• SYSTEM 1 DIAGNOSIS B B2
NOTE:
• Drive the vehicle at approximately 88 km/h (55MPH) allows easy diagnosis.
• Keep the accelerator pedal as possible during crusing.
3. Check “SYSTEM 1 DIAGNOSIS A B1” or “SYSTEM 1 DIAGNOSIS A B2” indication.

Is “CMPLT” displayed?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 3.
Check 1st trip DTC.
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Without CONSULT
1. Start the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Drive vehicle under the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds.
CAUTION:
• Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
Engine speed 1,200 – 1,800rpm

Calculated load value 45 – 62 %
NOTE:
• Drive the vehicle at approximately 88 km/h (55MPH) allows easy diagnosis.
• Keep the accelerator pedal as possible during crusing.
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END

A
If DTC P219A, or P219B is displayed with other DTC, first perform the confirmation procedure (trouble diagno-
sis) for the other DTC. EC
NO >> GO TO 2. C

1. Stop engine and check the following for connection. D
- Air duct
- Vacuum hoses
- PCV hose
E
- Intake air passage between air duct to intake manifold
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK G
1. Stop engine and visually check exhaust tube, three way catalyst and muffler for dents connection.
2. Start engine and let it idle. H
3. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold).
K
PBIB1922E

YES >> GO TO 4. L
1. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-168, "Work Procedure". M
2. Check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-168, "Work Procedure".
YES >> GO TO 5. N
NO >> GO TO 10.
O
With CONSULT
Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
P
With GST
Check mass air flow sensor signal in Service $01 using GST.
YES >> GO TO 6.
grounds. Refer to EC-214, "Diagnosis Procedure".

6.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR - 1

With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Check that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
Without CONSULT
1. Let engine idle.
Clicking noise should be heard.

YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for fuel injector, refer to EC-
PBIB3332E
7.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR - 2

CAUTION:
Perform the following procedure in a place with no combustible objects and good ventilation.
4. Remove fuel tube assembly. Refer to EM-41, "Removal and Installation".
6. Prepare pans or saucers under each fuel injector.
7. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds.
• Fuel should be sprayed evenly for each fuel injector.

• Fuel must not drip from the tip of fuel injector.
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace fuel injector. Refer to EM-41, "Removal and
Installation".
PBIA9666J
8.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL - 1

CAUTION:
Perform the following steps in a well-ventilated area with no combustibles.
2. Remove fuel pump fuse from IPDM E/R to release fuel pressure.
NOTE:
CONSULT must not be used to release fuel pressure. It develops again during the following steps, if
released by using CONSULT.
4. After an engine stall, crank the engine two or three times to release all the fuel pressure.
6. Disconnect all the harness connectors of ignition coil to prevent electric discharge from occurring in igni-
tion coil.
7. Remove ignition coil assembly and spark plug of cylinder. Refer to EM-52, "Removal and Installation".

10. Allow a 13 – 17mm (0.52 – 0.66 in) spacing between spark plug
and grounded metal portion as shown in the figure to fix the igni- A
tion coil with a rope or an equivalent.
11. Crank the engine for approximately 3 seconds to see if sparking
occurs between spark plug and the grounded metal portion.
EC
CAUTION: C
• The discharge voltage becomes 20 kV or higher. There-
fore, always stay away from the spark plug and ignition
coil at least 50 cm (19.7 in) during the inspection. JMBIA0066GB
• Leaving a space of more than 17mm (0.66 in) may damage D

the ignition coil.
NOTE:
When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), a the spark might be generated even if the coil is malfunction- E
ing.
YES >> GO TO 9. F
NO >> GO TO 11.
9.CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE
Check compression pressure. Refer to EM-16, "Inspection". G
H
NO >> Check pistons, piston rings, valves, valve seats and cylinder head gaskets.
Check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging. I
YES >> Replace fuel filter and fuel pump assembly. Refer to FL-8, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. J
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. K
2. Disconnect spark plug and connect a non-malfunctioning spark plug.
3. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark
plug and the grounded metal portion.
L
M
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits. Refer to EC-556, "Component Function
Check".
N
12.CHECK SPARK PLUG
Check the initial spark plug for fouling, etc.
YES >> 1. Repair or clean spark plug. Refer to EM-52,
"Removal and Installation".
2. GO TO 13. P
NO >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For
spark plug type, refer to EM-155, "Spark Plug".
SEF156I

1. Reconnect the initial spark plugs.
2. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark
plug and the grounded portion.

NO >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For spark plug type, refer to EM-155, "Spark
Plug".

BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
A
1.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH FUNCTION EC

With CONSULT
2. Select “BRAKE SW1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT. C
Monitor item Condition Indication D

BRAKE SW1
Brake pedal Fully released ON
E
Without CONSULT
F
ECM
+ – Condition Voltage (V) G
Connector
Terminal Terminal
126 Brake pedal Slightly depressed Approx. 0
M37 (Brake pedal position switch 128 H
signal) Brake pedal Fully released Battery voltage

YES >> INSPECTION END I
J
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. K
L
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
M
YES >> GO TO 3. N
NO >> GO TO 2.
O
• 10 A fuse (No. 12)
• Harness for open or short between brake pedal position switch and fuse P


tor.

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
• Harness for open or short between ECM and brake pedal position switch
5.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
Refer to EC-540, "Component Inspection (Brake Pedal Position Switch)"
YES >> GO TO 6.
>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection (Brake Pedal Position Switch) INFOID:0000000011282964


1 and 2 Brake pedal
NO >> GO TO 2.

1 and 2 Brake pedal

ASCD INDICATOR
ASCD INDICATOR
A
1.CHECK ASCD INDICATOR FUNCTION EC

Check ASCD indicator under the following conditions.
ASCD INDICATOR CONDITION SPECIFICATION C

• MAIN switch: Pressed at the 1st time →
CRUISE LAMP • Ignition switch: ON ON → OFF
at the 2nd time
• MAIN switch: ON • ASCD: Operating ON D
SET LAMP • When vehicle speed is between 40 km/h
(25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89 MPH) • ASCD: Not operating OFF

F
1.CHECK DTC
G
Check that DTC UXXXX is not displayed.
YES >> GO TO 2. H
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
Refer to MWI-64, "CONSULT Function". I
YES >> GO TO 3.
J
Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident". K
YES >> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-126, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace. L

COOLING FAN
COOLING FAN
1.CHECK COOLING FAN FUNCTION

With CONSULT
Without CONSULT
1. Perform IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motors operation, refer to PCS-11, "Diagnosis
Description".
2. Make sure that cooling fan operates.
1.CHECK COOLING FAN CONTROL MODULE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

2. Disconnect cooling fan control module harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between cooling fan control module harness connector and ground.
Cooling fan control module

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 7.
2.CHECK COOLING FAN CONTROL MODULE GROUND CIRCUIT
2. Check the continuity between cooling fan control module harness connector and ground.

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
E33 1 Ground Existed
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK IPDM E/R GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connectors.
2. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.
IPDM E/R
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
E120 7
Ground Existed
E121 41

COOLING FAN
YES >> GO TO 4. A
4.CHECK COOLING FAN CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT
EC
2. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and cooling fan control module harness con-
nector.
C
IPDM E/R Cooling fan control module
Continuity
D
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK COOLING FAN CONTROL MODULE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT F

2. Disconnect cooling fan control module harness connectors.
G
4. Check the voltage between cooling fan control module harness connector and ground.
H
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E301 4 I
E302 6
J
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace cooling fan control module. Refer to CO-20, "Exploded View".
6.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS -1 AND -2 K
Refer to EC-544, "Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor)".
YES >> GO TO 11. L
NO >> Replace cooling fan motor. Refer to CO-20, "Exploded View".
7.CHECK COOLING FAN CONTROL MODULE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
M
2. Disconnect cooling fan relay.
4. Check the voltage between cooling fan relay harness connector and ground. N
Cooling fan relay

Ground Voltage O
Connector Terminal
2
E103 Ground Battery voltage
3 P
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 8.
• 10A fuse (No. 53)

COOLING FAN
• 50A fusible link (letter O)
• Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay and fuse
• Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay and battery
9.CHECK COOLING FAN CONTROL MODULE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
3. Check the continuity between cooling fan relay harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
Cooling fan relay IPDM E/R

Continuity
4. Check the continuity between cooling fan relay harness connector and cooling fan control module harness
connector.
Cooling fan relay Cooling fan control module

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 10.
10.CHECK COOLING FAN RELAY
Refer to EC-545, "Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Relay)".
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Replace cooling fan relay.
NO >> Repair or replace harness connectors.
Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor) INFOID:0000000011282969
1.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR

2. Disconnect cooling fan control module harness connectors.
3. Supply cooling fan control module terminals with battery voltage and check operation.

Terminal Operation
Motor Connector
(+) (–)
1 E301 4 5
Cooling fan operates.
2 E302 6 7
NO >> Replace cooling fan motor. Refer to CO-20, "Exploded View".

COOLING FAN
Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Relay) INFOID:0000000011282970
A
1.CHECK COOLING FAN RELAY
2. Remove cooling fan relay. EC
3. Check the continuity between cooling fan relay terminals under
the following conditions.
C
Terminals Conditions Continuity
12 V direct current supply between terminals and Existed

and D
YES >> INSPECTION END E
NO >> Replace cooling fan relay. JPBIA3013ZZ

ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
The electrical load signal (Headlamp switch signal, rear window defogger switch signal, etc.) is transferred via
the CAN communication line.
1.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH FUNCTION

3. Select “LOAD SIGNAL” and check indication under the following conditions.

ON ON
LOAD SIGNAL Rear window defogger switch
OFF OFF
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK LIGHTING SWITCH FUNCTION
Check “LOAD SIGNAL” indication under the following conditions.

ON at 2nd position ON
LOAD SIGNAL Lighting switch
OFF OFF
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK HEATER FAN CONTROL SWITCH FUNCTION
Select “HEATER FAN SW” and check indication under the following conditions.

ON ON
HEATER FAN SW Heater fan control switch
OFF OFF
1.INSPECTION START
Confirm the malfunctioning circuit (rear window defogger, headlamp or heater fan). Refer to EC-546, "Compo-
nent Function Check".
Which circuit is related to the incident?
Rear window defogger>>GO TO 2.
Headlamp>>GO TO 3.
Heater fan>>GO TO 4.
2.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SYSTEM
Refer to DEF-18, "Work Flow".

>> INSPECTION END
3.CHECK HEADLAMP SYSTEM A
Refer to EXL-89, "Work Flow".

EC
>> INSPECTION END
4.CHECK HEATER FAN CONTROL SYSTEM
C
Refer to HAC-49, "Work Flow".
>> INSPECTION END D

FUEL INJECTOR
FUEL INJECTOR
1.INSPECTION START
Turn ignition switch to START.
Are any cylinders ignited?
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR FUNCTION
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
Without CONSULT
1. Start engine.

PBIB3332E
1.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

2. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between fuel injector harness connector and ground.
Fuel injector
Ground Voltage
Cylinder Connector Terminal
1 F71 1
2 F72 1
3 F73 1
4 F74 1
5 F75 1
6 F76 1
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
• 10 A fuse (No. 50)

FUEL INJECTOR
• Harness for open or short between fuel injector and fuse
A
3.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT EC
3. Check the continuity between fuel injector harness connector and ECM harness connector.
C
Fuel injector ECM

Continuity
Cylinder Connector Terminal Connector Terminal D
1 F71 2 89
2 F72 2 85
E
3 F73 2 81
F8 Existed
4 F74 2 90
5 F75 2 86 F
6 F76 2 82
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4
H
• Harness connectors F39, F70 I
• Harness for open or short between fuel injector and ECM
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. J
5.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR
K
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector. Refer to EM-41, "Exploded View".
L
N
1.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR O

2. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector.
3. Check resistance between fuel injector terminals as follows.
P

1 and 2 11.1 - 14.3 [at 10 - 60°C (60 - 140°F)]
NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector. Refer to EM-41, "Exploded View".

FUEL PUMP
FUEL PUMP
WITH FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE (FPCM)
WITH FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE (FPCM) : Component Function Check
INFOID:0000000011282977
1.CHECK FUEL PUMP FUNCTION

2. Pinch fuel feed hose with two fingers.
Fuel pressure pulsation should be felt on the fuel feed

hose for 1 second after ignition switch is turned ON.
NO >> EC-550, "WITH FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE
(FPCM) : Diagnosis Procedure".
JMBIA0849ZZ
WITH FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE (FPCM) : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011282978
1.CHECK FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

2. Disconnect Fuel pump control module harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between Fuel pump control module harness connector and ground.
Fuel pump control module

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
3. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and Fuel pump control module harness con-
nector.
IPDM E/R Fuel pump control module

Continuity
E120 15 B11 1 Existed
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK FUSE
2. Check 15 A fuse.
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace 15 A fuse.

FUEL PUMP


5.CHECK FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT C
2. Check the continuity between Fuel pump control module harness connector and ground.
D
Fuel pump control module
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
E
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE INPUT AND OUTPUT CIRCUITS FOR OPEN AND SHORT G

2. Check the continuity between Fuel pump control module harness connector and ECM harness connector.
H
Fuel pump control module ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal I
2 14
B11 F7 Existed
3 32
J
YES >> GO TO 7. K
7.CHECK FUEL PUMP CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit” harness connector. L
2. Check the continuity between Fuel pump control module harness connector and “fuel level sensor unit”
harness connector.
M
Fuel pump control module Fuel level sensor unit
Continuity
5 3 N
B11 B13 Existed
6 1
YES >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK FUEL PUMP P
Check fuel pump. Refer to EC-552, "WITH FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE (FPCM) : Component Inspec-
tion (Fuel Pump)".
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace fuel pump.Refer to FL-7, "Exploded View".

FUEL PUMP
9.CHECK FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE

Check Fuel pump control module. Refer to EC-552, "WITH FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE (FPCM) : Com-
ponent Inspection (Fuel Pump Control Module)".
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Replace fuel pump.Refer to FL-7, "Exploded View".

WITH FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE (FPCM) : Component Inspection (Fuel
Pump) INFOID:0000000011282979
1.CHECK FUEL PUMP

3. Check resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminals as follows.

1 and 3 0.2 - 5.0 [at 25°C (77°F)]
WITH FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE (FPCM) : Component Inspection (Fuel Pump
Control Module) INFOID:0000000011282980
1.CHECK FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE

1. Check the voltage between Fuel pump control module terminals under the following conditions.
FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE

+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
For 1 second after turning ignition
Approx. 9.9 V
switch ON
B11 6 5 More than 1 second after turning
Approx. 0 V
ignition switch ON
Idle speed Approx. 9.9 V
NO >> Replace Fuel pump control module. Refer to EC-582, "Removal and Installation".
WITHOUT FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE (FPCM)
WITHOUT FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE (FPCM) : Component Function Check
INFOID:0000000012079351
1.CHECK FUEL PUMP FUNCTION


FUEL PUMP
2. Pinch fuel feed hose with two fingers.
A
Fuel pressure pulsation should be felt on the fuel feed
hose for 1 second after ignition switch is turned ON.
NO >> EC-553, "WITHOUT FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE
(FPCM) : Diagnosis Procedure". C
JMBIA0849ZZ
D
WITHOUT FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE (FPCM) : Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000012079352
1.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I E

3. Turn ignition switch ON. F
4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
ECM G
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F7 22 Ground Battery voltage H
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2. I
2.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
Check the voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.
J
IPDM E/R
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal K
Is the inspection result normal?“
YES >> GO TO 3. L
NO >> GO TO 10.
3.CHECK MALFUNCTIONING PART M
• Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and ECM.
N
4.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III O
3. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector. P

FUEL PUMP
Fuel pump sensor unit and fuel

pump Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
Battery voltage should exist for 1 second
B13 1 Ground
after ignition switch is turned ON.
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK 15A FUSE
2. Disconnect 15A fuse (No. 52) from IPDM E/R.
3. Check 15A fuse.
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace fuse
6.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV
2. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
harness connector.
Fuel level sensor unit and

IPDM E/R
fuel pump Continuity
E120 15 B13 1 Existed
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 7.
• Harness connector B33, E50
• Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”.
8.CHECK FUEL PUMP GROUND CIRCUIT
2. Check the continuity between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector and ground.

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK FUEL PUMP
Check fuel pump. Refer to EC-555, "WITHOUT FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE (FPCM) : Component
Inspection (Fuel Pump)".

FUEL PUMP
YES >> GO TO 10. A
NO >> Replace fuel pump. Refer to FL-7, "Exploded View".
EC
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-38, "Exploded View". C
WITHOUT FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE (FPCM) : Component Inspection (Fuel
Pump) INFOID:0000000012079353
D
1.CHECK FUEL PUMP

E
3. Check resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminals as follows.
F
1 and 3 0.2 - 5.0 [at 25°C (77°F)]
G
NO >> Replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”. Refer to FL-7, "Exploded View". H

IGNITION SIGNAL
IGNITION SIGNAL
1.INSPECTION START
Turn ignition switch OFF, and restart engine.
Does the engine start?
No >> Go to EC-556, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK IGNITION SIGNAL FUNCTION
With CONSULT
3.CHECK IGNITION SIGNAL FUNCTION
Without CONSULT
1. Let engine idle.
2. Read the voltage signal between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions with an
oscilloscope.
ECM
+ – Voltage signal
11
12
15
F7 M37 128
16
19
20 JMBIA0035GB
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
1.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON.
ECM
+ – Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
M37 125 128 Battery voltage
YES >> GO TO 2.

IGNITION SIGNAL
2.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II A

2. Disconnect condenser harness connector.
EC
4. Check the voltage between condenser harness connector and ground.
Condenser
C
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F29 1 Ground Battery voltage D
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 3. E
3.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
F
3. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and condenser harness connector.
G
IPDM E/R Condenser
Continuity
E123 55 F29 1 Existed H
YES >> Go to EC-189, "Diagnosis Procedure". I
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART J
• Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and condenser
K
5.CHECK CONDENSER GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT L
2. Check the continuity between condenser harness connector and ground.
M
Condenser
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
N
F29 2 Ground Existed
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK CONDENSER P
Refer to EC-560, "Component Inspection (Condenser)"
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace condenser.
7.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV
IGNITION SIGNAL
2. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between ignition coil harness connector and ground.
Ignition coil
Ground Voltage
1 F14 3
2 F15 3
3 F16 3
4 F17 3
5 F18 3
6 F19 3
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 8.
• Harness for open or short between ignition coil and harness connector F40

9.CHECK IGNITION COIL GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check the continuity between ignition coil harness connector and ground.
Ignition coil
Ground Continuity
1 F14 2
2 F15 2
3 F16 2
Ground Existed
4 F17 2
5 F18 2
6 F19 2
YES >> GO TO 10.
10.CHECK IGNITION COIL OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check the continuity between ignition coil harness connector and ECM harness connector.

IGNITION SIGNAL
Ignition coil ECM A

Continuity
Cylinder Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 F14 1 20
EC
2 F15 1 16
3 F16 1 12
F7 Existed
4 F17 1 11 C
5 F18 1 15
6 F19 1 19
D
YES >> GO TO 11. E
11.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR
Refer to EC-559, "Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power Transistor)". F
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning ignition coil with power transistor. Refer to EM-52, "Exploded View". G

Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident". H
>> INSPECTION END

I
Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power Transistor) INFOID:0000000011282983
1.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR-I J

2. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector.
3. Check resistance between ignition coil terminals as per the following.
K
Terminals Resistance (Ω) [at 25°C (77°F)]

1 and 2 Except 0 or ∞ L
1 and 3
Except 0
2 and 3
M
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning ignition coil with power transistor. Refer to EM-52, "Exploded View".
N
2.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR-II
CAUTION:
Perform the following procedure in a place where with no combustible objects and good ventilation. O
3. Remove fuel pump fuse in IPDM E/R to release fuel pressure.
NOTE: P
• For the fuse number, refer to EC-125, "Wiring Diagram".
• For the fuse arrangement, refer to PG-99, "Fuse, Connector and Terminal Arrangement".
• Do not use CONSULT to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following pro-
cedure.
4. Start engine.

IGNITION SIGNAL
7. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electrical discharge from the ignition coils.
8. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked.
11. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm (0.52 -
12. Crank engine for about three seconds, and check whether spark
is generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal
portion.

CAUTION:
cm (19.7 in) each other. Be careful not to get an electrical JMBIA0066GB

• It might damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is made.
NOTE:
When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), spark might be generated even if the coil is malfunc-
tioning.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning ignition coil with power transistor. Refer to EM-52, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection (Condenser) INFOID:0000000011282984
1.CHECK CONDENSER
2. Disconnect condenser harness connector.
3. Check resistance between condenser terminals as per the following.
Terminals Resistance (MΩ)

1 and 2 Above 1 [at 25°C (77°F)]
NO >> Replace condenser.

MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP
A
1.CHECK MIL FUNCTION EC

2. Make sure that MIL illuminates.
D
1.CHECK DTC E
Check that DTC UXXXX is not displayed.
YES >> GO TO 2. F
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
G
YES >> GO TO 3. H
YES >> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-126, "Removal and Installation".

ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
1.CHECK ORVR FUNCTION

Check whether the following symptoms are present.
• Fuel odor from EVAP canister is strong.
• Cannot refuel/Fuel odor from the fuel filler opening is strong while refueling.
Are any symptoms present?
1.INSPECTION START
Check whether the following symptoms are present.
A: Fuel odor from EVAP canister is strong.
B: Cannot refuel/Fuel odor from the fuel filler opening is strong while refueling.
Which symptom is present?
A >> GO TO 2.
B >> GO TO 7.
attached.
2. Weigh the EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
Check if water will drain from EVAP canister .

YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 6.
PBIB2731E
4.REPLACE EVAP CANISTER

Replace EVAP canister with a new one.
>> GO TO 5.
Check the EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection.
>> Repair or replace EVAP hose.


YES >> INSPECTION END A
EC
attached.
2. Weigh the EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached. C
YES >> GO TO 8. D
NO >> GO TO 9.
8.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER IS SATURATED WITH WATER E
Check if water will drain from EVAP canister .

F
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 11. G
H
PBIB2731E
9.REPLACE EVAP CANISTER

I
Replace EVAP canister with a new one.
>> GO TO 10. J
Check the EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection.
K
>> Repair or replace EVAP hose.
11.CHECK VENT HOSES AND VENT TUBES L
Check hoses and tubes between EVAP canister and refueling control valve for clogging, kinks, looseness and
improper connection.
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Repair or replace hoses and tubes.
12.CHECK FILLER NECK TUBE N
Check recirculation line for clogging, dents and cracks.
O
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> Replace filler neck tube.
13.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE P
YES >> GO TO 14.
14.CHECK FUEL FILLER TUBE
Check filler neck tube and hose connected to the fuel tank for clogging, dents and cracks.

YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> Replace fuel filler tube. Refer to FL-13, "Exploded View".
15.CHECK ONE-WAY FUEL VALVE-I
Check one-way valve for clogging.
YES >> GO TO 16.
NO >> Repair or replace one-way fuel valve with fuel tank. Refer to FL-13, "Exploded View".
16.CHECK ONE-WAY FUEL VALVE-II
1. Make sure that fuel is drained from the tank.
2. Remove fuel filler tube and hose.
3. Check one-way fuel valve for operation as follows.
When a stick is inserted, the valve should open, when removing
stick it should close.
Do not drop any material into the tank.
NO >> Replace fuel filler tube or replace one-way fuel valve
with fuel tank. Refer to FL-13, "Exploded View".
SEF665U
1.INSPECTION START
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT
2. Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation".
3. Drain fuel from the tank as follows:
- Remove fuel feed hose located on the fuel gauge retainer.
- Connect a spare fuel hose, one side to fuel gauge retainer where the hose was removed and the other
side to a fuel container.
- Drain fuel using “FUEL PUMP RELAY” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT.
4. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to close as follows.
Blow air into the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve (from the end of EVAP/ORVR line hose), and check that
the air flows freely into the tank.
5. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to open as follows.
- Connect vacuum pump to hose end.
- Remove fuel gauge retainer with fuel gauge unit.
Always replace O-ring with new one.
- Turn fuel tank upside down.

- Apply vacuum pressure to hose end [−13.3 kPa (−0.136 kg/cm3, −1.93 psi)] with fuel gauge retainer
remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable. A
EC
F
PBIB1035E

YES >> INSPECTION END G
NO >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.
H
Without CONSULT
2. Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation".
3. Drain fuel from the tank as follows: I
- Remove fuel gauge retainer.
- Drain fuel from the tank using a handy pump into a fuel container.
4. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to close as follows. J
Blow air into the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve (from the end of EVAP/ORVR line hose), and check that
the air flows freely into the tank.
5. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to open as follows.
K
- Connect vacuum pump to hose end.
- Remove fuel gauge retainer with fuel gauge unit.
Always replace O-ring with new one.
- Turn fuel tank upside down. L
- Apply vacuum pressure to hose end [−13.3 kPa (−0.136 kg/cm3, −1.93 psi)] with fuel gauge retainer
remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable.
M
PBIB1035E


REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
A
1.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR FUNCTION EC

2. Turn A/C switch and blower fan switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following. C
ECM
+ – Voltage (V) D
Connector
Terminal Terminal
105
M37 112 1.0 - 4.0 E
(Refrigerant pressure sensor signal)
YES >> INSPECTION END F
G
1. Turn A/C switch and blower fan switch OFF.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF. H
YES >> GO TO 2. I
2.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT J
1. Disconnect refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ground.
K
Refrigerant pressure sensor

Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal L
YES >> GO TO 4. M
NO >> GO TO 3.
• Harness connectors M40, E25
• Harness connectors E14, E76
• Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor O
P
4.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check the continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.

Refrigerant pressure sensor ECM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
• Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor
6.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.
Refrigerant pressure sensor ECM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7.
• Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor
YES >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor. Refer to HA-37, "Exploded View".

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [VQ37VHR]
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS A
Symptom Table INFOID:0000000011282992
EC
SYSTEM — BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

C
SYMPTOM
OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
D
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)
BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION
EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

E
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

Reference
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
F
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
H
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA
Fuel Fuel pump circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 EC-550
Fuel pressure regulator system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-168 I
Fuel injector circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 EC-548
Evaporative emission system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-51
J
Air Positive crankcase ventilation sys-
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 EC-579
tem 3 3
Incorrect idle speed adjustment 1 1 1 1 1 EC-164
K
EC-442,
Electric throttle control actuator 1 1 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2
EC-450
Ignition Incorrect ignition timing adjustment 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-164
L
Ignition circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-556
Main power supply and ground circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 EC-189
EC-213, M
Mass air flow sensor circuit 2
EC-219
1
EC-232,
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit 3 3
EC-239 N
3 EC-246,
EC-250,
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit 1 2 2 2 2 2 EC-253,
EC-514
O
EC-235,
EC-305,
Throttle position sensor circuit EC-438, P
EC-440,
2 2 EC-453
EC-519,
Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit 3 2 1 EC-523,
EC-528
Knock sensor circuit 2 3 EC-317

SYMPTOM




Reference
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
IDLING VIBRATION
Warranty symptom code AA ENGINE STALL
AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA
EC-299,
Engine oil temperature sensor 4 1 3
EC-303
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit 2 2 EC-320
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit 3 2 EC-324
Vehicle speed signal circuit 2 3 3 3 EC-382
Power steering pressure sensor circuit 2 3 3 EC-396
EC-399,
ECM 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
EC-401
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve cir-
3 2 1 3 2 2 3 3 EC-210
cuit
EC-506,
VVEL control module 3 4 4 3
EC-507
VVEL actuator motor 3 4 4 3 EC-419
VVEL actuator motor relay 3 4 4 3 EC-423
VVEL actuator shaft position sensor 3 4 4 3 EC-415
PNP signal circuit 3 3 3 3 3 EC-407
Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit 2 3 3 4 EC-567
Electrical load signal circuit 3 EC-546
Air conditioner circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 HAC-49
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) 4 BRC-67
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
(continued on next page)
SYSTEM — ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER

SYMPTOM A

EC



C
Reference
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
IDLING VIBRATION
D
ENGINE STALL
E
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA F

Fuel Fuel tank FL-15
5
Fuel piping 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-51
Vapor lock — G
5
Valve deposit —
Poor fuel (Heavy weight gasoline, 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
— H
Low octane)
Air Air duct EM-31
Air cleaner EM-31 I
Air leakage from air duct
(Mass air flow sensor — electric EM-31
5 5 5 5 5 5
throttle control actuator)
5 5 5 5 J
Electric throttle control actuator EM-32
Air leakage from intake manifold/
EM-36
Collector/Gasket
K
Cranking Battery PG-122
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 CHG-20,
Generator circuit
CHG-21 L
1 STR-11,
Starter circuit 3
STR-14
Signal plate 6 EM-139 M
PNP signal circuit 4 TM-111
Engine Cylinder head
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-128 N
Cylinder head gasket 4 3
Cylinder block
Piston 4 O
Piston ring
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 EM-139
Connecting rod
Bearing P
Crankshaft

SYMPTOM




Reference
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
IDLING VIBRATION
Warranty symptom code AA ENGINE STALL
AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA
Valve Timing chain EM-71
mecha-
Camshaft EM-114
nism
Intake valve timing control 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-71
Intake valve
3 EM-128
Exhaust valve
Exhaust Exhaust manifold/Tube/Muffler/
Gasket EM-39,
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
EX-4
Three way catalyst
Lubrica- EM-51,
Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil pump/Oil
tion LU-14, LU-
filter/Oil gallery 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 24
Oil level (Low)/Filthy oil LU-9
Cooling CO-13,
Radiator/Hose/Radiator filler cap
CO-14
Thermostat 5 CO-26
Water pump CO-24
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 5
Water gallery CO-29
Cooling fan CO-21
Coolant level (Low)/Contaminat- 5
CO-8
ed coolant
IVIS (INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System —
1 1 SEC-55
NATS)
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.

INFINITI DRIVE MODE SELECTOR
INFINITI DRIVE MODE SELECTOR
A
Symptom Table INFOID:0000000011282993
SYSTEM − DRIVE MODE SELECTOR − EC
Malfunction Check item Probable malfunctioning part/Action

Only ECO pedal The central switch of the naviga- Perform self-diagnosis of the engine control system. C
reaction force is tion system operates normally. Refer to EC-108, "DTC Index".
not generated.
[Intelligent pedal
The central switch of the naviga- Perform self-diagnosis of the navigation system. D
(distance control
assist) operates tion system malfunctions. Refer to AV-260, "Symptom Table".
ECO pedal reaction
force is not generated normally.]
when in ECO mode. Perform self-diagnosis of the ADAS control unit, ICC E
sensor, and Accelerator pedal actuator.
Intelligent pedal (distance control assist) reaction • ADAS C/U: Refer to DAS-266, "DTC Index".
force is not generated as well. • ICC SENSOR: Refer to DAS-270, "DTC Index".
• ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR: Refer to F
DAS-273, "DTC Index".
Perform self-diagnosis of the ADAS control unit, ICC
sensor, and Accelerator pedal actuator. G
Intelligent pedal (distance control assist) reaction • ADAS C/U: Refer to DAS-266, "DTC Index".
When in ECO mode,
force has a malfunction as well. • ICC SENSOR: Refer to DAS-270, "DTC Index".
settings of ECO pedal
• ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR: Refer to
reaction force cannot H
DAS-273, "DTC Index".
be changed or vehicle
behavior does not Intelligent pedal The central switch of the naviga- Perform self-diagnosis of the engine control system.
agree to the settings. (distance control tion system operates normally. Refer to EC-108, "DTC Index".
assist) reaction The central switch of the naviga- Perform self-diagnosis of the navigation system.
I
force is normal. tion system malfunctions. Refer to AV-260, "Symptom Table".

NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
FUEL CUT CONTROL (AT NO LOAD AND HIGH ENGINE SPEED)

If the engine speed is above 2,400 rpm under no load (for example, the selector lever position is neutral and
engine speed is over 2,400 rpm) fuel will be cut off after some time. The exact time when the fuel is cut off var-
ies based on engine speed. However, if the engine speed is above 4,500 rpm, fuel will be cut off in a few sec-
onds. Fuel cut will be operated until the engine speed reaches 1,500 rpm, then fuel cut will be cancelled.
NOTE:
This function is different from deceleration control listed under Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System, EC-46,
"MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM : System Description".
TORQUE CUT CONTROL (AT HIGH ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE)
ECM receives engine oil temperature signal from engine oil temperature sensor.
To avoid VVEL performance, ECM performs the engine torque cut control at high engine oil temperature.
If engine oil temperature is too high, engine oil viscosity will change. As a result, engine oil pressure is
decreased. This control is to control the VVEL operating angle by operating the VVEL actuator sub assembly.
If this control is operated, engine performance will decrease, then maximum engine speed is reduced a little,
for example.
NOTE:
If the engine oil temperature sensor is deteriorated, its characteristic will change.
In this case, the operating temperature for engine torque cut control might be decrease.
Perform Component Inspection of the engine oil temperature sensor to check for the deterioration.

IDLE SPEED
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [VQ37VHR]
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE A
IDLE SPEED
Inspection INFOID:0000000011282995
EC
CHECK IDLE SPEED

With CONSULT C
Check idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
With GST
Check idle speed with Service $01 of GST.
D

IGNITION TIMING
IGNITION TIMING
CHECK IGNITION TIMING

1. Attach timing light (A) to loop wire as shown.
JMBIA0846ZZ
. Loop wire
. Timing indicator
2. Check ignition timing.

EVAP LEAK CHECK
EVAP LEAK CHECK
A
CAUTION: EC
• Do not use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
• Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi) of pressure in EVAP system.
NOTE:
C
• Do not start engine.
• Improper installation of EVAP service port adapter to the EVAP service port may cause a leak.
WITH CONSULT D
1. To locate the EVAP leak, install EVAP service port adapter and
pressure pump to EVAP service port.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. E
3. Select the “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT”
mode with CONSULT.
4. Touch “START”. A bar graph (Pressure indicating display) will F
appear on the screen.
5. Apply positive pressure to the EVAP system until the pressure
indicator reaches the middle of the bar graph. G
6. Remove EVAP service port adapter and hose with pressure SEF462UA
pump.
7. Locate the leak using a leak detector. Refer to EC-51, "EVAPO- H
RATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System Description".
SEF200U K
WITHOUT CONSULT
1. To locate the EVAP leak, install EVAP service port adapter and
L
pressure pump to EVAP service port.
2. Apply battery voltage between the terminals of EVAP canister
vent control valve to make a closed EVAP system.
M
3. To locate the leak, deliver positive pressure to the EVAP system
until pressure gauge points reach 1.38 to 2.76 kPa (0.014 to
0.028 kg/cm2, 0.2 to 0.4 psi).
N
4. Remove EVAP service port adapter and hose with pressure
pump.
SEF462UA
O

EVAP LEAK CHECK
5. Locate the leak using a leak detector. Refer to EC-51, "EVAPO-
RATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System Description".
SEF200U

POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
A
1.CHECK PCV VALVE EC

With engine running at idle, remove PCV valve from rocker cover. A
properly working valve makes a hissing noise as air passes through
it. A strong vacuum should be felt immediately when a finger is C
placed over valve inlet.
YES >> INSPECTION END D
NO >> Replace PCV valve.
E
PBIB1589E

ECM
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [VQ37VHR]
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

ECM
Exploded View INFOID:0000000011283000
JSBIA3982ZZ
ECM bracket ECM

: Vehicle front
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000011283001
CAUTION:
Perform ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM. Refer to EC-153, "Work Procedure".
REMOVAL
1. Remove the instrument lower panel RH. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation".
2. Disconnect harness from the ECM bracket.
3. Disconnect the ECM harness connectors. Refer to HARNESS CONNECTOR (LEVER LOCKING TYPE)
in PG-7, "Harness Connector".
4. Disconnect the steering force control module harness connectors. Refer to STC-418, "Removal and
Installation".
5. Remove the nuts of the ECM bracket and the steering force
control module bracket. Refer to STC-418, "Removal and Instal-
lation".
6. Remove the ECM assembly and the steering force control
module assembly (with direct adaptive steering) from the
vehicle.
7. Separate the ECM assembly and the steering force control mod-
ule assembly (with direct adaptive steering).
8. Remove the ECM from the bracket.
JSBIA3987ZZ
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.

VVEL CONTROL MODULE
VVEL CONTROL MODULE
A
EC
JSBIA3985ZZ
G
VVEL control module Bracket
: Vehicle front
H
REMOVAL
I
1. Remove hoodledge cover (RH) and cowl top cover (RH). Refer to EXT-27, "Exploded View".
2. Remove the battery and battery tray. Refer to PG-122, "Exploded View".
3. Move IPDM E/R and relay box to a location that does not inhibit J
work. Refer to PCS-38, "Removal and Installation".
4. Remove bracket bolts .
5. Disconnect VVEL control module harness connector. Refer to K
HARNESS CONNECTOR (LEVER LOCKING TYPE) in PG-7,
"Harness Connector".
6. Remove VVEL control module from the vehicle. L
JSBIA3988ZZ M
INSTALLATION
CAUTION: N
Perform ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING VVEL control module. Refer to EC-155, "Work Pro-
cedure".
O

JSBIA3986ZZ
Fuel pump control module Bracket

: Vehicle front
REMOVAL
1. Remove the trunk side finisher LH. Refer to INT-49, "TRUNK SIDE FINISHER : Removal and Installation".
2. Disconnect fuel pump control module (FPCM) connector.
3. Remove mounting bolts and then remove fuel pump control
module (FPCM) .
JSBIA3989ZZ
INSTALLATION

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [VQ37VHR]
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) A

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Idle Speed INFOID:0000000011283006
EC
Condition Specification
C
No load* (in P or N position) 650 ± 50 rpm
*: Under the following conditions
• A/C switch: OFF D
• Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger)
• Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position
Ignition Timing INFOID:0000000011283007

E
Condition Specification F
No load* (in P or N position) 10 ± 2° BTDC
*: Under the following conditions
• A/C switch: OFF G
• Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger)
• Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position
H
Calculated Load Value INFOID:0000000011283008
I
Condition Specification (Using CONSULT or GST)
At idle 5 – 35 %
At 2,500 rpm 5 – 35 % J
Mass Air Flow Sensor INFOID:0000000011283009
K
Supply voltage Battery voltage (11 – 14 V)
Output voltage at idle 0.7 – 1.2 V*
2.0 – 6.0 g/s at idle*
L
Mass air flow (Using CONSULT or GST)
7.0 – 20.0 g/s at 2,500 rpm*
*: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and running under no load.
M

Ec

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Ec

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Ec

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ENGINE

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

PRECAUTIONS ..................................................10 Fuel Injector .............................................................29

Revision: 2015 January EC-1 2015 Q50

ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM ................................ 48 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM ..... 64

AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL ...................... 49 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM) ............................ 65

Revision: 2015 January EC-2 2015 Q50

Revision: 2015 January EC-3 2015 Q50

Revision: 2015 January EC-4 2015 Q50

Revision: 2015 January EC-5 2015 Q50

P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH .................. 480

Revision: 2015 January EC-6 2015 Q50

Revision: 2015 January EC-7 2015 Q50

REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR .......... 567 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS

Revision: 2015 January EC-8 2015 Q50

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL A

Vehicle identification number* Vehicle type

Revision: 2015 January EC-9 2015 Q50

Revision: 2015 January EC-10 2015 Q50

• Always use a 12 volt battery as power source.

Revision: 2015 January EC-11 2015 Q50

• After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform DTC

Revision: 2015 January EC-12 2015 Q50

• B1 indicates bank 1, B2 indicates bank 2 as shown in the fig- H

• Never depress accelerator pedal when starting.

Revision: 2015 January EC-13 2015 Q50

Revision: 2015 January EC-14 2015 Q50

Commercial Service Tools INFOID:0000000011282558

EVAP service port Applies positive pressure through EVAP service K

Revision: 2015 January EC-15 2015 Q50

Anti-seize lubricant Lubricates oxygen sensor thread cleaning tool

Revision: 2015 January EC-16 2015 Q50

Engine Room Component C

No. Component Function K

Revision: 2015 January EC-17 2015 Q50

Top view of the engine

No. Component Function

Intake valve timing control solenoid valve (bank 1)

Revision: 2015 January EC-18 2015 Q50

Fuel injector (No.3 cylinder)

Fuel injector (No.1 cylinder) F

Fuel injector (No.4 cylinder)

Knock sensor (bank 1)

VVEL actuator motor (bank 2) EC-34, "VVEL Actuator Motor"

Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-27, "Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor"

Crankshaft position sensor (POS) EC-26, "Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS)" J

Exhaust System Component

Revision: 2015 January EC-19 2015 Q50

No. Component Function

Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2)

Revision: 2015 January EC-20 2015 Q50

No. Component Function

VVEL actuator motor relay EC-34, "VVEL Actuator Motor Relay"

Cooling fan control module EC-26, "Cooling Fan"

Cooling fan motor-1 EC-26, "Cooling Fan"

Revision: 2015 January EC-21 2015 Q50

Cooling fan relay EC-26, "Cooling Fan"

Fuel pump control module* EC-30, "Fuel Pump Control Module"